h 0(j^^ 4 J 0 U R N A L OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. ZOOLOGY. YOL. XX. LONDON: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE, AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., AND WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. 1890. Dates of Publication of the several Numbers included in this Volume. No. 11G, pp. 1- 61, published October 27, 1886. „ 117, 11 61-107, June 30, 1887. „ 118, 11 107-117, October 29, 1887. „ 119, 11 117-188, November 1, 1S88. „ 120, 11 189-274, September 15, 1888. „ 121, 11 275-298, January 31, 1889. ,, 122, fl 299-394, August 31, 1889. „ 123, 11 395-472, December 31, 1889. „ 124,] „ 125, „ 473-592, July 31, 1890. PBINTED BT TAYLOB AND FBANCIS; RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, LIST OF PAPERS. Page Baly, Joseph S., F.L.S. Descriptions of a new Genus and of some new Species of Gale- rucinee ; also Diagnostic Notes on some of the older described Species of Aulacophora 1 Descriptions of some Genera and Species of Galerucince 156 ousfield, Edward, L.E.C.P. Lond. The Natural History of the Genus Dero. (Communicated by Dr. J. Murie, F.L.S.) (Plates IH.-Y.) 91 Day, Dr. Francis, C.I.E., F.L.S. On the Loch-Leven Trout ( Salmo levenensis ) 71 Duncan, Prof. P. Martin, F.R.S., F.L.S., and W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S., Sec. Linn. Soc. On the Anatomy of the Perignathic Girdle and of other Parts of the Test of Discoidea cylindrica, Lamarck, sp. (With 10 woodcuts.) 48 Gulick, Rev. John Thomas. Divergent Evolution through Cumulative Segregation. (Com- municated by Alfred Russel Wallace, F.L.S.) 189 Hoyle, W. E,, M.A. (Oxon), F.R.S.E., Keeper of the Manchester Museum. On the Deep-water Fauna of the Clyde Sea-area. (Communi- cated by John Murray, LL.D., F.L.S., &c.) (With Map : Plate XXIX.) 442 IV Page Kirby, W. F., Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum. A Synopsis of the Genera of Chalcididce, Subfamily Eucharince ; with Descriptions of several new Genera and Species of Chal- cididce and Tenthredinidce. (Communicated by Dr. J. Murie, F. L.S.) (Plate I.) 28 Lowne, Benjamin Thompson, F.R.C.S., F.L.S., Hunterian Pro- fessor of Comparative Anatomy, Royal College of Surgeons. On the Structure of the Retina of the Blowfly ( Calliphora erythrocephala). (Plate XXVII.) 400 On the Structure and Development of the Ovaries and their Appendages in the Blowfly ( Calliphora erythrocephala). (Plate XXVIII.) 418 Lubbock, Sir John, Bart., M.P., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S. Observations on Ants, Bees, and Wasps.— Part XI. (With 2 illustrations.) 118 Michael, A. D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.M.S. Researches into the Life-histories of Glycipliagus domesticus and G. spinipes. (Plate XVI.) 285 On some unrecorded Parasitic Acari found in Great Britain. (Plate XXVI.) 400 Rae, John, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S. Notes on some of the Birds and Mammals of the Hudson’s Bay Company’s Territory, and of the Arctic Coast of America. (Communicated by G. J. Romanes, F.L.S.) 136 Ridley, PI. N., M.A., F.L.S. Notes on the Zoology of Fernando Noronha. (Plate XXX.) . . 473 Ridley, Stuart 0., M.A., F.L.S. On the Characters of the Genus Lophoptis, with a Description of a New Species from Australia. (Plate II.) 61 Romanes, George J., LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S. Experiments on the Sense of Smell in Dogs 65 V Page Shufeldt, R. W., M.D., C.M.Z.S., Captain, Medical Corps, U.S. Army. Studies of the Macrochires, Morphological and otherwise, with the view of indicating their Relationships and defining their several Positions in the System. (Communicated by Prof. W. K. Parker, F.R.S., F.L.S.) (Plates XYII.-XXIV.) .... 299 Sim, George. Occurrence of Lumpenm lampetriformis on the North Coast of Scotland ; with Notes on its Habits, Food, and the Ground it frequents. (Communicated by Dr. Francis Day, F.L.S.) (With 5 woodcuts.) 38 Seaden, W. Percy, F.G.S., Sec. Linn. Soc., and Prof. P. Martin Duncan, F.R.S., F.L.S. On the Anatomy of the Perignathic Girdle and of other parts of the Test of Discoiclea cylindrical Lamarck, sp. (With 10 woodcuts.) 48 Sowerby, G. B., F.L.S., F.Z.S. Descriptions of fourteen new Species of Shells. (Plate XXY.) 395 Thompson, Isaac C., F.R.M.S. Copepoda of Madeira and the Canary Islands, with Descriptions of New Genera and Species. (Communicated by Prof. Herdman, F.L.S.) (Plates X.-XHI.) 145 Walker, Alfred O., F.L.S. Notes on a Collection of Crustacea from Singapore. (Plates VI.-IX.) 107 Waters, Arthur Wm., F.L.S., F.G.S. On some Ovicells of Cyclostomatous Bryozoa. (Plate XIV.) . . 275 On the Ovicells of some Lichenoporce. (Plate XV.) 280 VI EXPLANATION OP THE PLATES. Plate I. II. III. IP. y. VI. VII. VIII. IX. X. XI. XII. XIII. XIV. XV. XVI. XVII. to XXIV. , XXV. XXVI. XXVII. XXVIII. XXIX. XXX. Species of Ohalcidiclte and Tenthredinidie. Lopiiopus Lendenfeldi, Ridley. Dero obtusa. Dero Perrieri, D. latissima, D. Miilleri. Dero limosa, D. furcata. Maia Miersi, Doclea tetraptera. Xantiio scaberrimus. Porcellanella pict A, Onychomorpha lamelligera, Goniosoma inajquale, Petro- listhes corallicola, var., Diogenes avarus. Polyonyx cometes, Caphyra Archeri, Typhlocarcinus villosus, Sesarma Bocourti. Candace nigrocincta, C. brevicornis. Mecynocera Clausi. Machairopus sanct.e-crucis, Acontiopho- rus angulatus. Cyaibasoma rigidum, Acontiopkorus angu- latus. Ovicells of Bryozoa. Ovicells of Lichenoporoe. Life-Histories of Glyciphagus domcsticus ^ Illustrating the I Natural History of the Genus Dero, by J E. C. Bousfield. Illustrating the Crustacea from Singapore, by Alfred O. Walker. 'l Illustrating the | Copepoda of Ma- l deira and the Canary Islands, by Isaac C.Thompson. and G. spinipes. I Studies of the Macrociiires, illustrating Dr. R. W. Shufeldt’s | paper. New Species of Shells, illustrating G. B. Sowerby’s paper. Myocoptes tenax, Symbiotes tripilis, Goniomcrus vmsculinus, illustrating some unrecorded Parasitic Acari, by A. D. Michael. Retina of the Blowfly, illustrating B. T. Lowne’s paper. Ovaries of the Blowfly and their appendages, illustrating B. T. Lowne’s paper. Batiiygrapiiical Chart of the Clyde Sea-area, illustrating W. E. Hoyle’s paper on the Deep-water Fauna of the Clyde Sea-area. Mollusca of Fernando Noronha. Vll ERRATA. Page 446, line 19 from bottom, for Centronotus gunellus read Centronotus gun- nellus. 474, line 12 from bottom, for Pompilus nesophila read Pompilus nesophilus. 503, line 9 from bottom, for Chiton ( Ischnochiton ) carribcsorum read Chiton {Ischnochiton) caribbcsoram. 555, line 7 from top, for A. jaspicen read A.jaspidea. THE JOURNAL OP THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. Descriptions o£ a new G-enus and of some new Species of Gcilerucince , also Diagnostic Notes on some of the older described Species of Awlacophora. By Joseph S. Balt, F.L.S. [Read 6th May, 1886.] Many of the insects characterized in the following paper were collected in the Eastern Archipelago by Mr. A. B. Wallace. Types of all the species mentioned are contained in my col- lection. G-enus Aulacophora. Many of the species of this genus, more especially those described by the older authors, are in a state of great confusion, arising to some extent from the great similarity in general appearance and coloration of many of them ; but principally from the brief descriptions given by the various authors and from the total absence of any reference to structural characters. In the present paper I have attempted to work out some of these species, pointing out the structural characters by which they may be separated. I have retained, iu most cases, the old names, although I cannot be sure in every instance that the species to which they are assigned were those from which the descriptions were originally drawn. I have not attempted to work out the whole genus, many species sufficiently characterized by their respective describers, as LINN. JOIJRN, — ZOOLOGT, VOL. XX. 1 2 MB. J. 8. BALT ON SOME SPECIES OP GALEBTTCIN 2E . well as others which, from want of sufficient material, I have not had the opportunity of studying, having been omitted. The Synoptical Table given below will, I trust, be of use to the future student of the genus. Table of Species. Males. I. Antennas filiform. A. Elytra transversely depressed or excavated below the basilar space. a. Apical segment of abdomen trilobate, the middle lobe oblong or oblong-quadrate, its surface deeply concave or sulcate longitudinally. a. Antennae (the base sometimes excepted) black or fuscous. a1. Elytra entirely black. b1. Breast black, the abdomen fulvous or flavous 1. nigripennis. b2. Breast and abdomen rufo-fulvous 2. melanopus. a2. Elytra black, with flavous bands or markings. c\ Pygidium fulvous 3. albofasciata. cl. Pygidium black 4. pygidialis. b. Antennae fulvous or flavous, rarely stained towards the apex with fuscous, basal joints sometimes fuscous or black. 6} . Elytra entirely black. e1. Body broadly ovate 5. melanoptera. e 2. Body oblong-ovate 6. atripennis. d2. Elytra black, the extreme basal margin rufous. 7. lata. d3. Elytra black, their apices to a greater or less extent rufous 8. rosea. di. Elytra black, with flavous markings 9. instabilis. b. Apical segment of abdomen trilobate, middle lobe quadrate or subquadrate, its disk plane or only slightly concave. a. Thorax rufous or flavous. f1. Elytra entirely black 10. Boisduvali. f'2. Elytra black with flavous markings. g1. Body not exceeding 4 lines in length 11. propinqua. g2. Body 5 lines or more in length 12. rubrozonata. f3. Elytra flavous, with black patches or markings. 13. approximata. /4. Elytra flavous, the posterior half black 14. postica. f5. Elytra entirely flavous 15. testacea. b. Thorax black 16. flaviventris. B. Elytra not transversely depressed or excavated below the basilar space. a. Trilobate apex of abdomen with its middle lobe deeply concave or longitudinally sulcate. hx. Elytra flavous, unicolorous. t1. Antennas, at the base excepted, nigro-fuscous. j1. Legs entirely flavous 17. abdominalis. j2. Four hind legs black 18. Fabricii. t2. Antennas flavous or fulvous. kl. Scutellum black or nigro-fuscous. I1. Thoracic sulcation deeply excavated on the middle disk, obsolete or in- terrupted towards the lateral margin. 19. nigroscutata. MR. J. S. BALT OT SOME SPECIES OF GALEETTCHOB. P. Thoracic sulcation entire, more deeply impressed on the middle disk 20. Jc2. Scutellum flavous or fulvous. mx. Face armed on either side below the antennas with a compressed tubercle. 21. m2. Face unarmed. n1. Thoracic groove deeply excavated and abruptly sinuate on the middle disk, the hinder margin of the groove bitorulose 22. n2. Thoracic groove straight or only moderately sinuate on the middle disk, its hinder margin not torulose. 01. Legs entirely flavous 23. 02. Anterior pair of legs fulvous, the two hinder pairs black or uigro-piceous ... 23. 2. Elytra flavous, with black markings. pl. Each elytron with two black spots 24. p2. Each elytron with four black spots 25. h3. Elytra nigro-creruleous, thoracic groove deeply excavated on the middle disk 26. hi. Elytra nigro-piceous, narrowly edged with flavous; face with two compressed tubercles. 21. b. Intermediate lobe of apical segment of abdomen quadrate or subquadrate, plane or slightly concave. q1. Elytra flavous. u1. Legs black or nigro-piceous ; the labrum and the lower portion of the clypeus black. 27. u2. Legs, labrum, and lower surface of clypeus flavous 28. q2. Elytra flavous, with black markings] 28. q3. Elytra black, the apex rufo-fulvous 28. ql. Elytra entirely black 29. q3. Elytra black, fulvous at the base 30. II. Antennae witli the apical joint alone incrassate. v1. Elytra transversely depressed below the basilar space 31. v2. Elytra not depressed below the basilar space. 32. III. Anteunse with three or four intermediate joints dilated. wl. Elytra flavous, with a submarginal black line. 33. w2. Elytra viridi-aeneous 34. Females. I. Surface of elytra plane or obsoletely sulcate. A. Elytra transversely depressed or excavated below the basilar space. a. Thorax nigro-fulvou9 or flavous. a. Apex of last abdominal segment entire. a1. Body entirely flavous 35. a2. Breast and abdomen black ; legs and antennas flavous *. b1. Body above flavous 15. Wallacii. comma. foveicollis. similis, var. similis. tetraspilota. octomaculata. excavata cornuta, var. coffeae. bicolor, var. F & G. bicolor, var. D & E. bicolor, type, nigrivestis. Downesi. antennata. luteicornis. Stevensi. DuboulayL unicolor. testacea. * A. palustris , Perroud, belongs to this seotion, but differs from A. testacea in having the legs and antennae black. 1* 4 ME. J. S. BALT ON SOME SPECIES OF GALEBUCINiE. b- . Posterior half of elytra black 14. postica. a3. Breast, legs, and antennae black ; elytra black with yellowish markings 11. propinqua , var. a4. Breast and abdomen (the apical segment sometimes excepted) rufo - fulvous or fulvous ; elytra more or less black. c1. Elytra entirely black. d1. Antennae black 2. melanopus. d2. Antennae flavous or fulvous, the basal joint sometimes piceous or black. e1. Labrum black 10. Boisduvali. e2. Labrum rufo-fulvous 31. antennata. c2. Elytra black, the basal margin more or less distinctly edged with rufous 7. lata. c3. Elytra black, their apices to a greater or less extent rufous 8. rosea. ci. Elytra black, with flavous bands or mark- ings. fl. Legs entirely black. ff1. Body not exceeding 4 lines in length 11. propinqua. g 2. Body upwards of 4 lines in length . 12. rubrozonata. f2. Legs with the thighs and the basal portion of the tibiae rufo-fulvous or flavous, the rest black. h1. Pygidiuui black 4. pygidialis. h2. Pygidium rufo-flavous 3. albofasciata. f3. Legs entirely flavous 9. instabilis. c5. Elytra nigro-piceous, the lateral margin and the sut ure from below the base to the apex fulvous 38. semilimbata. c6. Elytra flavous, with black markings. 11. Surface of elytra obsoletely sulcate 36. nigrosignata. 12. Surface of elytra plane 13. approximata. b. Apex of anal segment of abdomen emarginate. kl. Antennas black 1. nigripennis. k2. Antennas and legs flavous. 11. Body broadly ovate 5. melanoptera. 12. Body oblong-ovate 6. atripennis. b. Thorax entirely black 16. flaviventris. B. Elytra not transversely depressed or excavated below the basilar space. a. Apex of anal segment of abdomen entire. ml. Body not exceeding 3 lines in length. n1. Elytra nigro-piceous, the base flavous ... 30. Downesi. >r. Elytra flavous, with black markings. 01. Elytra each with four black spots 25. octomaculata. 02. Elytra each with two black spots 24. tetraspilota. m2. Body 3 lines in length or upwards. ■pl. Body subelongate or oblong, slightly dilated posteriori}'. ql. Elytra flavous. u1. Lower portion of clypeus and the labrum black 27. coffeae. u2. Lower portion of clypeus and the labrum flavous 28. bicolor, var. q2. Elytra variable in tint and markings, not metallic 28. bicolor. q 3. Elytra metallic green 34. Duboulayi. ME. J. S. BALY ON SOME SPECIES OF GAL EBU C INA . 5 p2. Body ovate or oblong - ovate, dilated posteriorly. v1. Elytra flavous, the suture and a sub- marginal vitta black 33. Stevensi. v2. Elytra and abdomen black 37. Lewisii. b. Apex of anal segment of abdomen rounded, its middle portion produced into an oblong process 19. nigroscutata, c. Apex of anal segment of abdomen slightly sinuate, its surface deeply concave on either side 22. foveicollis. d. Apex of anal segment of abdomen broadly subangulate-emarginate 18. Fabricii. e. Apex of anal segment of abdomen abruptly concave-emarginate 20. Wallacii. /. Apex of anal segment of abdomen broadly concave-emarginate 21, comuta. g. Apex of anal segment of abdomen bilobate. wl. Lobes concave 23. similis. w2. Lobes plane. x1. Elytra flavous 40. excisa. x2. Elytra nigro-casruleous 26. excavata. h. Apex of anal segment of abdomen bisinuate ... 39. Duvivieri. i. Apex of anal segment of abdomen trilobate. y1. Lobes nearly equal in length 41. Moulloti. y2. Lobes with the intermediate much shorter than the lateral ones 32. luteicornis. II. Elytra strongly costate 42. costatipennis. 1. Aulacophoba nigbipennis, Motsch. JEtud. Entom. 1857, p. 38. A. atripennis, Hope, Proc. Ent . Soc. 1841, p. 64. Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, fulva aut flava, antennis, pedibus, pectore elytrisque nigris, his infra basin transversim depressis, distincte punctatis ; thorace vix pone medium sat profunde trans- versim sulcato, sulco fere recto. Long. 3-3| lin. Mas. Abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio oblongo, longitudinaliter coneavo. Foem. Abdominis segmento anali apice concavo-emarginato. Hcib. Mantchuria ; Japan (Lewis) ; China (Bowring). Labrum and antennae black, the latter with the basal joints, and sometimes with the four or five outer ones, nigro-piceous. Thorax nearly twice as broad as long ; sides sinuate and slightly diverging from the base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging towards the apex ; disk rather strongly sulcate just behind the middle. Elytra distinctly punctured. 2. Aulacophoba melanopus, BlancTi.Voy. aw Pole Swd , p. 346, pi. 19. fig. 20. Anguste oblongo-ovata, postice ampliata, couvexa, rufo-fulva, nitida, 6 ME. J. S. BALY ON SOME SPECIES OE GALERUCINiE. antennis, pedibus totis, pygidio elytrisque nigris ; thorace laevi, sat profunde transversim sulcato ; elytris infra basin transversim de- pressis, tenuissime punctatis. Long. 3^-5 lin. Var. A. Femoribus pygidioque rufo-fulvis. Mas. Abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio transverso- quadrato, angulis anticis rectangulis, apice truncato, disco longi- tudinaliter sulcato. Fcem. Abdominis segmento anali late sed leviter angulato-emarginato. Hob. New Guinea, Horey; Amboina (Wallace). Antennae slender, filiform, nearly equal to the body in length iu either sex, black, the two to four lower joints usually rufo- piceous ; labrum and mouth nigro-piceous. Thorax transverse ; sides nearly straight and parallel from the base to beyond the middle, thence rounded and converging towards the apex, anterior angle obtuse ; disk smooth, impunctate, discoidal groove nearly straight, more deeply impressed on either side the median line. Elytra dilated posteriorly, convex, transversely excavated below the basilar space, very minutely punctured. The dark antennae, equally long in both sexes, will separate this species from others with similarly coloured elytra. It is with some doubt that I have placed var. A under the same specific head; it agrees, however, entirely in structural cha- racters. 3. Aulacophora albofasciata. Anguste ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, fulvo-nitida, antennis, ore, tibiis tarsisque nigro- piceis aut fuscis ; thorace tx-ansverso, disco transversim sulcato ; elytris convexis, infx-a basin prope suturam leviter transversim excavatis, nigris, utrisque fascia obliqua prope medium communi, ad marginem abbreviata, albida. Long. 4-5 lin. Var. A, cf . Elytrorum fascia albida fere obsoleta. Mas. Abdominis segmenti analis lobo intermedio oblongo, profunde concavo. Fcem. Abdominis segmento ultimo latq obtuso. Hab. New Guinea, Dorey {Wallace). Head scarcely longer than broad, trigonate. Antennae slender, equal to the body in length in both sexes ; the four of five lower joints sometimes obscure fulvous ; eyes in the male large, prominent. Thorax nearly twice as broad as long; sides slightly diverging or nearly parallel from the base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging to the anterior angle; disk transversely sulcate, the sulcation rather more deeply impressed ME. J. 8. BALT OK SOME SPECIES OF GALERU CIN iE . 7 on either side. Elytra broader than the thorax, rather broadly dilated behind the middle, convex, rather strongly excavated below the basilar space, minutely punctured, the puncturing on the hinder disk nearly obsolete. 4. Aulacophora pygidialis. Oblongo-ovata, postice ampliata, con- vexa, flava, nitida ; abdominis segmento ultimo plus minusve, pygidio, pedibus posticis fere totis, tarsis anticis quatuor, tibiis in- termediis (basi exceptis), labro, antennis (basi exceptis) elytrisque nigris ; his infra basin transversim excavatis, minute punctatis, fascia lata prope medium, interdum interrupta aut abbreviata, flavo-fulva ; thorace vix pone medium transversim sulcato. Long. 3-3| lin. Var. A. Abdominis disco plus minusve nigro-piceo tincto. Mas. Abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio oblongo, profunde concavo. Fcc.m. Abdominis segmento anali apice obtuso, integro. Hal. Aru Islands ; New G-uinea, Dorey ; Ceram ; Ke Islands {Wallace). Antennae slender, filiform, black, more or less piceo-fulvous at the base. Thorax more than half as broad again as long ; sides obliquely diverging from the base to beyond the middle, sub- angulate anteriorly ; disk transversely sulcate just behind the middle. Elytra very finely punctured. Closely allied to A. alhofasciatct, smaller and the male broader than that species, its eyes less prominent ; the coloration of the legs varies greatly in degree. 5. Aulacophora melanoptera, Boisduval, Voy. de VAstrol. p. 549. Late ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flavo-rufa, nitida ; elytris nigris, labro piceo; thorace lateribus fere parallelis, obtusis, ad apicem convergentibus, disco minute punctato, transversim sulcato; elytris convexis, infra basin prope suturam transversim excavatis, minute punctatis. Long. 4 lin. Mas. Abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio oblongo, pro- funde concavo. Fcem. Abdominis segmento anali apice subangulato-emargiuato. Var. A, <$ . Tarsis piceis. Galeruca melanoptera, Boisduval, Voy. de VAstrol. p. 549, t. 8. fig. 11. Hal. Celebes {Wallace). Antennae slender, filiform, nearly three fourths the length of the body ; labrum piceous. Thorax nearly twice as broad as 8 ME. J. S. BALT ON SOME SPECIES OE GALERUCINiE. long ; sides nearly parallel, obliquely converging towards the apex ; disk smooth, minutely punctured, transverse groove rather more deeply impressed on either side. Elytra broadly dilated posteriorly, convex, transversely excavated below the basilar space ; minutely punctured, lateral limb reflexed, more strongly punctured than the disk. Broader in both sexes than A. atripennis, Fabr., the lateral margin of the elytra broader and more strongly punctured. 6. Aulacophora atripennis, Fair. Syst. FI. i. p. 482. Oblongo-ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, rufo-fulva aut rufa, nitida, antennis flavis, articulo basali interdum rufo-piceo tincto ; thorace transversim sulcato; elytris nigris, tenuissime punctatis, labro (in mare ) nigro-piceo. Long. 3-4 lin. Yar. A. Pedibus rufo-piceis. Mas. Abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio oblongo, profunde concavo-excavato. Fcem. Abdominis segmento anali apice leviter angulato-emarginato. Hah. Sumatra ; Amboina ; Gilolo ; Tondano ; Ke Islands (Wallace). Antennae slender, filiform. Thorax transverse ; sides obliquely diverging from the base to beyond the middle, thence converging towards the apex ; disk smooth, impressed on either side with a few minute punctures ; discoidal sulcation nearly straight. Elytra dilated posteriorly, convex, transversely excavated below the basilar space, very finely punctured. This species is smaller in size than either of the following two ; the deeply concave intermediate lobe of the anal segmentof the ab- domen in the male, together with the obtusely emarginate apex of the same segment in the female, will separate it from either. Many of the specimens that I have seen differ from the diagnosis given by Eabricius in not having the basal joint of the antenna; darker than the following ones ; in other respects they agree with the description given. I possess three specimens of the male ; in this sex the labrum is piceous, in the other one it is coucolorous with the upper face ; in some individuals the legs are stained with p ceous. 7. Aulacophora lata. Late ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, rufo- fulva, nitiila, tarsis, tibiis plus minusve elytrisque nigris, his basi extrema plus minusve rufo-marginatis ; antennis pallide flavis ; tho- race transverso, lateribus obtuse rotundatis, reflexis; disco trans- ME. J. S. BALY OH SOME SPECIES OF GALE RE CIHJE . 9 versim sulcato, lsevi, ad latera minute punctato ; elytris late oblongo- ovatis, postice ampliatis, convexis, infra basin transversim excavatis, minute punetatis, limbo externo reflexo. Long. 4-5^ lin. Mas. Abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio quadrato, longitudinaliter sulcato. Fcem. Abdominis segmento anali apice obtuso ; pygidii apice leviter emarginato. Hab. Ceram; Macassar; Celebes; Grilolo; Batchian (Wallace). Antennse filiform, nearly equal to the body in length in both sexes ; labrum concolorous with the upper face. Thorax nearly twice as broad as long ; sides obtusely rounded, the hinder angle obsolete, the anterior one very minute ; lateral margin more broadly reflexed than in most species of the genus ; disk smooth, very minutely punctured on the sides, transverse sulcation nearly straight. Elytra broadly oblong-ovate, dilated posteriorly, con- vex, transversely excavated below the basilar space, minutely punctured ; outer limb rather broadly dilated and reflexed for nearly its whole extent. This species is closely allied to A. rosea , Eabr. : both insects closely agree in the form of the thorax and in all other struc- tural characters ; but the present one is distinctly broader in form and its elytra are (the extreme basal margin excepted) unicolorous. 8. Aulacophoea eosea, Fair. Si/st. FI. i. p. 479. Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, rufo-fulva aut rufa, nitida, tibiis tar- sisque nigris, antennis flavis, articulo primo saepe rufo ; thorace sat profunde transversim sulcato ; lateribus obtuse rotundatis, reflexis ; elytris infra basin transversim depressis, nigris, apice plus minusve rufis. Long. 3^-6 lin. Mas. Abdominis segmenti analis lobo intermedio late oblongo, longitu- dinaliter sulcato. Farm. Abdominis segmento anali integro. Hab. Sumatra; Java; Philippine Islands ; Malacca. This species so closely resembles A. lata in the form of its thorax and in other structural characters, that I do not give a detailed description ; it is separated by its less broadly ovate form and by the rufous apex of its elytra. The rufous colora- tion of the apex of the elytra extends upwards to a greater or smaller extent over the disk. A. albicornis, Chapuis, is apparently identical with the present insect ; at any rate, I cannot separate it on the slight diagnosis given by the author. 10 MB J. 8. BALE ON SOME SPECIES OF GALERUCINiE. 9. Aulacophora instabilis. Oblongo-ovata, postice ampliata, flava, nitida, antennis extrorsum fuscis ; thorace transversim sulcato, sulco fere recto ; elytris convexis, infra basin leviter transversim de- pressis, nigris, fascia interrupta lata prope medium, interdum inter- rupta aut extrorsum abbreviata, flava. Long. 4 lin. Mas. Abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio oblongo, concavo, longitudinaliter sulcato. -Fern. Abdominis segmento anali apice obtuso. j Hah. Batchian ; Mysol (Wallace) . Antennae slender, filiform, entirely, or with the apices of the six or seven outer joints alone, fuscous. Thorax about one half broader than long ; sides parallel and slightly sinuate from the base to beyond the middle, thence slightly converging towards the apex ; disk deeply impressed with a transverse sulcation. Elytra dilated posteriorly, convex, slightly flattened along the suture, and faintly excavated behind the basilar space ; nitidous, very minutely punctured. 10. Aulacophora Boisduvali. Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, rufo-fulva aut fulva, labro nigro-piceo, nitido, antennis flavis ; tibiis plus minusve tarsisque piceis, elytris nigris ; thorace profunde trans- versim sulcato. Long. 4-5 lin. Var. A. Labro rufo-fulvo. Mas. Abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio transverso- subquadrato, piano. Fcem. Abdominis segmento anali apice obtuso. Hal. New Guinea ( Boisduval ) ; Borneo, Sarawak ; Celebes ; Bouru (Wallace). Antennas slender and filiform in either sex ; nearly equal to the length of the body in the male, shorter in the other sex ; labrum nigro-piceo us, rarely concolorous with the upper face. Thorax with its sides sinuate and slightly diverging from the base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely rounded and con- verging towards the apex ; upper surface smooth, finely but not closely punctured ; discoidal sulcation nearly straight, deeply impressed, more deeply so on the sides. Elytra much broader than the thorax, their sides nearly parallel anteriorly, abruptly dilated posteriorly, convex, slightly excavated transversely below the basilar space, minutely punctured. Nearly allied in coloration to A. lata, differing in the form of the thorax, the sides of which iu the present species are MB. J. S. BALY ON SOME SPECIES OP GALERUCINA2. 11 obtusely ungulate and not rounded as in the before-named insect ; there is also a distinct difference, both in tbe anal segment of tbe abdomen in tbe male and in the male genital organ. 11. Aulacophora propinqua. Anguste oblongo-ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flavo-fulva, nitida, labro, antennis (bis basi inter- dum exceptis), pedibus elytrisque nigris ; bis infra basin transversim excavatis, tenuissime punctatis, utrisque fascia lata prope medium, plerumque ad marginem abbreviata, flavo-fulva. Long. 3^-4 lin. Var. A. Pectore nigro, caeteris ut in typo. Var. B. Pectore, abdomine pygidioque nigris, caeteris ut in typo. Mas. Abdominis segmento anali trilobate, lobo intermedio flavo, obtuso. Fcem. Abdominis segmento anali obtuso. Hab. New Guinea, Dorey; Ke Islands; var. A, Batcbian ; var. B, Sulu Islands (Wallace). Antennae slender, filiform. Thorax about one half as broad again as long ; sides nearly straight and slightly diverging from the base to beyond the middle ; upper surface transversely sul- cate behind the middle. Elytra dilated posteriorly, distinctly excavated on the suture below the basilar space, very minutely punctured. Var. B is at first sight very similar to A. dorsalis , Boisduval ; but that species is smaller, and its elytra are more strongly punc- tured and not depressed below the base. 12. Aulacophora rubrozonata, Blanch. Voy. au Bole Bud, p. 345, pi. 19. fig. 19. Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, rufa aut fulva, nitida, antennis (his basi plerumque exceptis) pedibusque nigris; thorace sat profunde transversim sulcato ; elytris infra basin leviter transversim depressis, fere impunctatis, nigris, fascia lata mediali rufa aut fulva. Long. 4- 5 lin. Var. A. Elytrorum margine apicali rufo aut fulvo, casteris ut in typo. Var. B. Elytris fulvis, utrisque basi lata, maculaque subapicali, nigra. Var. C. Elytris macula subapicali nigra obsoleta. Mas. Abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio quam late- ralia paullo longiore, piano, apice obtuse rotundato. Fcem. Abdominis segmento anali apice obtuso. Hab. New Guinea, Dorey; Celebes (Wallace). 12 MB. J. S. BALT ON SOME SPECIES OE CALEB. TJCINJE. Head longer than broad, trigonate ; mouth nigro-piceous or piceous. Antennae slender, rather shorter than the body. Thorax nearly twice as broad as long ; sides slightly sinuate and very slightly diverging from the base to beyond the middle ; disk deeply impressed with a transverse sulcation. Elytra nitidous, nearly impunctate. 13. Aulacophora approximata. Anguste oblongo-ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, fulvo-flava, nitida, tibiis (basi exceptis) tarsisque nigro-fuscis ; tliorace transversim sulcato, sulci medio leviter sinuato; elytris obsolete sulcatis, lsevibus, minute punctatis, utrisque fascia basali plagaque pone medium, nigris. Long. 3|-5 lin. Mas. Abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio quadrato, leviter concavo. Fcem. Abdominis segmento anali apice obtuso. Sab. Celebes {Wallace). Antennse slender, filiform, nearly equal to the body in length, their outer joints more or less stained with fuscous. Thorax rather more than one half broader than long ; sides nearly straight and parallel from the base to beyond the middle ; disk smooth, deeply impressed transversely, the sulcation faintly sinuate in the median line. Elytra oblong-ovate, dilated poste- riorly, very finely punctured ; a common transverse band at the base, and a subrotundate patch halfway between the middle and apex of each elytron, black. The pale underside, together with the absence of any longitu- dinal suleations on the elytra, will separate the female of this species from that of A. nigrosignata (sp. 36) ; the male of the latter insect is unknown to me. 14. Aulacophoba postica, Cliwpuis , Ann. Soc. Tint. Belg. xix. 1876, p. xcix. Elongato-ovata, postice ampliata, sordide fulva, nitida, pedibus posteri- oribus quatuor, pectore, abdomine elytrorumque dimidio postico nigris ; tliorace sat profunde transversim sulcato ; elytris infra basin leviter transversim depressis, distincte punctatis. Long. 4A-5 lin. Mas. Abdominis segmenti analis lobo intermedio oblongo, profunde lon- gitudinaliter sulcato. Fcem. Abdominis segmento anali apice leviter sinuato. Hah. Philippine Islands ; Java; Malacca. Thorax nearly twice as broad as long ; sides nearly straight and slightly diverging from the base to beyond the middle ; disk ME. J. 9. BALT ON SOME SPECIES OE GALERUCINiE. 13 transversely suleate, the sulcation nearly straight. Elytra obso- letely depressed below the base, very minutely punctured. 15. Aulacophora testacea, Fabr. Mant. Ins. i. 1787, p. 87. Oblonga, postiee paullo ampliata, convexa, fiava, nitida ; labro, pectore abdomiueque nigris; thorace vix pone medium transversim sulcato ; elytris infra basin leviter depressis, tenuissime punctatis. Long. 3 lin. Mas. Abdominis segmenti analis lobo intermedio transverso-quadrato, piano. Fcem. Abdominis segmento anali rotundato, integro. Sab. India {Fabr.) ; Assam ( Chennell : coll. Bali/). Labrum shining black ; antennae entirely flavous. Thorax nearly twice as broad as long ; sides nearly straight and slightly diverging from the base to beyond the middle ; disk transversely suleate immediately behind the middle, the sulcation straight. Elytra slightly hut distinctly depressed below the basilar space, very minutely punctured. Hinder femora in the male slightly stained on their outer surface with piceous. The entirely black abdomen, together with the entirely dif- ferent structure of the anal segment of the abdomen, will at once separate this species from A. foveicollis and A. abdominalis, with which insects it is usually confounded; it also differs from both in the depression below the basilar space of the elytra. 16. Aulacophora flaviventris. Late ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, nigra, nitida, pectore piceo, abdomine antennisque (articulo basali exeepto) pallide flavis ; thorace lsevi, ad latera minute punctato, sulco transverso, fere recto, sat fortiter impresso ; elytris convexis, infra basin transversim excavatis, minute punctatis. Long. 4 lin. Mas. Abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio transverso- quadrato, piano, angulis anticis obtusis. Fcem. Abdominis segmento anali obtuso, leviter sinuato. Sab. Malay Peninsula, Penang, Tringano, Malacca. Antennae from the second to the tenth joint slender, filiform (the terminal joint broken off). Thorax nearly twice as broad as long ; sides nearly straight and slightly diverging from the base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging towards the apex ; upper surface smooth, very finely punctured on the sides; discoidal sulcation nearly straight, deeply impressed. Elytra much broader than the thorax, dilated posteriorly ; convex, transversely excavated below the basilar space, very minutely punctui’ed. Similar in form to A. lata, differing in the colour of the thorax and lower surface of the body, which is uniform in the three spe- 14, MU. J. S. BA.LY ON SOME SPECIES OP GALERUCIX.®. cimens (two males and one female) before me ; tbe sides of the thorax are also straight posteriorly, instead of rounded as in the former species. 17. Aulacophora abdominalis, Fair. Spec. Ins. i. p. 151. Oblonga, pustice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, antennis ex- trorsum, pectore abdomineque (ano excepto ) nigris ; tborace transversim sulcato, sulci medio magis profunde impresso. Long. 3| lin. Mas. Abdominis segmenti analis lobo intermedio oblongo, profunde longitudinaliter concavo. Sab. Islands of the Pacific Ocean {Fair.) ; Western Australia (my collection). Very similar in general appearance to A. foveicollis, Kiist., the thorax less deeply excavated on the middle disk, the outer half of tlie antennae black. I only know the male of this species. 18. Aulacophora Fabricii. Anguste subelongato-ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, antennis (basi exceptis), pedibus posticis quatuor, pectore abdomineque (hujus apice excepto) nigris ; tborace transversim sulcato, sulco in mare disci medio magis pro- funde excavato ; elytris tenuiter punctatis. Long. 3-31 lin. Mas. Antennarum articulo basali inerassato, abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio alteris longiore, sat profunde concavo- excavato. Fcem. Abdominis segmento anali apice sinuato. Hah. Tonga Islands. Antennae filiform, nearly three fourths the length of the body, the basal joint in the male strongly thickened. Thorax nearly twice as broad as long ; sides nearly straight and slightly diverg- ing from the base to beyond the middle, thence rounded and con- verging towards the apex ; disk transversely excavated, the sulcation in the male more broadly and deeply excavated on the middle disk. Elytra narrowly oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, very finely punctured. Separated from A. nigroscutata by the flavous scutellum and by the thoracic sulcation extending entirely across the disk ; the apical abdominal segment in the female is also differently formed. 19. Aulacophora nigroscutata. Auguste oblonga, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore, abdomine scutelloque nigris ; thorace transverso, disci medio transversim excavato, sulco utriuque abbreviato ; elytris tenuiter punctatis. Long. 3 lin. Mas. Thoracis sulco profunde impresso ; abdominis segmento anali tri- lobato, lobo intermedio profunde excavato. MB. J. S. BALT ON SOME SPECIES OP GALERUCINiE. 15 Foem. Abdominis segmento anali apice rotundato, medio processu ob- longo retrorsum producto armato ; pygidio apice emarginato. Sab. Gilolo ; Amboyna (Wallace). Antennse filiform. Thorax nearly twice as broad as long ; sides parallel from tbe base to beyond the middle ; disk convex, deeply impressed with a large transverse excavation, which terminates on either side some distance before reaching the lateral margin ; this excavation is less deeply impressed in the female ; in this sex on either side, between the excavation and the lateral border, is a small fovea. Elytra oblong, dilated posteriorly, convex, finely and rather closely punctured. 20. Aulacophora Wallacii. Subelongato-ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore abdomineque nigris, scutello femoribus- que posticis quatuor nigro-piceis ; thorace transversim sulcato ; ely- tris subnitidis, minute punctatis. Long. 4 lin. Mas. Thoracis sulco medio profunde excavato ; antennis filiformibus, articulo prime sat valde incrassato ; abdominis segmento anali tri- lobato, lobo intermedio oblongo, profunde excavato. Foem. Abdominis segmento anali apice emarginato, incisuril transverso- quadrata, basi angulato-producta. Sab. Timor (Wallace). Antennse filiform, about four fifths the length of the body, basal joint strongly thickened in the male ; anterior half of labrum nigro-piceous. Thorax nearly twice as broad as long; sides more or less distinctly sinuate and slightly diverging from the base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely rounded towards the apex ; upper surface finely but distinctly punctured on the sides, impressed across the middle with a nearly straight trans- verse sulcation, which is of nearly equal depth for its whole course in the female, but which is much broader and more deeply exca- vated on the middle disk in the male. Elytra subnitidous, not distinctly excavated below the basilar space, minutely punctured. This insect in coloration closely resembles A. similis, but the four posterior thighs alone are nigro-piceous, the middle disk of the thorax is more deeply excavated in the male, and the emargination at the apex of the abdomen in the female is of an entirely different form. I only know three specimens, two males and one female, all from Timor. 21. Aulacophora cornuta, Baly , Gist. JEnt. ii. p. 445. Oblonga, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, labro, pectore abdomi- 16 MR. J. S. BALT ON SOME SPECIES OP GALERCCINiE. neque nigris ; thorace transversim sulcato ; elytris tenuiter punctatis. Long. 3|-4 lin. Var. A. Elytris nigro-piceis, anguste flavo-limbatis. A. robusta, Duviv. Notes Leyd. Mus. vi. p. 124. Mas. Antennarum articulo basali incrassato, intus compresso, carinato ; fascie utrinque infra antennas tuberculo compresso, subconico, medio- que lamina brevi, pube nigro circumdata, instructa; telo apicehastato ; abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio profunde longi- tudinaliter sulcato. Fcem. Abdominis segmento anali late concavo-emarginato, emargina- tionis medio dente brevi instructo. Sab. Assam ; Siam ( Mouhot ) ; Celebes ; Ceram ; Timor ; Sulu Islands ; Elores ( Wallace ) ; var. A, Wagaiou {Wallace) ; New Guinea ( v . Rosenberg). Antennae filiform. Thorax twice as broad as long ; sides rounded, nearly straight at the base ; upper surface deeply grooved just behind the middle, the sulcation nearly straight. Elytra oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, convex, not depressed below the basilar space, finely punctured. Yar, A at first sight is very dissimilar to the type, and has been described by M. Duvivier as a separate species ; it agrees, however, so closely in structural characters that I cannot but place it under the same specific head. 22. Aulacophora poveicollis, Kiister, Kaf. Rur. xxviii. p. 100. Oblonga, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore abdomi- neque (ano excepto) nigris ; thorace transversim sulcato, sulco medio angulato, magis fortiter excavato ; elytris tenuissime punctatis. Long. 3-3| lin. Mas. Antennarum articulo basali incrassato; thoracis sulco medio ampliato et profunde excavato et margine postico utrinque tuberculo conico in- structo ; abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio oblongo, profunde longitudinaliter concavo. Fcem. Abdominis segmento anali apice breviter sinuato ; disco utrinque concavo-excavato, pygidio apice emarginato. Sab. Southern Europe ; Northern Africa ; India. The peculiar sculpture of the thorax, combined with the form of the anal segment of the abdomen in either sex, will distinguish this species at once from its congeners. 23. Aulacophora similis, Oliv. Rnt. vi. p. 621, pi. 2. f. 23. A. femoralis, Moiscli. Etud. Ent. 1857, p. 3/. Elongato-ovata, postice ampliata, flava, nitida, pectore abdomineque (ano flavo plerumque excepto) nigris; pedibus posticis quatuor plus MR. J. S. EALT OK SOME SPECIES OE GALERIICIXM. 17 minusve nigris ; tliorace transversim sulcato, sulco medio sinuato ; elytris tenuiter sat crebre punctatis. Long. 3-3§ lin. Yar. A. Pedibus flavis. Rliaphidopalpa flavipes, Jac. Notes Leyden Mus. v. p. 202. Mas. Thoracis snlco transverso medio profunde excavato ; abdominis segmento anali trilobate, lobo intermedio oblongo, profunde longitu- dinaliter excavato. Fcem. Abdominis segmento anali bilobato, lobis concavis. Hab. Mantchuria ; Japan; Northern India, Cliina; Canton; Cochin China ; Malay Archipelago. The inale of the present species is very similar in form and in the structure of the anal abdominal segment to the same sex of A. foveicollis and of A. abdominalis ; the four hinder legs are usually stained more or less with nigro-piceous, although in some specimens from Canton they are entirely flavous ; it may be known, however, by the thorax being less deeply excavated. The female is at once distinguished by the deeply bilobate anal segment of the abdomen. This species is very widely spread, and is often confounded in collections with A. coffees, Hornst. 24. Aulacophora tetraspilota. Elongato-ovata, postice ampliata, pallide flava, nitida; pectore abdomineque nigris; thorace lateribus rotundatis, basi fere rectis, disco transversim sulcato; elytris tenuiter punctatis, utrisque puncto subbasali maculaque transversa pone medium, nigris. Long. 2% lin. Mas. Abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio oblongo, profunde concavo. Fcem. Abdominis segmento anali apice obtuse truncato. Hab. Batchian ; Amboina ; Gilolo (Wallace). Antennae filiform, equal to the body in length in the male. Thorax about one half broader than long; sides rounded, nearly straight from the base to beyond the middle ; disk rather deeply transversely sulcate. Elytra finely but distinctly punctured; each elytron with a small round spot immediately below the middle of the basal margin, together with a second, transverse, placed obliquely a short distance below the middle, black. 25. Aulacophora octomaculata. Late ovata, postice ampliata, con- vexa, pallide flava, nitida; pectore abdominisque segmentorum maculis (his triseriatim dispositis) nigris; thorace lateribus a basi fere ad apicem subrectis, angulis acutis, disco utrinque transversim excavato; elytris tenuiter sed distincte punctatis ; utrisque maculis quatuor (2, 2 trans- versim dispositis) nigris. Long. 3 lin. LIKK. JOTTRK. — ZOOLOGY, YOL. XX. 2 18 ME. J. S. BALT ON SOME SPECIES OE GALEETTCINiE. Mas. Abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio oblongo- quadrato, concavo. Foam. Abdominis segmento anali apice obtuso. Hob. Northern India. Eyes black, vertex with two small piceous spots, sometimes obsolete; antennse filiform. Thorax about one half broader than long ; sides slightly diverging, and almost straight from the base nearly to the apex ; the anterior and posterior angles acute ; upper surface broadly and deeply excavated transversely on either side, the excavation extending nearly across the entire disk. Elytra subquadrate-ovate, dilated posteriorly ; moderately convex, distinctly but not very closely punctured ; each elytron with four large black patches, placed obliquely in pairs, two at the base and two below the middle; of the upper pair the first, near the suture, is attached to the basal margin, the other is placed just below the humeral callus ; the outer one of the lower pair is attached to the lateral margin. 26. Aulacophora excavata. Oblongo-ovata, postice paullo am- pliata, flava, nitida ; thoracis disco sat profunde excavato ; elytris subnitidis, tenuiter subcrebre punctatis, nigro-cyaneis ; tibiis apice tarsisque infuscatis. Long. 4^-5 lin. Mas. Abdominis segmento anali profunde trilobato, lobo intermedio alteris paullo longiore, oblongo, apice truncato, concavo. Focm. Abdominis segmento anali bilobato, lobis apice incurvatis, pygidio apice angulato-emarginato. Sab. India. Antennae filiform. Thorax about one half broader than long ; sides nearly parallel and slightly sinuate from the base nearly to the apex ; middle disk deeply excavated transversely, the hinder margin of the excavation obsoletely trisinuate. Elytra finely punctured. Nearly allied to A. impressa , Eabr., its thorax less deeply ex- cavated, the excavation different in form, the elytra unicolorous, and the under surface of the body entirely flavous. 27. Atjlacophoea coefeas, Sornst. Schrift. JSerl. Ges. viii. 17S8, p. 5, t. i. f. 7. Aulacophora varians, var. B ?, Chapuis, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. t. xix. p. c. Subelongata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, sordide flava, nitida ; oculis magnis ; pectore, abdomine pedibusque nigris, vertiee plus minusve, clypei margine antice labroque nigro-piceis; scutello piceo ; tliorace laevi, sat profunde transversim sulcato ; elytris minute punc- tatis, subnitidis. Long. 3^-4 lin. MR. J. S. BALT ON SOME SPECIES OF GALERUCIN^. 19 Var. A. Pedibus anticis flavis. Mas. Abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio quadrato, piano. Foem. Abdominis segmento anali integro, obtuso. Hal. Java ; Sumatra ; Philippine Islands ; Tondano ; Tringano; Cambodia; India. Antennae filiform, equal to tlie body in length in the male, rather shorter in the female ; anterior margin of elypeus, together with the entire labrum, nigro-piceous ; vertex also stained more or less with the same colour. Thorax about one half broader than long; sides very slightly diverging and obsoletely sinuate from the base to beyond the middle, thence converging and slightly rounded towai’ds the apex ; disk smooth, deeply im- pressed transversely immediately behind the middle, the sulcation nearly straight. Elytra convex, not excavated below the basilar space, minutely punctured. This species closely resembles A. bicolor in general form and in the structure of the anal segment of the abdomen in both sexes ; in addition, liowmver, to the uniform coloration of the elytra, the nigro-piceous labrum and anterior margin of the elypeus will separate it from all the varieties of that species. 28. Attlacophora bicolor, Weber, Obs. Fnt. 1801, p. 56 ; Fair. Syst. FI. i. p. 482. Subelongata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, nigra, nitida; capite, thorace scutelloque flavis aut fulvis ; pedibus anticis femoribusque intermediis sordide flavis, plus minusve piceo tinctis ; elytris opacis, nigris, macula parva basali apieeque fulvis. Long. 4-5 lin. Var. A. Corpore subtus toto fulvo. Var. B. Elytris nigris, apice marginibus laterali et suturali et interdum fascia interrupta prope medium fulvis. Var. C. Elytris rufo-fulvis, dimidio apicali et utrisque maculis duabus infra basin, nigris; pedibus anticis quatuor fere totis sordide fulvis. Var. D. Elytris fulvis, utrisque maculis transversis irregularibus duabus, una ad basin, altera vix pone medium positis, nigris; pedibus ut in typo. Var. E. Elytris flavis aut fulvis, utrisque maculis duabus, infra basin transversim positis, fasciaque transversa vix pone medium, utrinque abbreviata, nigris. Aulacophora sexnotata, Chapuis, Ann. Soc. Ent. Bely. t. xix. p. c. Var. F. Corpore flavo, oculis nigris. Var. G. Minor; corpore flavo, elytris nitidis. Mas. Abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio quadrato, leviter concavo. Fcem. Abdominis segmento anali integro, obtuso. 2* 20 MR. J. S. BALT ON SOME SPECIES OF GALERUCINiE. Hal. Type, Sumatra, Java ; var. A, Celebes, Grilolo, Flores ; var. B, C, and D, Java; var. E, Java, Philippines, Lombock; var. F, Ceylon ; var. Gr, Celebes. The above species is very nearly allied to A. coffees , Hornst., agreeing closely in form and structural characters. The head in the male of the present insect is narrow and the eyes are larger and more prominent, and the apical surface of the intermediate lobe of the anal segment of the abdomen is slightly concave instead of plane. A. licolor, however, although extremely variable iu coloration, always has the lower edge of the c-lypeus and the entire labrum concolorous with the upper face ; in A. coffees , on the contrary, these parts are nigro-piceous or black. 29. Atjlacophora nigritestis, Boiscl. Voy. del' Astrol. p. 518. Subelongata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, fulva, nitida; tibiis apice, tarsis antennarumque articulis intermediis piceis ; abdorr.ine elytrisque nigris, bis aeneo tinctis ; thorace lateribus a basi fere ad apicem rectis, disco sat fortiter transversim sulcato, sulco utrinque magis distincte impresso. Long. 3f lin. Mas. Abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio alteris lon- giore, transverso-quadrato, piano, apice truncato. Hal. Fiji Islands, a single specimen. Antennae nearly equal to the body in length, slender, filiform. Thorax nearly twice as broad as long ; sides straight and parallel, obliquely converging near the apex. Elytra narrowly oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, convex, distinctly punctured. Ex- treme apex of the abdomen piceous. 30. Aulacophora Downesi. Ovata, postice ampliata, nigra, nitida, capite, thorace, scutello pedibusque flavis ; thorace lateribus ante medium obtuse angulatis, disco modice transversim sulcato; elytris tenuiter punctatis, plaga magna basali, trigonata, communi, flava. Long. 2f-3 lin. Mas. Abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio late oblongo- quadrato, piano. Fcem. Abdominis segmento anali apice sinuato. Hal. India, Bombay {Dr. Ezra Downes). Antennae filiform. Thorax about one half broader than long ; sides obtusely angulate before the middle, nearly straight pos- teriorly ; upper surface transversely sulcate, the sulcation less deeply impressed than in most other species of the genus. Elytra dilated posteriorly, moderately convex, very finely punc- tured. MB. J. S. BALT OT SOME SPECIES OF Q ALBRECHT. 21 In the two specimens before me the flayous patch on the elytra varies in extent. 31. Aulacophora antennata. Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, rufo-fulva, nitida ; antennis flavis, pectore rarius pedibusque piceis; elytris convexis, infra basin prope suturam transversim excavatis, nigris, tenuissime punctatis ; thorace kevi, sat profunde transversim sulcato. Long. 4-4| lin. Mas. Antennarum articulo ultimo incrassato, apice oblique sinuato- emarginato, dente acuto armato ; abdominis articulo anali trilobato, lobo interraedio transverso-quadrato, disco concavo. Fcem. Antennarum articulo ultimo non incrassato, abdominis segmento anali late truncato, obsolete sinuato. Yar. A. Pedibus fulvis. 1 Tab. Java; Singapore; Borneo, Sarawak {Wallace). Antennae filiform, the apical joint in the male thickened, its apex obliquely emarginate and armed with a short acute tooth ; labrum and mouth concolorous with the upper face. Thorax nearly twice as broad as long ; sides nearly straight and very slightly diverging from the base to just beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging towards the apex, anterior angle obliquely truncate, armed laterally with a small obtuse tooth; upper surface smooth, with a few scattered punctures on either side behind the anterior angle ; transverse groove nearly straight, deeply impressed. Elytra dilated posteriorly, convex, transversely excavated below the basilar space, minutely but not closely punctured. 32. Aulacophora luteicorhis, Fabr. Late ovata, postice ampliata, thorace sat profunde transversim sulcato, lateribus obtuse rotundatis ; elvtris tenuissime punctatis. Long. 4 lin. Var. A. Nigra, nitida ; thoracis lateribus angustis antennisque pallide flavis; elytris rufis, apice nigris; tarsis interdum rufo-piceis. Yar. B. Thoracis lateribus disco concoloribus, cteteris ut in var. A. Galeruca luteicornis, Fabr. Syst. El. i. p. 482. Var. C. Elytris totis rufis, caeteris ut in varr. A et B. Aulacophora simplicipennis, Clark, Ann. Sf Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, xv. 1865, p. 145. Var. D. Nigra, antennis (basi exceptis) pallide flavis. Var. E. Tota flava. Mas. Antennarum articulo ultimo incrassato, apice emarginato ; abdo- minis segmenti analis lobo intermedio piano, transverso-quadrato angulis anticis obtusis. 22 ME. J. S. BALT ON SOME SPECIES OF GALERUCIN2E. Fcem. Abdominis segmento anali transversim emarginato, trilobato, lobo intermedio brevi, truncato, lobis lateralibus subacutis, apice incurvatis. Sab. Malay Peninsula, Singapore, Penang, Tringano, Malacca ; Borneo, Sarawak ; Sumatra {Wallace). This variable insect in point of coloration is, owing to the dilated apical joint of its antennae in the male and to the peculiar emargination of the anal segment of the abdomen in the female, one of the best defined species of the genus ; the formation of the anal segment of the abdomen will at once distinguish the latter sex from all others known to me of the genus. Aulacophora antennata , described in the present paper, is the only insect with which the male can be confounded ; in the male of A. antennata the body is larger and narrower, the dilated apical joint of its antennae is differently notched at the apex, and the intermediate lobe of the anal segment is concave, not plane as in A. luteicornis. The apical segment of the abdomen in the female of A. anten- nata is not emarginate. 33. Aulacophora Stevensi. Anguste ovata, convexa, pallide flava, nitida, scutello nigro-piceo, oculis nigris ; thorace transversim sulcato; elytris tenuissime punctatis, basi extrema, sutura, apice, nee non linea submarginali, a basi fere ad apicem extensa, nigris. Long. 3|-4 lin. Mas. Antennarum articidis 3°-5m incrassatis ; abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio oblongo-quadrato, profuude concavo. Fcem. Antennis filiformibus ; abdominis segmento anali apice sinuato. Sab. Ceylon ; India, Dinapore. Front impressed on either side with an oval fovea in the male. Antennte in the same sex with the second joint very short, tur- binate, the following three thickened ; the third compressed, tri- gonate, its antero-external angle very acute ; the fourth more strongly thickened, oblong-ovate ; the fifth slightly compressed, subtrigonate, its outer edge armed near the apex with a short acute tooth, its upper surface excavated. 34. Aulacophora Duboulayi. Anguste oblonga, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava aut fulva, nitida, collo ntrinque mgro, tibiis ad apicem tarsisque nigro-piceis ; thorace transversim sulcato; elytris tenuissime, subcrebre punctatis, viridi-seneis. Long. 3-3j lin. Mas. Antennarum artieulis tertio ad sextum dilatatis, fronte utrinque intra oculum foveolata; abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo in- termedio oblongo-quadrato. Fcem. Antennis filiformibus nigris, basi fulvis ; abdominis segmento anali apice leviter sinuato. Sab. Western Australia {Duboulay). ME. J. S. BALT OK SOME SPECIES OE GALERTJCIXiE. 23 Upper portion of front in tlie male impressed just within the eye with a large round fovea ; antennae in the same sex entirely flavous,the second joint very short, moniliform, the third thickened, subtrigonate, its antero-external angle armed with a long acute tooth, the fourth joint strongly thickened, compressed externally, equal in length to the third, the fifth shorter than either of the preceding, compressed and dilated externally at the base ; an- tennae in the female simple, filiform. Thorax transverse, trans- versely sulcate, more deeply excavated on either side the median line ; its surface smooth, impunctate ; sides nearly straight and parallel, slightly converging anteriorly. Elytra narrowly oblong, parallel, very finely punctured. This species is separated from A. sniarag dipennis , Duv. (viridi- pennis, Chap.), by the dilated joints of the antennae in the male sex. Females of which the males are unknown to me. 35. Aulacophora ukicolor, Jac. Notes Leyd. Mus. v. p. 201. Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida ; thorace sat profunde transversim sulcato ; elytris infra basin transversim depressis, tenuiter punctatis. Long. 5 lin. Foem. Abdominis segmento anali integro. Hah. Saleyer. This insect, of which Mr. Jacoby has kindly sent me a specimen, exactly resembles A. Boisduvali in size, form, and sculpture, only differing in the uniform flavous coloration of the whole body ; whether it is a distinct species or only a local form of A. Boisdu- vali it is impossible, in the absence of the male (which is at present unknown), to determine. 36. Aulacophora nigrosignata. Auguste ovata, postice ampliata, flava, nitida; pectore abdomineque nigris ; thorace transversim sulcato, sulco medio subinterrupto ; elytris subnitidis, tenuiter punctatis, utrisque plaga basali transversa, utrinque abbreviata, fasciaque pone medium, interdum ad suturam abbreviata, nigris. Long. 4-4^ lin. Focrn. Abdominis segmento anali apice integro, obtuso. Ilal. Elores {Wallace). Antennae nearly three fourths the length of the body, filiform. Thorax nearly twice as broad as long ; sides nearly straight and slightly diverging from the base to beyond the middle, thence converging towards the apex; upper surface finely but distinctly punctured on either side in front; disk deeply sulcate transversely, 24 ME. J. S. BALT ON SOME SPECIES OE OALEEECINiE. the sulcation less deeply impressed in its middle. Elytra sub- nitidous, minutely punctured ; on each elytron are several faint longitudinal sulcations. 37. Aulacophora Lewisii. Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, con- vexa, rufo-fulva, nitida ; abdomine nigro-piceo ; thorace vix pone medium transversim sulcato ; elytris nigris, infra basin non excavatis, minute punctatis. Long. 3 lin. Foem. Abdominis segmento anali integro. Sab. China, Hongkong {Lewis). Thorax nearly twice as broad as long ; sides nearly straight and parallel from the base to beyond the middle, thence converging towards the apex ; disk smooth, impressed just behind the middle with a nearly straight transverse sulcation. Elytra not depressed transversely below the basilar space, minutely punctured. At first sight very close to A. nigripennis , but at once to he known by the different coloration of the under surface of the body, by the pale legs, and by the absence of the subbasilar de- pression on the elytra. Although from so widely different a locality, it is just possible that this insect may be the female of A. nigrivestis, Boisd. 38. Aulacophora semilimbata. Anguste oblongo-ovata, convexa, flava, nitida; antennis (basi exceptis),tibiis apice tarsisqne nigro-piceis ; abdomine piceo tincto ; thorace profunde transversim sulcato ; elytris convexis, infra basin excavatis, nigris, nitidis, limbo suturali, nec non margine externo, his ante medium obsoletis, flavis. Long. 3f lin. Foem. Abdominis segmento anali obtuso, obsolete sinuato. Sab. New Guinea, Dorey (Wallace). Antennae slender, filiform, the basal joint flavous. Thorax nearly twice as broad as long ; sides distinctly angulate ; disk transversely impressed with a deep sulcation, which is rather more strongly excavated on either side the median line. Elytra oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly ; convex, distinctly excavated on the suture below the basilar space, shining, impunctate. 39. Aulacophora Duvivieri. Anguste ovata, postice paullo am- pliata, convexa, flava, nitida ; pectore, abdomine pedibusque poste- rioribus nigris, auticis piceis ; thorace quam longo fere duplo latiore, transversim sulcato, sulco prope marginum fere obsoleto ; elytris minute punctatis. Long. 4 lin. Yar. A. Tibiis tarsisque intermediis piceis. Foem. Abdominis segmento anali apice late emarginato, leviter bisiuuato. Sab. Java; Malacca. ME. J. S. BALT OT SOME SPECIES OE GALERTTCHSTiE. 25 Antennse filiform ; labrum eoncolorous with the upper face. Thorax nearly twice as broad as long ; sides nearly straight and parallel from the base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging towards the apex ; disk transversely excavated across the middle, the sulcation nearly obsolete near the lateral margin. Elytra narrowly oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, convex, not excavated below the basilar space, minutely punctured. 40. Aulacophora excisa. Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida; pectore abdomineque (hoc apice excepto) nigris; femoribus pos- ticis quatuor piceo-nigris ; tliorace sat profunde transversim sulcato ; elytris minute punctatis. Long. 3^ lin. Var. A. Antennis extrorsum pedibusque posticis quatuor nigris, pedibus anticis piceo tinctis. Fcem. Abdominis segmento anali apice bilobato, lobis planis, ad apicem incurvatis. Hal. Celebes; Elores ; var. A, New Giuinea (Wallace). Antennse slender, filiform, nearly two thirds the length of the body, the outer half slightly stained with piceous ; labrum piceous. Thorax transverse ; sides nearly straight and parallel from the base to beyond the middle, thence converging towards the apex, the posterior angle obtuse ; disk deeply impressed across the middle with a transverse groove. Elytra minutely, but not closely punctured. Apical lobes of abdomen plane, separated by a broad deep incision. The peculiar form of the apical segment of the abdomen in the female (the only sex known to me) will at once separate this species from its allies. 41. Aulacophora Mouhoti. Auguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida ; pectore abdomineque nigris, scutello nigro- piceo ; thorace sat profunde transversim sulcato ; elytris minute sub- crebre punctatis. Long. 3 lin. Faun. Abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobis sequilongis, intermedio apice emarginato. Hal. Cochin China ; Malacca. Antennse slender, filiform, more than half the length of the body, stained with piceous. Thorax transverse ; sides nearly straight and parallel from the base to just beyond the middle; disk deeply transversely sulcate. Elytra minutely punctured. The above insect, of which I know only the female, agrees with A. luteicornis in the anal segment of its abdomen being trilobate, 26 ME. J. S. BALT ON SOME SPECIES OE GALERUCINiE. but differs in the narrower form and in the intermediate anal lobe being nearly equal in length to the lateral ones. 42. Aulacophora costatipennis. Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, rufo-fulva, nitida; tliorace sat profunde transversim sulcato, lateribus angulatis; elytris infra basin leviter transversim depressis, nigris, elevato-vittatis, interspatiis punctatis. Long. 3§ lin. Fcem. Abdominis segmento anali apice obtuso. Sab. ? A single specimen, my collection. Antennae slender, filiform. Thorax nearly twice as broad as long ; sides straight and diverging from the base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging towards the apex ; disk mi- nutely punctured on either side, deeply transversely sulcate. Elytra broadly ovate, dilated posteriorly, convex, slightly depressed transversely below the basilar space ; each elytron with nine distinctly elevated longitudinal costae, their interspaces minutely punctate. Nearly allied to A. JBatesi , Jac., and A. ancliora, Redt. ; its elytra nitidous, entirely black, and distinctly depressed below the basilar space. Genus Pseudocophoea, Jacoby. Pseudocophora brunnea. Ovata, postice ampliata, valde convexa, pallide fulvo-picea, nitida, pectore, abdomine pedibusque posterioribus quatuor nigris; thorace leviter transversim sulcato, lateribus angulatis; elytris distincte punctatis. Long. 3 lin. Sab. Celebes {Wallace). Antennae filiform. Thorax rather more than one half broader than long ; sides distinctly produced and angulate before the middle ; disk impressed transversely with a shallow sulcatiou. Elytra broadly oblong-ovate, dilated posteriorly, convex, distinctly punctured, the puncturing nearly obsolete on the hinder disk. In the typical species of the genus, as well as in the present one, the prosternum is distinct and nearly equal in height to the coxae ; this character is not mentioned by Mr. Jacoby. Genus Paridea. Corpus ovatum, postice ampliation. Caput exsertum; oculis rotundatis, integris ; antennis filiformibus. Thorax transverso-quadratus, dorso transversim sulcatus. Elytrorum epipleura a basi ad medium exteusa. Pedes simplices; tibiis apice spina brevi armatis ; t arsis posticis articulo MB. J. S. BALT ON SOME SPECIES OE GALERTTCINJE. 27 basali ad duos sequentes sequilongo ; unguiculis appendiculatis. Pro- sternum coxis anticis occultum ; acetabulis anticis apertis. Type Par idea thoracica. Closely resembling Aulacophora in general form, separated by the prolonged elytral epipleura and by the appendiculated claws. Paridea thoracica. Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida ; pectore abdominisque maculis nigris ; capite thoraceque rufo- fulvis; antennis (basi exceptis) nigro-piceis; tliorace quam longo latiore, lateribus fere parallelis, sinuatis, disco profunde transversim excavato ; elytris tenuiter sed distincte punctatis, utrisque plaga basali subrotun- data, alteraque pone medium, transversa, nigris. Long. 2% lin. Fcem. Abdominis segmento anali integro, obtuso. Hab. India. Antennae rather slender, filiform. Thorax about one fourth broader than long ; sides parallel and rather deeply sinuate from the base to beyond the middle, very slightly dilated before the latter ; disk smooth, broadly and deeply excavated transversely, more deeply excavated on either side. Elytra dilated posteriorly, finely but distinctly punctured. Abdominal segments stained with black on either side. Genus JEnidea, Paly. .ZEnidea facialis. Elongata, flavo-fulva, nitida; tliorace lsevi, disco leviter transversim excavato ; lateribus a basi ad ultra medium diver- gentibus, bine ad apicem rotundato-convergentibus ; elytris parallelis, puncto liumerali suturaque basi, nigris. Long. 4 lin. Mas. Facie infra antennas lamina transversa trigonata, antrorsum pro- ducta armata; clypeo transverso, tumido, apice superiori bispinoso; antennarum articulo tertio subtus emarginato. Hab. Ceylon. Clypeus in the male transversely swollen, its anterior border emargiuate, its upper edge free, bispinose ; face below the antennae armed with a large, transverse, horizontal, triangular plate, its apex acute ; antennas in the same sex robust, the third joint sinuate beneath. Thorax about one half broader than long ; sides straight and diverging from the base to beyond the middle, thence con- verging towards the apex. Elytra finely punctured. 28 ME. W. E. KIRBY ON GENERA AND SPECIES A Synopsis of the Genera of the Chalcididce, Subfamily Eucha- rince ; with Descriptions of several new Genera and Species of Chalcididce and Tenthredinidoe. By W. F. Kirby, Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum. (Communicated by Dr. J. Murie, F.L.S.) [Read 17th June, 1886.] (Plate I.) Synopsis of the Genera o/Eucharinse. I have here attempted to give a generic revision of the sub- family Eucharince, which includes some of the most beautiful and remarkable species of the Chalcididae. With few exceptions, the species are extra-European, and appear to be most numerous in Tropical America and Australia. The species in the British Museum represent at least fifteen well-marked genera, of which only ten have been previously characterized. I have selected only the most salient characters of each genus ; for minute and detailed characters are unnecessary in the present imperfect state of our knowledge of the subfamily. The Eucharinae are large, strongly-sculptured, metallic-coloured Chalcididae ; the abdomen is always more or less petiolated, and is frequently raised and compressed, giving the insects some resemblance to the Cynipidse. From the E erilampince , to which they have some resemblance, they may be distinguished by the longer petiole, the absence of the stigmatic nervule, &c. List of Genera of Eucharinae, with indication of Types , and characters of new Genera. 1. Eucharis, latr., Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. xiii. p. 210 (1805). Type, Ctnips adscendens, Fair. Cynips adscendens, Fair. Mant. Ins. i. p. 251. n. 1 (1787). Eucharis Kollari, Forst. Verb. Ver. Rlieinl. xvi. p. 91. n. 25 (1859). Details : Westw. Thes. Ent. Oxon. pi. xxviii. f. 15, a-d (1S74). Hal. Europe. Panzer (Faun. Gerin. Heft 8S, pi. 10) represents the legs as yellow, saying only “ antennae tarsorumque ungulae nigrae; ” and Or CHALCIDIDJ3 AND TENTHREDINIDiE. 29 liis insect thus appears to differ from that of Fabricius, who says “ pedes pallide femoribus basi nigris.” Forster regarded them as distinct; and as Fabricius merely gave a brief diagnosis in his Syst. Piez. p. 157, and this apparently founded on Panzer’s figure, Forster was not unnaturally misled into redescribing and renaming the Fabrician instead of the Panzerian insect. 2. Orasema, Cameron , Biol. Centr.-Amer., Hym. p. 101 (1881). Type, Orasema elayipes, Cam. Orasema stramineipes, Cam. 1. c. p. 105 (1881). Orasema flavipes, Cam. op. cit. pi. v. figs. 20, 20 a-c, pi. vi. figs. 18, 18 a-e (1881). Hab. Panama. There seems to be some error about this species, as the descrip- tion does not well agree with the figure. Judging by the figure, I would refer Eucltaris f estiva, Fabr., E. rapo, Walk., and Schizaspidia maculata, Westw., to this genus. All these are South-American insects. 3. Tricoryna, gen. nov. Male. Antennae 11-jointed, thick, moniliform, striated and finely pubescent ; scape short ; second joint short and trans- verse ; third joint four times as long as broad, much thickened beyond the middle ; fourth narrower, longer than broad ; the remainder gradually decreasing in length, but not in width, to the ninth ; the tenth shorter and narrower than the ninth, and the eleventh minute. Head and thoyax coarsely punctured, moderately pubescent ; scutellum gibbous, but not produced ; petiole longitudinally striated, moderately broad, about two thirds as long as the abdomen. Abdomen about four times as long as broad, tapering at both ends, and rather finely punctured; first joint of tarsi very thick, and much longer than all the rest put together. Type, Eucharis Iello, Walls. Eucharis Iello, Walk. Mon. Chalc. ii. p. 12 (1S39). Details : Haliday , Entomol. i. pi. P. figs. 3, 3 a,b (1812). 1 lab. Tasmania. 30 ME. W. F. KIRBY ON GENERA AND SPECIES OF 4. Metaoea, gen. nov. Male. Antennae nearly naked ; the third joint four times as long as broad, and gradually thickened to the extremity ; the remainder thickened at the extremity, and gradually decreasing in length to the eighth, which is only slightly longer than broad; the rest broken off; petiole short. First joint of the tarsias long or longer than all the rest together, but not thickened. Abdomen obtuse at tip. Type, Euciiaris Zalates, Wallc. Eucharis Zalates, Walk. Mon. Chalc. ii. p. 13 (1839). Details : Holiday , JEntomol. i. pi. P. figs. 4, 4 a-c (1812). Hab. Australia. 5. Psilogastee, Blanch., Hist. Anim. Art. iii. p. 260 (1840); P Brulle, Ins. Hum. iv. p. 573 (1846). Type, Psilog aster cijpreus, Blanch. Psilogaster cupreus, Blanch. 1. c. (1842). Hah. Egypt. Brulle has figured a Tasmanian insect to represent this genus (P. pallipes , Brulle, l. c. pi. xxxix. figs. 1 & 2), and the British Museum possesses many species congeneric with this from Australia and Tasmania. It is, however, very probable that the Egyptian insect may prove to be generically distinct from these, in which case the Australian group will require a new name. 6. Chalcura, gen. nov. Mate. Antennae pubescent, 12-jointed; joints 3-11 throwing off a long pubescent ramus from the extremity on the outside. Scutellum gibbous, unarmed. Petiole moderately stout, about two thirds as long as the conical abdomen, and longitudinally striated. Female with scarcely the rudiments of the antennal rami. Petiole short and broad. Abdomen oval. First joint of tarsi nearly as long as all the remainder, but not expanded. Type, Eucharis depeivata, Walk. Eucharis deprivata, Walk. Ann. Sf May. N. H. (3) vi. pi. 359 (1860) ; Westw. Thes. Fnt. Oxon. p. 155, pi. xxviii. fig. 6 (1S74). Hah. Ceylon. CHALCIDIDiE AND TENTH REDINIDiE. 31 7. Rhipipallus, gen. nov. Male. Antennse pubescent, 13-jointed, with short joints ; joints 4-12 throwing off long pubescent rami (thickened at the tips) from the outside, aud shorter ones from the inside. Scu- tellum gibbous, unarmed. Petiole moderately slender, as long as the oval and moderately raised abdomen. Type, Eucharis yolttsiis, Walk. Eucharis volusus, Walk. Mon. Chalc. ii. p. 9 (1839). Details : Holiday , Entomol. i. pi. P. figs. 1, 1 a-cl (1842). Hah. Australia. Type, Ichneumon cvnipieormis, Rossi. Ichneumon cyniformis (sic), Rossi, Mant. Ins. p. 125, pi. vi. fig. Gf (1792). H ah. S. Europe. Type, Schizaspidia furcieera, West ID. Schizaspidia furcifera, Westw. 1. c. (1835) ; Thes. Ent. Oxon. p. 151, pi. xxviii. fig. 2 (1874). Hah. India. Male. Antennae 12-jointed ; joints 3-11 each throwing off a long pubescent ramus. Scutellum bideutate. Metathorax throwing off a stout horn-like process on each side, curving out- wards horizontally nearly as far as the level of the petiole, which is slender and about as long as the height of the abdomen. The latter is of an irregular shape, elevated, compressed, and rather pointed in front, the first segment covering about half the abdomen. Type, Schizaspidia plagiata, Walk. Schizaspidia plagiata, Walk. Trans. Ent. Soc. (3) i. p. 3S5 (1862) ; Westw. Thes. Ent. Oxon. p. 152, pi. xxviii. fig. 11 (1874). Hah. Para. 8. Stidbuda, Spin., Ann. Mus. xvii. p. 150(1S11). 9. Schizaspidia, Westw. R. Z. S. 1835, p. 69. 10. Tetramelia, gen. nov. 32 ME. W. F. KIRBY ON GENERA AND SPECIES OF 11. Lophyrocera, Cameron , Biol. Centr.-Amer ., Hym. p. 103 (1884). Types, Lopiiyrocera stramineipes and L. nigrohaculata, Cam. (1) Lopiiyrocera stramineipes, Cam. 1. c. pi. v. figs. 18, 18 a (1884). Hab. Panama. (2) Lopiiyrocera nigromaculata, Cam. 1. c. p. 104, pi. v. figs. 19, 19 «, b (1884). Sab. Nicaragua. 12. Kapala, Cameron , Biol. Centr.-Amer ., Sym. p. 102 (1884). Chirocerus, Brulle (nee Latr.), Ins. Sym. iv. p. 571 (1846). Type, Eucharis furcata, Fair. Eucliaris furcata and E. flabellata, Fabr. Syst. Fiez. p. 158 (1804). Thoracantha furcata, Saliday, Entomol. i. pi. P. figs. 2, 2 a-c (1842). Kapala furcata, Cam. 1. c. p. 103, pi. y. figs. 17, 17 a-cl (1884). Sab. South and Central America. There are several species of this genus, from different parts of South America, in the British Museum. Chirocerus furcatus, Brulle (Ins. Hym. pi. xxxviii. figs. 5, 5 a , b, 1846), seems to me to agree better with Thoracantha atrata, Walk. (Trans. Ent. Soc. (3) i. p. 383, 1862), than with the Eabrician species. 13. Thoracantha, Latr., Cuv. Beyne Anim. ed. 2, v. p.297 (1829). Galearia, Brulle, Spec. Sym. iv. p. 572 (1846). Type, Thoracantha Latreillii, Guer. Thoracantha Latreillii, Guer. Icon. Blgne Anim., Ins. p. 415, pi. lxvii. fig. S (1829-44). Thoracantha Latreillii vel coleopteroides, Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 196, pi. xvii. fig. 3 (1839). Galearia violacea, Brulle, l. c. pi. xxxviii. figs. 6, 6 a, b (1S46). Sab. Brazil. Although Latreille specified no type, yet bis description clearly indicates this genus ; moreover, T. Latreillii was figured and de- scribed as a Thoracantha before any other species to which the generic name could ajiply. CHALCIDID2E AND TENTHREDINIDiE. 33 14. Lirata, Cameron, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Hym. p. 102 (1884). Type, Lirata luteogaster, Cam. Lirata luteogaster, Cam. 1. c. pi. v. figs. 16, 16 a (1884). Hah. Panama. 15. Uromelia, gen. nov. Thoracantlia, Brulle ( nec Latr.), Ins. Hym. iv. p. 572 (1846). Type, Thoracantha striata, Perty. Thoracantlia striata, Perty , Bel. Anim. Art. p. 135, pi. xxviii. figs. 15, 16 (1834). Hob. Amazons. Table of Cenera of Eucliarinre. A. Scutellum not bidentate. B. Antennae simple in male. C. Antennae moniliform. D. Abdomen compressed, ascending ... 1. Eu.ch.aris. DD. Abdomen not compressed, nor as- cending. E. First joint of tarsi much thickened 3. Tricoryna. EE. First joint of tarsi very long, but not thicker than the others 4. Metagea. CC. Antennae not moniliform. F. Joints of antennae long 5. Psilogaster. FF. Joints of antennae short 2. Orasema. BB. Antennae ratnose in male. G. Antennae ramose in male 6. Chalcura. GG. Antennae biramose in male 7. Rhipipallus. A A. Scutellum bidentate. H. Scutellum of moderate size. I. Antennae simple in male 8. Stilbula. II. Antennae ramose in male. K. Metathorax unarmed 9. Schizaspidia. KK. Metatborax with a strong lateral pro- jection. L. Metathoracic processes curving downwards 11. Lophyrocera. LL. Metathoracic processes consisting of two diverging horizontal teeth 10. Tetramelia. HH. Scutellum often as long as the abdomen. M. Scutellar processes covering the whole abdo- men. N. Scutellar processes very broad 13. Thoracantha. NN. Scutellar processes long, contiguous, and \ tapering to the extremity 15. Uromelia. MM. S outellar processes long and slender, gene- rally curving inwards towards the tips. O. Third joint of antennae as long as all the rest together 14. Lirata. OO. Third joint of antennae not much longer than fourth 12. Kapala LINN. JOURN. — ZOOLOGY, TOL. XX. 3 34 ME. W. F. KIRBY ON GENERA AND SPECIES OF TENTHREDINID2E. Hylotomin^:. 1. Hemidianeura Cameroni. (PL I. fig. 10.) Long. corp. 8 millitn., exp. al. 20 millim. Female. Head, antennae, knees, tibiae, tarsi, and abdomen (ex- cept base) black ; thorax, base of abdomen, coxae, trochanters, and femora (except tips) luteous ; on the abdomen the five first ventral segments are luteous, but the first two dorsal segments only are wholly luteous, the sides of the third and fourth being clouded and shading into tlie deeper black of the following segments ; wings purplish hyaline, with a strong smoky tinge, especially at the base. Fab. Rio Glrande do Sul ( Ihering ). Not closely allied to any known species. Selandriin^;. 2. Selandria meridionalis. (PI. I. fig. 12.) Long. corp. 6 millim., exp. al. 17 millim. Female. Inky black ; mesothorax above and front of scutellum dull red, prothorax yellower ; wings smoky hyaline, wnth blackish- brown nervures, and a black dot in the second submarginal cell. Fab. Rio Glrande do Sul. Tenthredinin^j . 3. Macropiiya (?) Saundersi. (PL I. fig. 11.) Long. corp. 11 millim., exp. al. 23 millim. Female. Black; labrum, scutellum, a spot at the extremity of the hind coxae, an oval spot on the side of the fifth and a round one on the side of the sixth segment yellow ; coxae otherwise black, four front femora and tibiae yellowish red, the middle tibiae just tipped with black ; hind femora entirely red, except a small black spot at the extreme base; all the tarsi and the hind tibiae black : wings iridescent hyaline, rather more clouded beyond the middle; nervures and stigma castaneous, the latter paler towards the base ; lanceolate cell contracted. Two specimens from Albania, from the late Sir S. E. Saunders’s collection. Allied to M. femoralis and corallines, Eversrn., in both which species the cell is subcontracted. CHALCIDIDiE AND TENTHREDINIDiB. 35 CHALCIDIDIE. CHALCIDINiE. 4. Trichoxenia cineraria, Walk. (PI. I. figs. 4, 5.) Long. corp. 11 millim., exp. al. 18 millim. Male. Black ; antennae very thick, with the second and third joints very short; scape red at the tip above; face clothed with silvery pubescence, shading into golden yellow above ; thorax black, variolose ; tegulae black, a bright golden spot on each side at the base of the scutellum, and the sides of the metathorax fringed with golden hairs above ; abdomen with the first segment black, variolose, its sides and extremity above, and the sides and upper surface of the remaining segments thickly clothed with bright golden hairs ; abdomen black beneath ; femora black, clothed with silvery hairs; tibiae and tarsi with a reddish shade, and hind tibiae clothed with yellow hairs ; spines of the hind tarsi golden beneath ; wings and general structure as in the female. Hah. Australia ( Du Boulay). This beautiful insect, which strongly contrasts with the black female, has a striking general resemblance to some species of Mutilla ; but it is worthy of note, first, that this resemblance is confined to the male, and, secondly, that the Mutillee which it most resembles are not Australian species. I am indebted to Signor P. Magretti for permitting me to de- scribe the three following species, taken by him in the Soudan. All the other species in this paper are in the collection of the British Museum. 5. Stomatoceras Magretxii. (PI. I. fig. 7.) Long. corp. 9 millim. Female. Black, variolose, with silvery hairs and down; antennae — scape red, black at the tip ; four following joints red, with short white pubescence, the rest black ; third joint with a very distinct patch of white pubescence on the outside : tegulae, stylus, and sides of first segment and under surface of abdomen shading into dull red ; hind coxae and last segment of abdomen before the stylus clothed with silvery hairs ; legs black, shading into reddish, espe- cially on the inner surface ; middle femora somewhat thickened, all the tibiae with a strong projecting spine beneath, and middle tibiae armed with strong, stout, short bristles or spines, which are much 3* 38 ME. W. F. KIRBY OK GENERA AND SPECIES OF more distinct upon the tarsi ; hind femora armed with three large obtuse teeth ; wings hyaline, with two brown bands. 1 lab. Kassala ( Magretti ). Allied to Halticella liberator , "Walk., from Natal. In describing the genus Stomatoceras, I stated that the meta- thorax was unarmed. In the two species here described it is armed with two strong teeth on each side ; and I should expect to find this to be the case in well-preserved specimens of the previously described species of the genus. 6. Stomatoceras diyersicornis. (PI. I. fig. 8.) Long. corp. 4 millim. Female. Closely allied to S. Magrettii, of which at first I regarded it as only a small variety. Black, variolose, silvery pubescence very slight ; scape of antennae and joints 2, 3, 4, and 11 wholly red ; the joints longer and slenderer in proportion than in S. Magrettii ; four front femora black ; tibiae and tarsi red, the former with a black streak on the inner side ; hind femora black and shining, the middle tooth distinct, the others merely undulations ; a small red spot at the base ; hind tibiae black, red at the tip, hind tarsi red ; all the claws black ; tegulae black ; wings hyaline, fore wings with two brown bands ; abdomen reddish beneath, along the sheath of the stylus, which is comparatively short ; metathorax with two strong teeth on each side. 1 lab. Kassala {Magretti). 7. Chalcis Kassaleksis. (PI. I. fig. 9.) Long. corp. 5 millim. Male. Black ; head, thorax, and scutellum moderately closely variolose, each pit with a setigerous depression in the centre; the interspaces finely punctured ; abdomen very finely reticulose ; scutellum edged behind with silvery-white hairs ; lower orbits, cheeks, pleurae, terminal abdominal segments, and coxae more or less clothed with silvery-white pubescence (antennae wanting) ; tegulae ivory-white ; coxae black ; four front femora black, tipped with white ; four front tibiae white, with a short black line on the inner side ; all the tarsi white, with the claws black ; hind femora thickened, denticulated beneath, red, with a large white spot at the tip ; hind tibiae white, with a reddish-brown ring at the base ; wings hyaline. Iiab. Kassala {Magretti). Allied to C. amenocles and C. restituta, Walk. CHALCIDIDiE AND TENTHBEDINTDiE. 37 Euchaeissinje. Sacchaetssa, doy. gen. Antennae 18-joiuted, scape rather long, second joint small, transverse, third and fourth simple, third longest, fifth to fifteenth short, with a series of long bristly fin-shaped projections on the upper surface, that on the fifth segment half the length of that on the sixth, the rest gradually decreasing until on joints 16-18 they almost disappear ; scutellum with a long spear-shaped pro- jection behind ; head very narrow, transverse ; ocelli arranged in a straight line ; petiole short ; abdomen short, ascending. (The abdomen is damaged in the type, and the figure may not there- fore give the correct shape.) Type, Euchaeis contingens, Walk., from Borneo. (PI. I. figs. 6, 6 a, 6 b.) The species of JEucliarissa are South-African insects, and their scutellum is unarmed. Euchaeinje. 8. Rhipipallus Cameboni. (PI. I. figs. 2, 2 a.) Long. corp. 5 millim. Male. Coppery, rugose ; head and metathorax greener, antennae brown, the rami less thickened than in JR. volusus,~W alk.; legsflavo- testaceous ; hind coxae globular, very dark green ; petiole purplish cupreous, longitudinally striated ; abdomen flavo-testaceous, brown on the back at the base ; wings yellowish hyaline, with yellowish and unusually distinct nervures ; a large smoky cloud below the cubitus. Hah. Australia (?) or Celebes (?). This very fine species much resembles Chalcura deprivata, Walk., in size and appearance. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE I. *Fig. 1. Sckizaspidia Murray i, Kirb., 6 ■ 2. Rhipipallus Cameroni, Kirb., $ . 2 a. Ditto. Antenna. 3. Stilbula cynipiformis , Rossi, cf . 3 a. Ditto. Scutellum. 4. Trichoxenia cineraria, Walk., amounting in some cases to over 500,000, it is a most remarkable fact that they all know one another. If a stranger, even be- 132 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. longing to the same species, be placed among them, sbe will be at once attacked and driven out of the nest. Nay, more, I have already shown that they remember their friends even after more than a year’s separation, and that it is not by any sign or pass- word, because even if rendered intoxicated, so as to be utterly in- sensible, they are still recognized. As regards the mode of re- cognition, Mr. McCook considers that it is by scent, and states that if ants are more or less soaked in water, they are no longer recognized by their friends, but are attacked. He mentions a case in which an ant fell accidentally into some water : — “ She remained in the liquid some moments and crept out of it. Immediately she was seized in a hostile mauner, first by one, then by another, then by a third; the two antennse and one leg were thus held. A fourth one assaulted the middle thorax and petiole ; the poor little bather was thus dragged helplessly to aud fro for a long time, and was evidently ordained to death. Presently I took up the struggling heap. Two of the assailants kept their hold ; one finally dropped, the other I could not tear loose, and so put the pair back upon the tree, leaving the doomed immersionist to her hard fate.” His attention having been called to this, he noticed several other cases, always with the same result. I have not myself been able to repeat the observation with the same species, but with two at least of our native ants the results were exactly re- versed. In one case five specimens of Lasius niger fell into water and remained immersed for three hours. I then took them out and put them into a bottle to recover themselves. The following morning I allowed them to return. They were received as friends, and though we watched them from 7.30 till 1.30 every hour, there was not the slightest sign of hostility. The nest was moreover placed in a close box, so that if any ant were killed we could inevitably find the body, and I can therefore positively state that no ant died. In this case, therefore, it is clear that the immersion did not prevent them from being recognized. Again, three specimens of Formica fusca dropped into water. After three hours I took them out, and after keeping them by themselves for the night to recover, I put them back into the nest. They were unquestionably received as friends, without the slightest sign of hostility, or even of doubt. I do not, however, by any means intend to express the opiuion that smell is not the mode by which recognition is effected. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 133 Longevity. It may be remembered that my nests have enabled me to keep ants under observation for long periods, and that I have identified workers of Lasius nirjer and Formica fusca which were at least 7 years old, and two queens of Formica fusca which have lived with me ever since December 1874. One of these queens, after ailing for some days, died on the 30th July, 1887. She must then have been more than 13 years old. I was at first afraid that the other one might be affected by the death of her companion. She lived, however, until the 8th August, 1888, when she must have been nearly 15 years old, and is therefore by far the oldest insect on record. Moreover, what is very extraordinary, she continued to lay fertile eggs. This remarkable fact is most interesting from a physiological point of view. Fertilization took place in 1874 at the latest. There has been no male in the nest since then, and, moreover, it is I believe well established that queen ants and queen bees are fertilized once for all. Hence the spermatozoa of 1874 must have retained their life and energy for 13 years, a fact, I believe, unparalleled in physiology. In some plants (Hues) the pollen-tube takes as long as two years to reach the ovule. Indeed the pollen has some claims to be regarded as a separate organism, for it certainly possesses the power of growth and of assimilating nourishment. There is not, however, so far as I am awmre, any other case which can compare .with that of my queen ant as regards the longevity of the male element. One is even tempted to wonder, under such circum- stances, whether there is any multiplication of the spermatogenic cells. Moreover the case is not altogether isolated. I had another queen of Formica fusca which lived to be 13 years old, and I have now a queen of Lasius niger which is more than 9 years old, and still lays fertile eggs which produce female ants. Ants and Seeds oe Melampyrum pretense. M. Liindstrom has recently called attention to the interesting fact that the seeds of this plant closely resemble pupae of ants in size, shape, and colour, even to the black mark at one end. He has suggested very ingeniously that this may be an advantage to the plant by deceiving the ants, and thus inducing them to carry oft' and so disseminate the seeds. There seemed, however, LINN. JOURN. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XX. 12 134 SIB JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. some improbability in tbe idea that ants should be deceived as to their own sisters. M. Liindstrom has found seeds of this species in ants’ nests, but has not actually seen ants carrying them off, and I thought it would be worth while to determine this. Accordingly I took 10 seeds and placed them just outside one of my domesticated nests of Lasius niger. A certain number of ants were outside, and I saw several come up to the seeds, but they took no notice of them. I left them lying there for two days. I then tried them with another nest, the roof of which consisted of two plates of glass, side by side, but with an interval between them. I placed the seeds in this interval, and uncovered one of the sides. The ants immediately began carrying the pupae which were thus exposed to the light to the other, covered part of the nest, in doing which they necessarily passed close to the seeds, but they did not take the slightest notice of them. This operation was finished by 11 a.m., and I left them undisturbed till 12, the seeds remaining unnoticed and untouched. I then moved the cover from one half of the nest to the other, and the ants immediately began transporting the pupae to the shaded half. One or two of them examined the seeds, not one of which, however, was moved. This took about an hour. At 4 r.M., however, three of the seeds had been carried in, and the next day, at 7 a.m., two more seeds had been carried in. I then removed them, and put them just outside one of my nests of F. fusca. Aug. 31. 7 a.m. None have been touched. I now put the covering close to, but not over them. The ants took no notice of them. Sept. 2. I now placed them just in the entrance of the nest and covered over a part just outside. The ants collected as usual under the cover. I then removed the cover just inside the nest, so that the ants to reach it had to pass among the seeds. They, however, came in, but did not move a single seed. I once again moved tbe cover outside, and they followed it as before, but without moving the seeds. So far as these observations go it would seem that F. fusca takes no notice of these seeds, but that they really are under certain circumstances carried off by Lasius niger. Wasps. Mr. and Mrs. Peckham have published in the ‘Proceedings of SIR JOIIN LUBBOCK OK ANTS, BEES, ANB WASPS. 135 the Natural History Society of Wisconsin’* a very interesting paper on the special senses of wasps, and their conclusions concur closely with mine. It appears from their observations that some wasps stay out all night and return early in the morning before the others begin coming out. For instance, on the 18th Aug. the first wasps left the nest at 7.25 ; 10, however, had already returned, 3 of them before 5 a.m. It appears from their observations that the average time a wasp is absent from the nest, that is the average length of each excursion, is 43 minutes. They observe that this may appear inconsistent with my observations, -when the trips were shorter and more numerous, one of my wasps having paid me 116 visits in 15 hours and a half. But, as they justly observe, the cases are not comparable. My wasps and theirs were like Jacob and Ishmael — mine had everything ready prepared for them, theirs had to hunt for themselves. As regards the sense of hearing, they repeated some of my experiments with the same results. They seem to consider that as regards the sense of colour their conclusions are somewhat at variance with mine. As regards the supposed sense of direction they sayf: — “Sir John Lubbock, in dealing with the sense of direction in ants, con- cluded, after a number of observations, that they were endowed with this sense in a high degree. Subsequently he discovered, quite accidentally, that the ants found their way by observing the direction in which the light was falling.” My conclusion was, however, the result of many observations carried on under varied conditions, and I should hardly call it an accident. They came to the conclusion, as I had done, that wasps have no sense of direction, that is to say in the form of a mysterious additional sense, but that, if they do not know where they are, they rise higher and higher into the air, circling as they do so, until they discover some high treetop or other object that had before served them as a landmark, and that in this way they are able to make their way home. This entirely tallies with my own conclusion. It is interesting as showing that the vision of wasps must be good for somewhat distant objects. They also found, as I had done, that their memory varied greatly in different individuals. * April 1887. t Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Wisconsin, April 1887, p. 113. 12* 186 DJI. J. RAE ON THE BIRDS AND MAMMALS Lastly, I give two illustrations which will convey an idea of some of my ant-nests. That on p. 129 represents about a quarter of one of my frames. The shaded part represents the earth, which will be seen to have been arranged by the ants into a sort of circular fortification, or zereba, access to which is obtained by one or two tunnels, not visible in the illustration, and to which a pathway leads from the entrance. The second (facing this page) represents a nest of Lasius niger. It shows the entrance, a vestibule, and two chambers, in the outer and larger one of which the ants have left some pillars, almost as if to support the roof. The queen is surrounded by workers, those in her immediate neighbourhood all having their faces turned towards her. There is a group of pupae, and several of larvae, sorted as usual according to ages. There are also a number of the blind woodlice (Platgarthrus Hojfmanseggii). Notes on some of the Birds and Mammals of the Hudson’s Bay Company’s Territory, and of the Arctic Coast of America. By John Bae, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &c. (Communicated by G-. J. Romanes, F.L.S.) [Read 16th February, 1888.] Dubing twenty years’ residence in various parts of the Hudson’s Bay Company’s Territory, embracing the extreme south of the shores of James’s and Hudson’s Bays, and north to the Arctic Sea, I have had, as a sportsman, many opportunities of devoting considerable attention to the habits and peculiarities of animals, especially birds, over a very extensive field of observation, the result of which I shall attempt to give in the following remarks, some of which may possibly be new, other points disputed or perhaps already well known. My first ten years were spent at Moose Factory, the principal depot of the Hudson’s Bay Company in the Southern Depart- ment, lat. 51° N., long. 81° W., where the marshes along the coast form the favourite feeding-grounds of a variety of geese, ducks, &c. on their migrations to and from their breeding-places in the north. A great part of my spare time at these seasons, spring and autumn, was spent in shooting these birds, and at the same time acquiring some knowledge of their peculiarities. \To face p. 136. illars, and inner room ; the queen surrounded by workers ; d the blind woodlice ( Plati/arthrus Hoffmanseggii). Linn. Lourn., Zool. Vol. xx. [To face p. 136. Nest of Lasius niger, showing the entrance, vestibule, main chamber wit! a group of pup®, and several of larva;, sorted according to ages ; aud inner room ; the queen surrounded by workers ; the blind woodlice ( Platyarthrus Hojfmanseggii). of the Hudson’s bat territory. 137 First let menotice that magnificent bird the Canada goose ( Anser canadensis ), probably one of the finest of its kind in the world. This is the earliest arrival of the waterfowl migrants in spring, and makes its appearance at Moose with extreme regularity on the 23rd of April, St. Gleorge’s day. So much is this the case that, during the ten years of my residence there, we had on every St. Gleorge’s day a goose for our mess dinner, first seen and shot on that day, and this I learnt from older inhabitants had been the case for many previous years. I may add that this bird arrives with equal punctuality at York Factory in lat. 57° N., 450 miles further north, but a week later. The Cree Indians, both at Moose and York Factory, assert positively that a small brown bird uses this goose as a convenient means of transport to the north, and that they have been often seen flying off1 when their aerial conveyance was either shot or shot at. The little passenger has been pointed out to me, but I have forgotton its name, and it certainly makes its appearance on the shores of Hudson’s Bay at the same date as this goose, which, by the way, is the only kind that is said to carry passengers The natives of the McKenzie Biver, more than 1000 miles to the north-west, tell the same story. From my observation I am led to believe that there is another species of the Canada goose, much larger, but less numerous t . The male of this larger bird is distinguished by a ruddy-brown colour of plumage on the breast, by the greater loudness and sonorousness of its call, and by its much greater size, so that a difference is made in the quantity served out as rations to the men. The line of flight is also different, as they generally pass by Eupert’s Biver about 100 miles east of Moose, but a few are sometimes to be * Since this paper was read, an article by J. E. Harting, on “ Small birds assisted on their migrations by larger ones,” has appeared in the Natural History columns of ‘ The Field ’ of March 31st, 1888, in which will be found much additional information on the subject. — J. R. t Baird, Brewer, and Ridgway in their ‘ Water Birds of North America ’ recognize two species of Canada Goose — a large species with 18 to 20 tail-feathers, and a smaller one with 13 to 16 tail-feathers. Each of these supposed species they subdivide into two races, a grey and a brown one. Dr. Elliott Coues, in his ‘ Key to Noi’th- American Birds ’ (2nd ed. 1884, p. 689), remarks “ there seems little probability of establishing good characters for more than one species of the canadensis group, with probably four varieties: — (1) large, no collar (702, canadensis) ; (2) small, no collar (704, hutchinsi ) ; (3) large, collared (702 a, occipitalis) ; (4) small, collared (703, Icucopareia).” The two larger ones both have 18 tail-feathers ; the two smaller ones 16 only. — Ed. 138 DR. J. RAE ON THE BIRDS AND MAMMALS obtained at the latter place, which afforded me an opportunity of comparing them with the more common or smaller kind. This Anser canadensis (major?), instead of being seen feeding in the marshes as the others do in autumn, chiefly frequents the higher and more rocky grounds on the eastern shores of James’s Bay, where its principal food consists of berries of various kinds. By far the most numerous of the goose tribe that visit the Moose marshes in the autumn are the snow goose, or white- wavy ( Anser hyperboreus), and the blue-winged goose of Edwards (Anser ccerulescens') . These birds resemble each other very much in size, call, and form, but not in colour ; and as they often feed in proximity, the blue goose was for a long time supposed to be merely the young of the snow goose; an erroneous opinion, which I endeavoured to correct in a little book published in 1850 by Boone, entitled ‘ Expedition to the Shores of the Polar Sea 1846-47.’ * These snow and blue-winged geese have a peculiarity I have never noticed in any other species. Previous to taking their southern flight from Hudson’s Bay some time in October, they remain for several days almost constantly on the open sea, washing themselves, takiug sudden and rapid flights, apparently having a “ happy time,” but they are never seen feeding. They are at this time very fat, and when shot, their stomachs and intestines are found to be entirely empty, resembling in this respect salmon, I am told, prior to, and in preparation for, their hard work in ascending rivers to their spawning-beds. After this period of fasting, ablution, and exercise has been gone through, the birds are evidently ready to start on their flight of some hundreds of miles. On the first favourable opportunity, which means a northerly wind, they take wing in batches of fifty or more, circling round until they attain a safe altitude, and then bear away on a true southerly course, never resting until they reach winter-quarters, on the shores or swamps of the Southern States t. * The specific distinctness of these two geese is generally admitted by modern ornithologists. — Ed. t I may mention that 45 years ago the blue-winged and white-wavy geese visited Moose in about equal numbers, as they still do ; whereas at Albany, 100 miles to the north, there were great numbers of the white bird and scarcely a blue-wing to be seen. Now the two kinds are about equally abundant there, whilst at Rupert’s River, 100 miles east of Moose, now, as formerly, the blue- winged birds are alone met with. — J. R. of the iiudsoh’s bat tebbitoby. 139 The Canada goose, on the contrary, stops by the way to feed, especially on the lakes and swamps where there is wild rice, which makes both geese and ducks much finer eating than any other kind of food I know. Both the white and blue wavy are excellent eating, and one of them with a pound of flour or bread, is given as a day’s rations, and is much liked by the men, especially when fresh. Many thousands are annually cured with salt, and packed in barrels for use at the Hudson’s Bay Company’s stations on the coast ; and the Indians bone and dry a great number for winter food. All species of grouse in British North America have a well known habit of passing the night under the snow, during the winter, to protect themselves from the cold; but possibly a practice which most of them follow more or less when the snow is not too hard packed may not have been generally observed. The bird is not content to make its resting place close to the door by which it has entered the snow, but usually bores a tunnel a few inches under the surface, three or more feet in length, before settling down for the night. The cause for going through so much, apparently, useless labour was at first difficult to under- stand, for its bed would have been equally warm had the bird remained within a foot of where it had entered the snow, but a little more experience taught me to admire the acuteness and intelligence of the proceeding, for during my walks in the woods I frequently came to places where a fox, lynx, or other carnivore had in the night approached cautiously (judging by the short steps) and made a long spring on the entrance hole ; the occupant was not there, however, but had flown up 3 or 4 feet off, as seen by its exit in the snow, and was thus saved from almost certain death. The prairie-hen, which is fairly numerous near Moose, shows great carefulness in this respect, and in very cold weather takes its “ siesta ” between breakfast and supper under the snow, out of which I have often seen them pop their heads, without taking wing, before I had got within shot, no doubt to observe if an enemy were approaching. Without counting the small white grouse peculiar to the Rocky Mountains, I believe there are three other species to be found at or near the Arctic coast. First and chief among these is the Willow-grouse ( T . saliceti), by far the most numerous, and forming an important article of 110 DR. J. KAE ON THE BIRDS AND MAMMALS food for the Indians living near the coast of Hudson’s Bay. These birds extend their breeding-grounds up to the Arctic shores of America, but as a rule do not extend their migrations to the large islands further north. Dr. Bell says : — “ The summer plumage of Tetrcio saliceti, the cock bird, is exactly the colour of the English cock pheasant with the exception of the wings, which have a good deal of white, and in winter the white of the living bird has a beautiful delicate rosy tint, which forms a considerable contrast with the surrounding snow.” * This description is somewhat misleading. The plumage of the cock willow-grouse in summer resembles as nearly as possible that of the Scottish grouse, with the exception that the primary feathers of the wings of the former are always white. The “ delicate rosy tint of the white plumage ” is rarely seen, and only in beautiful warm sunny winter or spring days, never on a cold winter day. In the spring, or pairing season, the call and peculiar habits of the Willow and Scottish cock G-rouse exactly resemble each other. The Bock Grouse ( Tetrao rupestris) is so well marked by its smaller size, it3 more slender beak, and the black patch extending from the angle of its mouth to the eye in the male, that it cannot be mistaken for any other. A third species differs considerably from Tetrao saliceti and rupestris , being fully as large as the former, but the bill seems shorter, its feet smaller, and its call perfectly different from either of the others; it is also found further to the north. I saw a good many males (the hens were nesting) on Wollaston Land, lat. 69° N., in May and early June, and managed to shoot a few, although they were very wild, possibly with the intention of leading me away from the nest t- At Toronto, Lake Ontario, Canada, an island forms an excellent harbour. Along the outer side of this island an immense number of a small sandpiper, called “black heart” (the Dunlin, Tringa alpina pacified), pass northward every season on the 23rd April (St. George’s day) and are not seen on any other day, except, perhaps, some wounded ones on the 24th that caunot continue * See “ Notes on Birds of Hudson’s Bay ” by Robert Bell, M.D. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Canada for 18S2, vol. i. p. 49. — J. R. t There is, I think, a specimen of this bird in the Natural History Museum at South Kensington called Tetrao mutus, but certain distinguished naturalists do not believe in it. I brought one or two specimens from the Arctic regions in 1847, which were presented to the British Museum. — J. R. or the Hudson’s bat territory. 141 their flight. This flight is so well known that many sportsmen line the shores of the island on the day named, and hundreds of these pretty little birds, which are good eating, are shot. Persons who have resided many years in Toronto have told me that they did not remember an instance of variation in the date of the arrival of these birds. Over almost every part of the wooded country of British North America, east of the Pocky Mountains, the American hare (Lepus americanus ), usually called the “ rabbit ” by the Hudson’s Bay Company’s people, is to be found in more or less abundance, and it may not be generally known that every ten years these animals are attacked by an epidemic so fatal, that from being very numerous they gradually die off until scarcely one is to be seen. The survival of the fittest then begins to increase, and at the end of ten years they are again at their maximum. I have myself seen two of those cycles, and know men in the Hudson’s Bay Co’s, service, who have witnessed four or five of such events. The latest years of abundance were 1885 and 1886, the hares having increased gradually from 1880-81, which were years of scarcity. The curious thing is that this takes place in the same years over an extent of country about as large as one fourth of Europe. It has been asserted by distinguished naturalists, among them by my friend Sir John Bichardson, that the hares migrate; but this cannot be the case, for it is not known where they go to, besides they are found sitting in their “ forms ” dead, usually under small pine or spruce trees, the branches of which grow close to the ground. I account for the disease in this way. The hares do not spread themselves broadcast all over the country, but live in colonies extending over a square mile or more, where the trees and plants on which they feed are abundant, and here they become so crowded together that the ground gets poisoned by their excreta, as is the case with domestic poultry when kept too long on the same land without being cleaned or shifted, and hence disease. The grouse disease in Scotland I attribute to the same cause, when too large a stock has been left on the moors. When the grouse “pack,” they have in winter some favourite resort to which they fly during storms (chiefly from the west) for shelter, and I have seen such places perfectly covered with droppings, even in Orkney, where grouse are never very numerous. The effect of these epidemics among the bares is peculiar, and affects both the Indians and some of the fur-bearing animals, as I shall endeavour to explain. 142 DR. J. RAE ON THE BIRDS AND MAMMALS When the hares are abundant, an Indian and his family pitch their tent among them in winter, and cut down a number of the trees, part of which forms the hares’ favourite food, then make barriers of small pine trees and brush, through which gaps are cut to allow the hares to run through. Allowing them a short time to fatten up on the abundant food provided for them, a hundred snares, or more, are set in the openings of the barriers, and these snares are attended to by the wife and children of the hunter, whilst he sets up a number of traps in two or three directions to the distance of perhaps eight or ten miles from his tent, each of which he visits two or three times a week to bring home the fur- bearing animals caught, chiefly fox, lynx, fisher, and marten, taking with him on each visit a supply of fresh baits. The Indian is thus carrying on his winter hunt in the most advan- tageous manner, the hares attracting the carnivora above named to his traps, whilst at the same time they supply, without any difficulty, an abundance of food and the most comfortable winter blankets known. The making of these blankets is peculiar ; the hare skins, after being cut into strips, are stitched end to end, and plaited so loosely that the finger can be poked through them in any direction, yet a person can sleep comfortably wrapped up in one of these on the coldest night, with the tem- perature say 40° below zero, without any fire. When the hares become scarce, not only has the Indian to travel about in search of large game, or go fishiDg to obtain food for himself and family, but the fur-bearing animals have also to wander abroad ; consequently the Indian cannot catch so many hares, and they have time to increase and multiply until a season of abundance again comes round. The house-building habits of the muskrat in nearly every part of British North America are well known, but there is one plan to which it sometimes resorts under certain circumstances which appears to show great intelligence in enabling it to get its food more readily. The muskrat, when about to build its house, selects a pond or swamp of good pure water, on the bottom of which grow the plants which constitute its winter supply of food. If the pond or swamp is of considerable extent, and the house a large one containing many rats, they, when the water begins to freeze in early winter, keep several holes open in the ice in different directions, and at a distance from the house, and build a little hut of mud and weeds (just large enough to hold one rat comfortably) over each hole which-— especially when covered with of the Hudson’s bat territory. 143 snow — prevents it freezing up. These huts enable the rats to extend their feeding ground to all parts of the pond, which could not be reached at all, or with difficulty, from the house if they had to swim home every time with a mouthful of food, to eat it. With these little shelters they are saved a great amount of labour and are enabled to reach all the food in the pond.* I remember* when on a snow-shoe journey, one of my men went very quietly up to one of these miniature mud huts, and knocked it over with his axe, disclosing a live rat with some of the food it had been eating. The practice of building these little eating huts is by no means common, and does not seem to be resorted to when the pond is of moderate dimensions, and all parts of it can be reached from the house wdthout difficulty. I am not aware if it is generally known that the lemmings (Myodes hudsonicus , &c.) of North America migrate much in the same manner as do those of Norway and Sweden. When travelling in June 1851 southward from the Arctic coast along the west bank of the Coppermine River, and north of the Arctic Circle, we met with thousands of these lemmings speeding north- ward, and as the ice on some of the smaller streams had broken up, it was amusing to see these little creatures running back- wards and forwards along the banks looking for a smooth place with slow current at which to swim across. Having found this, they at once jumped in, swam very fast, and on reaching the opposite side gave themselves a good shake as a dog would, and continued their journey as if nothing had happened. At that date the sun was above the horizon all hours of the 24, and we were travelling by night to avoid the snow-glare in our eyes, the sun being then in our rear. As the lemmings appeared to travel only by night, we should not have seen them had we been travelling in the daytime, for they then hide themselves under the snow, or stones. The man who was carrying our cooking utensils and small supply of provisions, having, when fording a stream, been swept into a deep hole by the current, whereby his whole load was lost, we had, for a day or twro, to live chiefly on lemmings roasted between thin plates of limestone, and found them very fat and good. Our dogs easily killed as many as they required. Prior to this, whilst on the coast, crossing the ice to islands some miles distant, a lemming was noticed defending * The beaver, especially when its dam is large, scrapes holes in the banks from under water upwards until above the water-level, to which it retires to feed instead of going back to its house. — J. R. 144 ON THE MAMMALS OF THE HUDSON’S BAT TERRITORY. itself most gallantly against the attack of two large gulls, which continued swooping down at it, hut were kept at bay by the brave little animal turning on its back and squealing loudly. I ran up and was in time to drive away its dangerous opponents, and place it in safe shelter under a piece of ice. Occasionally large numbers of lemmings are found drowned along the shores of James’s Bay, but as they are generally seen after a very high tide, it is uncertain whether they are then migrating, or merely caught by the high tide on their native grounds. As soon as snow falls to any considerable depth, the lemming leaves its summer quarters in the ground, and builds a bed of grass and moss as a winter shelter, from which it bores under the snow in one or more directions to obtain food. They do not seem to hibernate during the winter, for when wintering in a snow-hut at Repulse Bay in 1853—4 I used to hear them scratching tracks through the snow throughout the cold season*. The Arctic hare ( Lepus glacialis), of which I have seen and shot a good many, shows a considerable amount of intelligence in its efforts to throw foxes, wolves, and other enemies off the scent. It seems to have been eminently successful in this re- spect with the crew of McClure’s ship when wintering in Prince of Wales’s Strait, if it were not from bad shooting on the part of the men, for we are told that although hundreds of hares were seen, the total bag in a month was only seven hares ! The Arctic hare, after its night’s feed, usually goes some dis- tance from its feeding-ground before settling down in its form for the day. When following up the track, I was at first ex- tremely puzzled to find all at once a complication of tracks, and on going a little further found no track at all. On retracing my steps and carefully examining the snow, I observed two very small marks, at least 20 feet distant, from the main track. A succes- sion of two or three similar long jumps followed, and a very little experience taught me that the hare was always crouching near ; usually close to some large stones or rock uncovered by snow. These long jumps were iuvariably made to leeward for obvious reasons, because if to windward a fox would have sceutedhis prey. * Many lemmings were seen at the winter quarters of the Nares Arctic Expedition, in lat. S2°. and a large “ cache ” of dead ones was found, made by a white fox. — J. R. COPEPODA OF MADEIRA AND THE CANARY ISLANDS. 145 Even after becoming acquainted with this artful dodge, the bare must be stalked with caution. Being all white except the tips of its ears, it is not easily seen when nearly buried in the snow, and when discovered the sportsman must dissemble, and pretend that he has not seen it, walking in an oblique direction, ap- proaching, but at the same time as if passing by, never looking directly at the game. When near enough he should wheel suddenly round and fire. If this plan be not adopted, the hare will very generally bolt round the rock, and escape under its shelter. This may be called pot shooting, but the best of sports- men have often to do the same thing with ptarmigan in the Scottish mountains, when these birds fly round a rock and are out of sight in an instant, if not shot before taking wing. Copepoda of Madeira and the Canary Islands, with Descriptions of Hew Genera and Species. By Isaac C. Thompson, F.R.M.S. (Communicated by Prof. Herdman, E.L.S.) [Read 17tk November, 1887.] (Plates X.-XIII.) During the spring of 1887, in company with Mr. W. S. M‘Millan, of Liverpool, I visited Madeira and the Canary Islands with the object of collecting and examining the pelagic fauna at the various convenient stopping-places. We took dredge and tow-net, and all the necessary appliances for the examination and preservation of specimens, and were for- tunate in securing a large mass of material. It is intended in this paper to treat of the Copepoda only ; and as the dredging operations wTere neither so practicable, nor fruitful in results as the tow-netting, it was to the latter that we de- voted chief attention, all the Copepoda collected being free- swimming species. We used one of the very fine-meshed tow-nets of the ‘ Chal- lenger ’ pattern, and immediately preserved the captures in a medium which I have always found useful for small Crustacea, composed of glycerine, alcohol, and water in the following pro- portions : — Glycerine 1 part ] Proof-spirit... 2 parts L adding 1 per cent, of carbolic acid. Water 1 part J 146 MR. I. C. THOMPSON ON THE COPEPODA OP In this solution the colours (and they are very varied in the Copepoda) are well preserved, and the tissues are rendered sufficiently transparent for observation under the microscope without further treatment. We longed to cast a tow-net while traversing the fifteen hundred miles of Atlantic waters that intervened before reaching our first destination, Madeira, and improvised a long tough canvas bag, weighted, with a wide-necked bottle at the bottom end, for the purpose ; but the speed of the vessel was too great to allow of any captures. The mails could not give way to the study of biology, so our genial captain would not allow any temporary stoppage ; but the death of a poor fireman on the fourth day out necessitating a funeral pause of a few minutes, we took advantage of the opportunity by getting a haul ; and the tow-net brought up sufficient to occupy us and relieve the monotony of the rest of the voyage. The haul was almost entirely composed of Copepoda: Calanus finmarchicus , Centropages typicus and C. bracJiiatus, Dias longiremis, and a few other species, nearly all found on our British coasts. The deep-blue transparent waters of Madeira proved very fruitful both in number and variety of Copepoda, Puncbal Bay being our hunting-ground during two visits. Thence to Teneriffe, where we anchored for a few hours in the Santa Cruz harbour, and, as at Madeira, collected enough Copepoda to occupy us many months in examining and working out. Grrand Canary was our next destination, and there we spent many days dredging, collecting, and tow-netting at various parts of the island. The absence of any shelter or harbour at Las Palmas rendered dredging difficult, for we had to take eight men to manage the boat, the sea being seldom at all smooth. And, from some cause or other, the tow-netting results obtained here were certainly much poorer than those of the more shel- tered bays of Madeira and Teneriffe. Returning to Teneriffe, we crossed the island from Santa Cruz to Orotava, grandly situated on the north side directly under the Peak, and famous for its splendid climate and scenery. "We found the waters of the ocean here very plentiful in Copepoda, and on various occasions collected a large amount of them. One of these occasions was long after sunset, and it is worthy of note that the Copepoda then taken were little different in point of number or species from those taken in daylight, although with MADEIRA AND THE CANARY ISLANDS. 147 the night-haul were a largely increased number of Schizopoda, some of them highly phosphorescent. From a pretty thorough examination of the material obtained at the various islands of the Canaries aud Madeira, it seems evident that their Copepodau fauna varies in quantity rather than specifically. For, excepting several cases where one or two specimens only of a species were found, which probably indi- cated the rarity of that species, their geographical distribution appeared to be general amongst the islands. Sixty-four species in all were obtained, as enumerated below. Of these six are new to science, and three of them required new genera. (See Plates X. to XIII.) Of the sixty-four species, twenty-two are known in British waters ; and of these, thirteen belong to the family Har- pacticidse. Following the classification given by Brady*, the sixty-four species are distributed into families as follows : — Calaniclse . . . Cyclopidge ... Harpacticidae Corycseidae Artotrogidae 30 species. 4 „ 16 „ 11 ,, 3 „ Description of the Species collected. Family CALANIDiE. Calanus einmarchicus, Gunner. C. valgus, Brady. C. propinquus, Brady . This species, like the two preceding, is widely distributed. A high powTer of the microscope ( X400) shows very fine hairs on the inner margin of the terminal spines of the swimming-feet, not mentioned by Brady in his description of the species. C. TONSUS, Brady. C. gracilis, Dana. Both found very sparingly. * ‘ Monograph of British Copepoda,’ Ray Society, 1876-78 & 1879. 148 MR. I. C. THOMPSON ON TIIE COPEPODA OP Calanus pavo, Dana. This species occurs in considerable numbers in the gatherings from Madeira and Teneriffe ; but the elegant peacock-tail plumes figured by Dana (Crustacea of U. S. Exploring Expedition) have become detached in all the specimens. Paracalanus paryus, Claus. One or two specimens only of this rare form were taken at Orotava, Teneriffe. Eucalanus attenuates, Dana. E. setiger, Brady. Brady remarks upon the “ mimetic resemblance ,J of this spe- cies to Calanus finmarcliicus. Oar specimens do not bear out this remark ; and the absence of terminal spines to the swimming- feet of this species is a distinguishing feature. Rhincalanus cornutus, Dana. R. gigas, Brady. PSEUDOCALANUS ELONGATUS, Boeclc. Pleuromma abdominale, Claus. Leuckartia flayicornis, Claus. ScOLECITHRIX DAN^, Lubbock. S. MINOR, Brady. EuCHiETA PRESTANDREiE, Philippi. Candace truncata, Dana. C. NIGROCINCTA, n. sp. (PI. X. figs. 1-6.) Length ^ inch. Head-somite distinct from thorax. Body oral, rounded in front ; posterior segment terminated by two lateral spines. Anterior antennae 23-jointed, bearing several spinous processes on inner margin, and short setae at the termination of each joint. The 8th, 9th, 10th, and 11th joints (fig. 1) are deeply pi gmented writh a blackish-brown colour, the same pigmenttinging the setae of the posterior antennae and the terminal spines of the swimming-feet. Posterior antennae (fig. 2) similar to that of C. truncata , but with fewer terminal setae. Anterior foot-jaws (fig. 3) 2 -jointed, large and powerful, with two small claw-like spines on basal joint, and five large ones on second joint. Pos- terior foot-jaws small, 7-jointed. First four pairs of swimming- MADEIRA AND THE CANARY ISLANDS. 149 feet (fig. 4) alike ; inner branch has one joint only ; outer edge of main branch is finely serrated. Pigment does not extend above the terminal spine, which is somewhat bent and finely ser- rated and clothed with dark hairs on dorsal side. Fifth feet of male (fig. 5) each 3-jointed, the right foot having extension on inner side of middle joint, both terminated by two small claws. Abdomen of male (fig. 6) 3-jointed, the third being nearly equal in size to the other two ; caudal segments about twice as long as broad, terminated by short strong setae. Several specimens of this strongly marked form were taken at Orotava, Teneriffe, all of which appear to be males. It has strong points of resemblance to both Candace pacing- dactyla and C. truncata, Dana, but is evidently distinct from both. The dark rings on the anterior antennae distinguish it at a glance. Candace brevicornis, n. sp. (PI. X. figs. 7, 8.) Several specimens of a Candace were taken at Orotava and at Santa Cruz, Teneriffe, which, although corresponding in most respects with C. truncata , Dana, differ in some particulars which are of sufficient importance to render it specifically distinct. In the first place the anterior antennae are composed of eighteen joints only, while C. truncata has twenty-four. Then the first four pairs of swimming-feet (fig. 8) are the same as in C . truncata , except that in our specimens, to which I propose to give the name C. brevicornis , the setae are all elegantly plumed, much resembling minute black feathers. No fifth feet can be made out in any of the specimens obtained. Abdomen only 2-jointed, the caudal seg- ments being long and straight, while in (7. truncata they are somewhat stumpy and divergent. The basal joint of the abdo- men is less triangular than in C. truncata. Our specimens are probably all females. Dias longiremis, Lilljeborg. Acartia laxa, Dana. A. denticornis, Brady . In all our specimens of both species of Acartia there is a long recurved spine at distal end of first joint of each anterior antenna, which does not appear to have been previously described. Drepanopus purcatus, Brady. Several females of this species were found, but no males ; a LINN. JOURN. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XX. 13 150 MU. I. C. THOMPSON ON THE COPEPODA OF similar experience to Brady’s. His specimens of this species (£ Challenger ’ Beport on the Copepoda, p. 77) were sparingly found in three remarkably distinct areas. Temora dubia, LubbocJc. Yery abundant in all the gatherings. IsiAS CLAYIPES, Boeck. Hirst abdominal segment of female has two remarkable trifid spines on ventral side, not described by Boeck or Brady. I first noticed this point in specimens taken in Liverpool Bay. The fifth feet of male also differ considerably from Brady’s drawing. Centropages brachiatus. C. TYPICUS. C. VIOLACEUS. Our specimens of the latter are most profusely and elegantly adorned with violet plumose setae. Mecynocera, n. gen. Cephalothorax 6-jointed ; head united with thorax : abdomen 4-jointed in the male, 3-jointed in the female. Anterior antennae 23-jointed, very long. Outer branch of posterior antennae 3- jointed, the inner branch 7-jointed. Mandibles and maxillae well developed. Anterior foot-jaw 3-jointed and very muscular, and, like the posterior, clothed with strong plumed setae. Swim- ming-feet alike in both sexes, fifth feet entirely wanting. Mecynocera Clattst, n. sp. (PI. XI. figs. 1-4.) Length inch. Bostrum bifid and very slender. Anterior antennae 23-jointed, alike in both sexes, about twice the length of the entire animal (fig. 1) ; the 11th, 12th, and 13th joints of left antennae only edged with fine saw-teeth (fig. 2). Basal portion of both antennae bear several short setae aud a few long ones, and at intervals, and especially at apex, are several long whip-like setae. Posterior antennae very muscular; the outer branch 3-jointed, the inner 7-jointed and terminated by spread- ing setae. Mandibles finely toothed. Maxillae well developed, with twro spreading setiferous branches and broad rounded palp. Anterior foot-jaw 3-jointed, and, like the posterior, which is small, bearing a large number of plumose setae. Swimming-feet (fig. 3) have small hooked spines at ends of joints, but no terminal spines besides the strong spinous setae. MADEIRA AND THE CANARY ISLANDS. 151 Fifth feet wanting in both sexes. Abdomen of male (fig. 4) 4- jointed, female 3-jointed, the basal joint of latter being somewhat heart-shaped, and having doubled circular genital apertures. The third abdominal joint is divided longitudinally, the inter- vening span being filled with hyaline membrane. Caudal ter- minations in female divergent, in male less so; both terminated by four plumous setae on each side. Colour reddish brown. Males and females were both plentiful, and taken by surface tow-net at all the places visited. Indeed this species seemed to be more widespread than any other. Claus, in his memoir ‘Die freilebenden Copepoden ’ &c., gives a figure (pi. xxxii. fig. 17) of a form which is evidently this species, although the anterior antennae are not correctly represented. He has informed me in a letter that the material at his disposal was not sufficient to enable him to describe the species. I have therefore much pleasure in naming this form, which is so abundant at the Canary Islands, after the distinguished natu- ralist who first discovered it. i) Family CTCLOPIDH1. OlTHONA CHALLEN GERTI, Brady . 0. SPINIERONS, Boech. O. plumieera, Dana. O. setiger, Dana . All four species of this delicately organized genus were found fairly plentifully and generally distributed. The long feathery red-coloured plumes of O. ylumifera give the species a very grace- ful appearance, and readily distinguish it from the others. Family HARPACTICIDiE. Longipedia coronata, Claus. Setella gracilis, Dana. Various specimens of this species collected differed consider- ably from each other in colour and form, but not sufficiently to be considered specific. Euterpe gracilis, Claus. This minute species, hitherto considered very rare, we foun d widely distributed but not numerous. 13* 152 MR. I. C. THOMPSON ON THE COPEPODA OF Delay alia robusta, Brady Sf Robertson. Diosaccus tenuicornis, Claus. One specimen only found at Orotava, Teneriffie. Laophonte curticaudata, BoecTc. ' L. SERRATA, ClaUS. Dactyloptts tisboides, Claus. Thalestris Mysis, Claus. T. rueocincta, Norman. Westwoodia nobilis, Baird. Harpacticus chelieer, Muller. PORCELLIDIUM VIRIDE, Philippi. Idya eurcata, Baird. Machairoptjs, n. gen. Head longitudinally rounded, terminating in long thin bifid rostrum. Anterior antennas 12-jointed, about two thirds the length of cephalothorax ; sparingly setiferous. Posterior an- tennae long ; the outer branch 3-jointed, the inner 2-jointed. Mandibles have very fine claw-like teeth ; the palpi is two- branched, with long fine hairs. Maxillae have four strong serrated curved spines and numerous setae. Posterior foot-jaw 2-jointed, having long sword-like spines with enlarged bases. Anterior foot-jaw small. Abdomen 2- jointed. Machairoptjs sanctje-crttcis, n. sp. (PI. XII. figs. 1-5.) Length inch. Pounded head (fig. 1) of a deep pink colour. Anterior antennae (tig. 2) 12-jointed. Posterior antennae (fig. 3) has long whip-like setae, extending to the length of the anterior antennae. Swimming-feet (fig. 4) have three joints to outer branch, and two joints to inner. Terminal spine narrow and finely serrated. Basal joints of swimming-feet have long spine on inner margin. Fifth feet (fig. 5) have one joint terminated by a long, stout, curved spine, with a small one at each side. First joint of abdomen is small, the second long, and wide in the middle. Caudal segments are about four times as long as broad, and are terminated by short non-plumose setse. All found generally /^distributed, but none plentiful. MADEIRA AND THE CANARY ISLANDS. 153 One specimen only, sex undetermined ; was taken by tow-net at Santa Cruz, Teneriffe. ScUTELLIDUM TISBOIDES, ClaUS. CoRYCiEUS varies, Dana. C. pellucidus, Dana. C. limbatus, Brady. C. yenestus, Dana. C. specioses, Dana. All five species of Corycceus we found in fair abundance and widely distributed. Copilia hirabilis, Dana. Found very sparingly. Lebbockia sqeillimana, Claus. Several specimens of both sexes of this striking species were taken at Teneriffe and Grrand Canary. Oncam. obtusa, Dana. The remarkable variety of colour in this species is worthy of note, especially when fresh. It ranges from olive-green to purple, blue, magenta, scarlet, &c. The colours are mostly retained if mounted in Farrants medium soon after capture. SappHirina INA3QEALIS, Dana. Acontiophores angelates, n. sp. (PI. XII. figs. 6-11, and PI. XIII. figs. 5, 6.) Length inch. Head united with first thoracic somite, which is rounded off at base (PI. XII. fig. 6), the other somites of cephalo- thorax being angular. Rostrum (fig. 7) composed of two small projections with finely serrated edges. Anterior antennae (fig. 8) 11-jointed, short, and gradually tapering from base to apex; second joint larger than the others, and from it proceed a number of long setae ; from seventh joint proceeds a long, narrow spine ; there are several loug setae at the apex. Posterior Family COIlYCHlIim S. serrata, Brady. S. metallina. Family ARTOTROGrIDiE. 154 ME. I. C. THOMPSON ON THE COPEPODA OF antennae (fig. 9) two-branched, the first being 3-jointed and terminated by two long lancet-shaped spines ; the second has one joint, and is terminated by a long sword-shaped spine. First and second foot-jaws (figs. 10 & 11) each have a long apical claw, the first is composed of two, the second of four joints. First four pairs of swimming-feet nearly alike, both branches 3- jointed (PI. XIII. fig. 5); base and second joint of chief branch have very fine serration on inner edge formed by minute hairs. Fifth feet (PI. XIII. fig. 6) are composed of two stout joints, the outer bearing a number of long setae, some of them plumose ; the outer edge of both joints has fine hairy serration. Caudal segments and terminal setae are the same as in A. scutatus. Siphon very long and slender, reaching to the ends of caudal segments. One specimen only of this new species was taken at Funchal Bay, Madeira. The angular shape of the posterior segments of the cephalothorax readily distinguish it from A. scutatus, which it resembles in general characters. Artotrogtts Nokmani, JBracly Siam. Similar to P. brunnea , the elytra more strongly punctured, the anal segment of abdomen of an entirely different form. 7- Pseudocophora flaveola. Ovata, postice ampliata, Hava, nitida, thorace transversim sulcato ; elytris tenuiter punctatis. Long. 2j lin. Mus. Elytris infra basin fovea magna communi antice bituberculata, tuberculis obtusis, contiguis ; abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio piano, apice late rotundato. Sab. Andaman Islands. Antennae filiform ; eyes black. Thorax transverse ; sides from the base to far beyond the middle nearly straight, diverging, then obliquely converging towards the apex ; disk transversely sulcate, nearly impunctate. Elytra broadly oblong, dilated 174 MR. J. S. BALT ON SOME GENERA posteriorly, convex, impressed below the base in the S with a large common fovea, the anterior margin of which is furnished with two obtuse tubercles, placed one on each sutural margin immediately below the scutellum ; general surface of elytra minutely and remotely punctured. The 2 of this species is unknown to me. 8. Pseudocophora brunnea, Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. vol. xx. p. 26. Oblongo-ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, fulva, nitida, pec- tore, abdomine pedibusque posticis quatuor nigris ; elvtrorum limbo externo et (in mare ) fovea magna subbasali nigris ; tliorace profunde transversim sulcato ; elytris substriato pone medium confuse punc- tatis. Long. 3 lin. Mas. Elytris infra basin fovea magna communi, elevato-marginata, antice bituberculata instructis ; abdominis apice trilobato, lobo intermedio piano. Fem. Pygidii apice trifido, lobo intermedio elongato, tuberculo acuto instructo ; seginento anali late emarginato. Hab. Malacca; Celebes. Thorax nearly twice as broad as long ; sides nearly straight and very slightly diverging from the base to beyond the middle, thence slightly converging to the apex ; disk deeply sulcate transversely, the sulcation rather less deeply impressed on the median line. Elytra sculptured as in P. Wallacei, differing in the number of teeth on the subbasal fovea; in the present species, as in the preceding two, the anterior margin of the fovea is armed with two obtuse tubercles, the hinder pair being obsolete. The male of the present species differs from the same sex of P. uniplagiata, Jac., in the form and sculpturing of the anal segment of the abdomen; in P. brunnea the median lobe is subquadrate and plane, in P. uniplagiata it is oblong and deeply concave. The coloration of the insect closely resembles that of the typical form of P. ambusta, Erichs. Females of toliicli the Males are unknown to me. 9. Pseudocophora pectoralis. Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, ilava, nitida, pectore abdomineque (hujus apice excepto) nigris; thorace transverso, disco transversim sulcato ; elytris convexis, infra basin non excavatis, distincte punctatis, punctis hie illic subseriatim dispositis. Long. 2\ lin. Fem. Abdominis segmento anali apice profunde emarginato. AND SPECIES OE G-ALERUCINJE. 175 Hab. Assam: a single specimen. Antennae filiform ; eyes black. Thorax nearly twice as broad as long ; sides nearly straight, diverging from the base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging towards the apex; disk smooth, nearly impunctate, impressed just behind the middle with a transverse groove. Elytra rather strongly punctured. 10. Pseudocophora perplexa. Ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, pieeo-fulva, nitida, metapectore, abdomine pedibusque posticis quatuor nigris, antennis, tibiis tarsisque anticis pallide flavis ; thorace sat profunde ti’ansversim sulcato ; elytris tenuiter punctatis. Long. 31 lin. Fern. Abdominis pygidio apice leviter angulato-emarginato ; segmento anali apice obtuso, obsolete sinuato. Sab. Philippine Islands. Antennae yellowish white. Thorax nearly twice as broad as long ; sides slightly diverging and sinuate from the base to beyond the middle, thence converging towards the apex, the hinder angle acute, the anterior slightly produced, obtuse ; upper surface transversely convex, deeply sulcate transversely im- mediately behind the middle, the sulcation nearly as deeply impressed in its median portion as on its sides ; disk smooth, impressed with a few distant punctures on the sides. Elytra oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, convex, finely but distinctly punctured. The present insect closely resembles the same sex of P. ambusta, var. A; but the entirely different form of the pygidium in the two species at once separates them. Genus Aulacophora, Chevr. The first six species here described have simple antennae in both sexes ; in the last eight the antennae in the males have the third to the sixth joints compressed, and more or less thickened and dilated ; the females of this section appear to be much rarer in collections than the other sex, and only in a few cases are known to me. The following Table gives the differential characters ot the males of this latter group : — 176 MU. J. S. BALY ON SOME GENERA Table. I. Vertex and front on each side with an elevated ridge. 1. Frontal ridges transverse 8. palliata. 2. Frontal ridges oblique. a. Elytra black 7. orientalis. aa. Elytra flavous, with black markings . . 11. bipartita. 3. Frontal ridges perpendicular. b. Elytra black 9. frontalis. bb. Elytra flavous, with black markings . . 10. fraudulenta. II. Vertex and front without elevated ridges. 1. Elytra flavous, with black markings. a. Antennae with their outer half black 12. Olivieri. aa. Antennae flavous 13. occipitalis. 2. Elytra black 14. Icevifrons. 1. Aulacophora analis, Weber. Galeruca analis, Weber, Obs. Ent. p. 55, 1810 ; Fabr. Syst. El. i. p. 482. Subelongata, postice paullo ampliata, flava, nitida, tliorace transverso, vix pone medium transversim sulcato; elytris infra basin obsolete depressis, tenuissime punctatis, opacis, utrisque plaga magna humerali, ad basin et ad marginem exteriorem adfixa, alteraque pone medium, subrotundata, ssepe ad marginem extensa, nigris aut caeruleo-nigris. Long. 3^-4 lin. A. “ Abdominis ano et margine, tibiis tarsisque nigreseentibus.” B. Pygidio, abdomiue, tibiis tarsisque nigris. C. Abdomine pygidioque flavis, hoc ssepe nigro-piceo tincto, tibiis tarsisque ut in B. Mas. Abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio quadrato- oblongo, disco leviter concavo, medio elevato-vittato. Fern. Abdominis segmento anali apice obtuso, medio obsolete emar- ginato. Ilab. Samatra, Celebes, Sulu Islands, Philippines. Antennse slender, filiform in both sexes ; the third joint rather longer than any of the following ones. Thorax rather more than one half broader than loug ; sides nearly straight and parallel, sometimes slightly diverging from the base to the middle, very slightly converging towards the apex anteriorly ; disk smooth, impunctate, impressed immediately behind the middle with a AND SPECIES OF GALERTTCINp. 177 deep transverse groove. Elytra narrowly oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly ; convex, very faintly excavated on the suture below the basilar space, opaque, very minutely punctured. A. analis, Weber, agrees very closely in general form with A. bicolor of the same author ; the structural differences, how- ever, in the anal segments of the abdomen in both sexes, although slight, are apparently constant, and sufficient to separate the two insects ; A. analis is also smaller than the other species. 2. Aulacophora Wilsoni. Anguste oblonga, postice ampliata, convexa, nititla, subtus nigra, prothorace pedibusque anticis flavis, his plus minusve piceo tinctis; supra flava, antennis (basi exceptis) scu- telloque nigris ; thoraee transversim sulcato, sulco fere recto, medio magis fortiter excavato ; elytris tenuiter pimctatis. Long. 31 lin. Mas. Abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio profunde concavo; pygidii apice obtuso. Fem. Abdominis segmento anali apice concavo-emarginato, incissurae margine leviter deflexo. 1 lab. Australia, Melbounie. Antennae moderately robust, filiform, the first joint, together with the basal portions of the second and third, fulvous ; labrum nigro-piceous ; eyes black. Thorax with its sides nearly straight and only very slightly diverging from the base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging towards the apex; disk transversely sulcate, the sulcation straight, rather more deeply excavated in the middle. Elytra oblong, dilated posteriorly, convex, obsoletely depressed below the basilar space, the latter sometimes obsoletely thickened ; the surface minutely punc- tured. In addition to other structural differences, the sculpturing of the thorax will distinguish the above insect from A. nigroscutata, which species it closely resembles in coloration. 3. Aulacophora Perroudi. Elongato-oblonga, postice paullo am- pliata, convexa, flava, nitida, antennis (basi exceptis), pectore abdomi- neque nigris, tibiis tarsisque nigro-piceis ; tliorace transversim sulcato, sulco medio fere obsoleto ; elytris infra basin leviter excavatis, tenuiter sed distincte punctatis. Long. 4 lin. Fem. Abdominis segmento anali rotundato, utrinque sinuato. Hab. New Caledonia. Eyes and antennae black, the latter with the two lower joints 178 MR. J. S. BALT ON SOME GENERA flavous. Thorax twice as broad as long; sides diverging an$ slightly sinuate from the base to beyond the middle, thence rounded and converging to the apex ; lateral margin strongly reflexed ; disk transversely sulcate, the sulcation strongly excavated on each side, nearly obsolete on the middle disk. Elytra narrowly oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, slightly but distinctly excavated below the basilar space, finely punc- tured. I only know a single specimen (a § ); it is at once to be known from its allies by the interrupted sulcation on the thorax. This species is the one to which, in a note to the second Table in my former paper on AulacopJiora , I have alluded to as palustris, Perroud ; that species belongs (as I have subsequently ascertained) to the genus Monolepta. 4. Aulacophora argyrogaster, Montrouz. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1861, p. 299. — Anguste oblonga, postice paullo ampliata, comexa, sordide flava, subnitida; ore, antennis (basi exceptis) corporeque infe- riore (pedibus anticis anoque exceptis) nigris aut nigro-piceis, abdo- mine sparse argenteo-sericeo ; thorace sat profunde transversim sulcato ; elytris subopacis, tenuiter punctatis. Long. 3| lin. Mas. Abdominis segmento anali trilobato, lobo intermedio profunde concavo ; pygidii apice extremo obtuso. Fem. Abdominis segmento anali late concavo-emarginato ; pygidii apice acuto. Sab. New Caledonia. Antennae filiform, basal joint iu the q-l © «> o ^ ^ o 5^3 h "to * s 3 ■g ,g a J-S d H ^ S-J o-js-a so LIFK. JOTJRX. — ZOOLOGY, YOL. XX. GO l o © t> ~ ^ c3 3,3^ „ 3 CD O — i . ‘P m 3 £ ^-2 ^ © © b£ S3 ,-3 -H CC t/2 ,5^,3 © ©‘5 b ® .2 3 ® a qq oj •m c3 (D "3 • g.g “ * 3 3 3 j£ m CH-^ n o-^S Jo £ 5n O o © Jo Q3 bJO x3^§ O ^ ^ • © ^ n • So ®~ o Y ^ «£> 3 bp ^-3 ^.£.3 i £ CD HC b0-~ CD _2 a ® a'liJa ^ j>q o ■*j s rjS ^ -J3 aS © CT1 ® a a ga A g o ^ cs ^ g _S *T3 2 ^ c* S3 03 GV| p-3 ^ 0 ^ 2 S 3^ CM So g rg ® § - . J -a £ ; oo a £q as CD .* CD 5^ (D h © I3 C-0-? 2 ri2 a ® §=2. m -a £ ~ r£ , >> i-» OJD CD cr* 5 a,© ^ CD '% § 3 g-2 is -3 S 3| ^ a © 3 ^ © m -2 1 £ a .2 .£ IS xfx ri'j2 >■ bJO cl, r3 O'u © ST* o _d c ^ b) P g - 2 a £ Pc 0 a ~ © s ,i ® £a o ® is -a m « qa 1 ^ g o o a a aq "3 mH a *= S.H a -a © _te> M MM S | -3 ^ ■» ® " d °3 O flS5S§? S° a 5 1 a -2 © | ^ ^ s g a 3 ^ ^ a -2 1 &-a 13 -2 bo G © S ^ a o o ^ ? 3 ' 03 » M O CD Sai ^ £ a © o^ © bD ^ M § J I H ^ ^ gn.O ^ t> J^-eo -S g J g £ ?! N^^||.abp3ei®|M Jiio m c3 cs 3"'°^ HcS ©.3H ooj g a+ ^ © g _ -a Ja ^o § ""ho © «2 H 20 Table II. 254 REV. J. T. GULICK ON DIVERGENT EVOLUTION r-O* §< £ S3 03 -fl • ^ £ 3 m .2 T3 ^4 '£ d-9 ^ u cs ~.o 2 £ I ” •SvS 'S ^ <1 + ^3 <0 ‘ * 2 -0- ■< ■< V l S§2 c ^ «1 s T3 gi.2 S ^ £ fo 3 rr e3 a bJD ^ oT .5 ” ? o s o .2 -u <1 © r/T © CJ ■+J « C3 bJD § £ g ^ cd c3 >-rt *5 fl .C ©‘ © p£! © &JD rS t£ bC c £ .Q -® a o £E .2 2 o a -?£J o o S ° o ^ IS'-g ° 3T W ■*“ ' e® .O C ^-< © r H H .£ o ^ "S "§ aj1 boSo3 J r- .a _b >. O "§ S •~ s •g Bh ^ V P5 S £ ^ .5 Cw ■rf Sh rS £ © © ?-< bJO *5 o Co 3 © * ° „ W IPh S|® • •: + .a + o +3 ■*= ra co bJO-w .2 *S ^ ^ -s ^ ® ^>1 £ ? 2 ' ;§g M •M o o © Ph C^H o . c3 S.S -2 n3 f a. g S3 Co s ^ rM CO ^ -M O S g* Q bfi*^ ^ Sl^l? ,jZ> ^ ' — -M Pm o © *g r© S * ■§ 51 ^ "P n ^ J £rO P S.o, CO 13 C3 M K -M C4H 0 O ?H r o rg © IS' ^ | © ^ CO 20* 256 REV. J. T. GULICK ON DIVERGENT EVOLUTION degrees of Segregation. If we make c = yl-y or yyYo, we find that Half-breeds = Pure-breeds, wliile tbe latter are con- stantly decreasing, wbicb shows that imperfect Positive Segre- gation, without tbe aid of some quality like Segregate Pecundity, cannot prevent a species being finally fused with other species, as long as the whole number of each successive generation does not increase. Let us now consider cases in which the Segregation is incom- plete but Segregate Pecundity comes in to modify the result. Let M = 2, m— 1, c=T10-. Substituting these values in our formula, we shall find that the sum of the infinite progression is §=y§. And M — Mc = -J o, which makes the half-breeds = the pure forms Xm; and cm =TY- Let M=2, m— 1, c=Ty-o; then Half-breeds = Pure forms Xy-Jy-. Let M = 2, m— 1, c—\\ then the infinite progression = 1, M — Mc=l, and the pure forms in each generation will equal A, aud the half-breeds A x y. Therefore Half-breeds = Pure-breeds x Let M=3, m= 2, c= \ ; theu the sum of the infinite pro- gression^, and the Half-breeds = £ x 2 x A(M — and the Pure-breeds = 1 x A(M— Me)'1-1 ; therefore Half-breeds = Pure-breeds x f . Let M=3, ni= 2, c— § ; then Half-breeds = Pure-breeds x f . Let M = 3, m — 2, c=\ ; then Half-breeds — Pure-breeds x f. Let M=3, m= 2, c = i; then Half-breeds = Pure-breeds x Let M=3, m= 2, c=TY; then Half-breeds = Pure-breeds x-^-. Let M=3, m= 2, c = yjyo 5 then Half-breeds = Pure-breeds Simplified Formulas for the Proportions in ivliich Half-breeds and Three-quarter-breeds stand to Pure-breeds ivhen all are equally vigorous. From Table III. we learn that Wliem (1— 2c)?;i is less than M — Me, the series within the brackets is a de- creasing geometrical progression, and we may obtain the value of the whole Table IV. H me 1 P~M— McX (1 —2 c)m H-Me THROUGH CUMULATIYE SEGREGATION. 257 me M — Mo M— McXM— Me— m-{~2mc M — M)o' (Formula 1) H=Px M— M)c‘ (2) If m'= the ratio of fertility for the Three-quarter-breeds, then according to the reasoning given in Tables VII. and VIII., and T 2 m'c H — M— M)c ’ T_H T P~P XH (3) (4) The following solutions, as well as those given in Table V., are obtained by substituting values for M, m, and c in formula (2) : — When M = 4, m= 3, then if c = 4-, Half-breeds = Pure-breeds x -J, c=i, 55 55 xf, II 55 55 Xf, c=b 55 = 55 X Ji A rj , c=b 55 = 55 x 3. A 85 C=1 o 7, 55 = 5? xf, r — 1 0 — 8’ 55 — 55 X IT)? H® II 55 = 55 X ^ A 1 1? r = _l_ ° 10> 55 = 55 X Ts"? e— 1 1 005 55 = 55 X 3 * TOT- ■■5, m=4, then if c= Half-breeds Pure-breeds x -f, II W|m 55 = 55 X T A 6? II 55 = 55 x — A 7, c=b 55 = 55 X -4- A 85 II 55 = 55 A g, C==l C rj , 55 = 55 X -A- A 1 0? r— 1 c — 8’ 55 = 55 A 11? H® II 55 = 55 x -A- ^ 1 25 c TO) 55 = 55 X A 1 3? c— nro? 55 = 55 A 1035 c— 1 5? v 4 0 1 0 0 0? 55 A 1 0 0 3' Table]Y. 258 REV. j. t. gulick on divergent evolution to* J* !« «g < |w cc|<3; ho h° H2 ho < 4 |X k >d'o 1^ H- Hs H« X -£Ph X -I?P4 X hSCl, X pH X -^Pm X r-Op-i jS>< HHH J?X t-PM b -gnx II II II II II II II II II II 11 II II II II II II II M c+_, Hh Sj h- 1 M HH ^ M _| THROUGH CUMULATIVE SEGREGATION. 259 Observations on Table V. This mathematical analysis of the effects of Positive Segregation and Segregate Fecundity when co-operating brings distinctly into view several important relations. 1st. Incomplete forms of Segregation, that avail little or nothing in preventing a form from being absorbed in the course of time, become very efficient when strengthened by moderate degrees of mutual sterility. Take, for instance, the line of the table in which c = yFj. If 1 in every 100 unions is a cross with some other form, the form will in time be overwhelmed, unless other causes come in to counteract ; but here we see that, if Segregate Fecundity occurs in the ratio of 10 to 9, the pure form becomes 12 times as numerous as the half-breeds ; and if in the ratio of 10 to 5, it becomes 100 times as numerous. 2nd. Again, if we take the proportional differences between the different terms of the top line opposite c—\, we shall find them very unlike the differences that appear in the bottom line opposite c = -j-(fVo'. In former the first term is 9 times as large as the last ; while in the latter the first term is more than 80 times as large as the last. This shows that when Segregation is intense, differences in the degree of Segregate Fecundity pro- duce greater contrasts than the same differences do when the Segregation is slight. 3rd. A similar distinction is found when we compare the right- hand column with the left-hand column. The smallest term in the former is to the largest term in the same column as 1 to 899, while in the left-hand column the greatest difference is as 1 to 100. This shows that when Segregate Fecundity is strongly developed, differences in the degrees of Segregation produce greater contrasts than the same differences produce when the Segregate Fecundity is but slightly developed. 4th. Once more let us consider the relations to each other of the four terms that stand in the upper left-hand corner of the table. Suppose that of some one variety of a plant species, cha- racterized by Prepotential Segregation and Segregate Fecundity, we have occurring in equal numbers four variations whose rela- tions to other varieties are indicated by the figures given in these four terms, while in their relations to each other they are com- pletely fertile and not Segregated. Which variation will leave the greatest number of pure offspring, that is the greatest number 2G0 REV. J. T. GULICK ON DIVERGENT EVOLUTION of offspring belonging to tbe one variety to which the four varia- tions alike belong ? Evidently the variation represented by the fraction T8^ will have the greatest influence on the following generation. But as the supposed conditions allow of exact com- putation, let us look at the problem a little closer. If each varia- tion numbers say a thousand individuals, then the number of each that will breed true will be as follows : — Of the one repre- sented by t90, 526 will breed true and 474 will cross, And the next generation of each kind will be as follows : multi- plying the pure parents by 10, and the hybrid parents by 8 or 9, according to the value of m, we have of those represented by There can, therefore, be no doubt that under such conditions the average Prepotential Segregation and Segregate Eecundity of the next generation will be considerably advanced, and so with each successive generation till the average of the Pure forms is represented by the fraction -fy, and is surrounded by a circle of variations, of which one will be represented by the fraction 12fr. And from this new point continuous advance will be made toward ever higher and higher grades of Segregation and Segregate Eecundity ; though of course the process will be subject to antagonisms and limitations arising from the principles of Self- accumulating Vigour and Self-accumulating Adaptation. Let it, however, be carefully noted that we have in this process the manifestation of a new principle, for it rests not only on Self- accumulating Positive Segregation but on Self-accumulating Segregate Eecundity. 450 444-5 400 T90-, pure offspring 5260, hybrids 4266, 5500, ,, 4050, 5555, „ 3556, 6000, „ 3200. Formula for Segregation, Segregate Fecundity , and Segregate Vigour, giving the Proportion of Half-breeds to Pur e-breeds. (Constructed from Table III., according to rule 3.) THROUGH CUMULATIVE SEGREGATION'. 261 + !> | 60 +

t> > t> I I I I t> j> t> t> 3 g 2 i 262 key. j. T. gulick on divergent evolution £ 1 . CS CO O £ ^ P CP pd H £ &JD 'So O c3 H ?-< P .2 eS B ®tw P P o s.a g 8*3 ’■§ § © © ,2 j g > L sc on r3J* *3 $ T3 © do © s Ps =~ O © w J o j is P3 I'Sta TO ^3 ■* s X © g rg r-i a a ?> 3 3b Eg 5q o •+<» co 3j ^ ^ ^ v 3 © ^ 2 Jp s_4 C+_l r- ,„Ph oi o^ © 'g d -2 £ a ° o a & c3 ^ ’-m _m d cc ^ ci~ O __ *-© p-h P * rt © P 1 3$ 3 Hi r3 Si s* *> 3 3 3S j a « _ 32joS, £* II © V oa £ d t> I t> <1 % a -4J fcJD I c3 P * * P -H ffi CD © C3 ©, o3 5 £ -3 „ .2 id 3 3 d c3 ~ 3 3 3 3>p3 £ ^ 3j „3 PQ 3 3b 3 *s 3j ,3s SQ © • a » PsPh Jl's § s ^ CD © P ^P £ © ^ -U3 v< 2h O 3 _ S* O J © © H a S a o d SP > > i— i © % c3 H O’ oj © a _ s a O © rg J ’ © ’J ! S £ S 2EH£ ^ > r-H i +3 J 6C ^ S 3 * d ^ ^*'fe I ~*P. ^ ce cp 3 © o ■S t.a 1 5 Sb-§ © £ |K •3 HH P^ p H © bJO P P o • — bJO-g rP 3 ^ CO ^ § "o.S bJOTj G © sS g o ^ d( K|Ps X > g I (> % < hD I a + + + -? > + s > I > WiP- Bills |th,Ph h Ph K IB > a 1 /-s > a 1 t> a i > a i > a < 1 t> a t> a % > a ii Ps <1 II ii ¥ ii ii 5 + + + THROUGH CUMULATIVE SEGREGATION. 263 Table VIII. Simplified Formulas , giving the Proportions in which Half-breeds and Three-quarter-breeds stand to Fure-breeds when we have both Segregate Fecundity and Segregate Vigour. From Table VI. we learn that H_ mvc ( (1—2 c)mv \ p-MV— MV^X i1+MV^MVc+ ■ ■ ■ )■ When the numerator, (1—2 c)mv, is less than the denominator, MV— MVc, the sum of the whole series within the brackets may be obtained in accordance with the formula S=^ — — , in which S = the sum of the series, a=the first term, and q = the constant multiplier. H mvc 1 P MV— MVcX (1— 2c)mv _ MV — MVc mvc MV — MVc MV — MVcXMV — MVc — mv-\-2mvc mvc "“MV— mv-\-(2mv — MV)c ^ oimua ) Applying the same method to the formula in Table VII., we find that T H _ m'v'c y 9v P P MV— m'v' + (2m'v' — MV)c' T H 2 m'v'c P— P X MV— m'v'+(2m'v' — MV)c ’ (2) and T 2 m'v'c H MV— m'v'+(2m'v'— MV)c If M=10, m= 5, m'= 5, V=|, v = TV, v ' = TV> c=ts, TT -Sl _s_ -A then — — LAS UL° IAS- P 10 _5__J_/'iO 10\1 100 4 3 1_ .5 4 ■*- lFTuo ^9-J 1 O "9 O" 9 0 Oo 9 0 and (as m—m\ and v=v') T H T H T g=2|=2TV=| ; and^=gxg=Axi=* (3) then 10 1 01/20 1 0\J_ 1 00 1012 10 9 V9 0 "9 710 9 O M 9 0 0 0 H T P— PXH~ TUT tt 5 and 5=bXs = jtW In this latter case, where the Vigour of Hybrids is TV that of Pure-breeds, while their Fecundity is equal to that of Pure-breeds, we find p = f, > which is the same result as that given in the 8th line of the last column of Table V., where the Fecundity of cross unions and of Hybrids is TV that of Pure-breeds, while their Vigour is equal. 264 REV. J. T. GTJLICK ON DIVERGENT EVOLUTION The Influence of Segregate Vigour. I think we may say we have here come in sight of one form of the still wider fourfold law already mentioned ; for on the same principle that Segregate Fecundity increases when once allied with partial Segregation in vigorous forms, Segregate Vigour must also tend to increase when brought into the same alliance ; and I believe it will be found that there is a similar principle tending to the self-accumulation of Segregate Adaptation. At the point where they both arise, that is during the period that immediately follows the act of impregnation, it is difficult to distinguish between the two principles, and the mor- tality of the hybrid embryo before birth, or before it leaves the egg, may be conveniently classed as Segregate Fecundity. * Though the two principles are so closely related, it would be a great mistake not to distinguish them ; for there is no close correspondence between the degrees in which the two qualities occur in the relations of individuals or varieties ; and in some cases we find Segregate Fecundity associated with Integrate Vigour. The mule, though absolutely sterile, possesses vigour equal, if not superior, to that of either parent. In the record of experi- ments given by Darwin in ‘ Cross- and Self-Fertilization in the Vegetable Kingdom ’ mention is made of certain species in which self-fertilized flowers are more fertile than the cross-fertilized, while the plants produced from the crossed seed are the more vigorous ; and of other species in which cross-fertilized flowers are by far the most productive, while the plants produced from the crossed seed are neither taller nor heavier than the self -fertilized, f In the same work the common pea ( Visum sativum ), the common tobacco ( Nicotiana tahacum), and Canna Warscewiczi are shown to be more vigorous when raised from self-fertilized seed than when raised from seed crossed with other individuals of the same strain ; but in the case of the tobacco and the pea, great increase of vigour is produced by a cross with a slightly different variety while the fertility is increased but little if any. But the most interesting of all his experiments as bearing on the subject of Segregate Vigour, is given in the history of “ The Descendants of the self -fertilized Plant, named Hero, which ap- pearedin the Sixth Self-fertilized Generation o/Tpomoea purpurea.’ “ A cross between the children of Hero did not give to the * See ‘ Origin of Species,’ 6th edition, p. 249. f See pages 322-329. THROUGH CUMULATIVE SEGREGATION. 265 grandchildren any advantage over the self-fertilized grandchildren raised from the self-fertilized children.” “ And, wliat is far more remarkable, the great-grandchildren, raised by crossing the grandchildren with a fresh stock, had no advantage over either the intercrossed or the self-fertilized great-grandchildren. It thus appears that Hero and its descendants differed in consti- tution in an extraordinary manner from ordinary plants of the same species.” “ If we look to the [ordinary] plants of the ninth generation in table x., we find that the intercrossed plants [of the same stock] were in height to the self-fertilized as 100 to 79, and in fertility as 100 to 26 ; whilst the Colchester-crossed plants [raised by crossing with a fresh stock] were in height to the intercrossed as 100 to 78, and in fertility as 100 to 51.”* The Colchester-crossed plants were therefore in height to the self-fertilized as 1 to '78 x '79, or as 1000 to 616, and in fertility as 1 to *51 X '26, or as 1000 to 133 ; while the self-fertilized descendants of Hero when crossed with the same fresh stock not only had no advantage over those that had been continuously self-fertilized for nine generations, but, as the details of the experiment show, the advantage was on the side of the plants raised from the self-fertilized seed. The experiment was con- ducted under conditions decidedly unfavourable for the production of healthy plants ; but, as it is usually found that the superiority of crosses between varieties is most clearly brought to light when the competitors are subjected to unfavourable circumstances, it seems to furnish even stronger evidence of Segregate Vigour being occasionally produced in the earliest stages of divergent evolution, than would have been furnished if the same degree of superiority in the self-fertilized plants had been obtained under a less severe test. As the case is of unusual interest, I give the details as recorded by Darwin : — “ Several flowers on the self-fertilized grandchildren of Hero in table xvi. were fertilized with pollen from the same flower ; and the seedlings raised from them (great-grandchildren of Hero) formed the ninth self-fertilized generation. Several other flowers were crossed with pollen from another grandchild, so that they may be considered as the offspring of brothers and sisters, and the seedlings thus raised may be called the inter- crossed great-grandchildren. And, lastly, other flowers were fertilized with pollen from a distinct stock, and the seedlings * ‘ Cross- and Self-Fertilization,’ pp. 47, 60, 61. 266 REV. J. T. GULICK ON DIVERGENT EVOLUTION thus raised may be called the Colchester-crossed great-grand- children. In my anxiety to see what the result would be, I unfortunately planted the three lots of seeds (after they had germinated on sand) in the hothouse in the middle of winter, and in consequence of this the seedlings (twenty in number of each kind) became very unhealthy, some growing only a few inches in height, and very few to their proper height. The result, therefore, cannot be fully trusted ; and it would be useless to give the measurements in detail. In order to strike as fair an average as possible, I first excluded all the plants under 50 inches in height, thus rejecting all the most unhealthy plants. The sis self-fertilized thus left were on an average 66-S6 inches high, the eight intercrossed plants 63‘2 high, and the seven Colchester-crossed 65’37 high ; so that there was not much difference between the three sets, the self -fertilized plants having a slight advantage. Nor was there any great difference when only the plants under 36 inches in height were excluded. Nor, again, when all the plants, however much dwarfed and unhealthy, were included. “ In this latter case the Colchester-crossed gave the lowest average of all; and if these plants had been in any marked manner superior to the other two lots, as from my former experience I fully expected they would have been, I cannot but think that some vestige of such superiority would have been evident, notwithstanding the very unhealthy condition of most of the plants. No advantage, as far as we can judge, was derived from intercrossing two of the grandchildren of Hero , any more than when two of the children were crossed. It appears therefore that Hero and its descendants have varied from the common type, not only in acquiring great power of growth and increased fertility when subjected to self-fertilization, but in not profiting from a cross with a distinct stock ; and this latter fact, if trustworthy, is a unique case, as far as I have observed in all my experiments.” # Let us now consider for a moment what must be the result when such a variation occurs in a wild species subject to the ordinary conditions of competition. In the first place, it would gradually prevail over other representatives of the same local stock, both by its more vigorous growth and by its greater * ‘ Cross- and Self-Fertilization in the Vegetable Kingdom,’ pp. 50, 61. THBOUGH CUMULATIVE SEGREGATION. 267 fertility, especially in the case of flowers that failed of securing a cross. And afterwards, when it came into competition with the equally adapted variety from which it was partially protected by Segregate Vigour, it would neither be driven out nor lose its separate existence in a commingled race. It will be observed that we have in such a case Local, Germinal, and Floral Segre- gation, each producing partial effects which are enhanced by the Segregate Vigour. In order to bring out the relation of these factors to each other, let us assume definite values for each. Let us suppose that of the flowers are self-fertilized, are fertilized with pollen from another flowrer of the same plant, are fertilized with pollen from other plants of the same new variety, and -Jy are fertilized with pollen from the older variety occupying contiguous areas. Therefore the sum of the segre- gating influences, which is called the “ Eatio of pure breeding,” and is represented by E in Table IT., equals and the “ Eatio of cross-breeding,” represented by c in all the tables, equals yy. Again, let us suppose that the fertility of the pure breeds is the same as that of the half-breeds, but that the superior vigour of the former is such that any one of the pure seeds has twice as good a chance of germinating, growing to maturity, and producing seed as any one of the crossed seeds. The general effect on the final result will in that case be the same as if the “ Eatio of increase for the pure unions ” (which I call M) equalled 10, while the “ Eatio of increase for the cross unions ” (which I call m) equalled 5. Turning now to Table V., we can easily find the ratio in which the number of pure-breeds will stand to the half- breeds, if the conditions continue long ; for in the column in which m equals 5 and in the line marked c=yy we find which means that the half-breeds will equal the pure-breeds multiplied by or by Segregate Vigour and Segregate Fecundity beticeen Human Faces. My attention has recently been called to the following facts relating to the Japanese and Aino races, who have for many centuries met under circumstances favourable for interfusion without any apparent effect of this kind. I quote from ‘ Me- moirs of the Literature College, Imperial University of Japan,’ No. 1 : “ The Language, Mythology, and Geographical Nomen- clature of Japan viewed in the Light of Aino Studies,” by Basil Hall Chamberlain, p. 43 : — 268 BEY. J. T. GTTLICK ON DIVES GENT EVOLUTION “ "With what logic, it may be urged, do you invite us to accept a great extension of the Aino race in early Japan, when it is a physiological fact, vouched for by so high an authority as Dr. Baelz, that there is little or no trace of Aino blood in the Japanese people P In reply to this some would perhaps quote such examples as New England, whence the Indians have vanished, leaving nought behind them but their place-names. In Japan, however, the circumstances are different from those of New England. There has undoubtedly been constant inter- marriage between tbe conquerors and the native race upon the Aino border. We can infer this from history. Those who have travelled in Yezo know it by personal experience to-day. Never- theless, these intermarriages may well consist with the absence of any trace of Aino blood in the population. As a matter of fact, the Northern Japanese, in wdiose veins there should be most Aino blood, are no whit hairier than their compatriots in Central and Southern Japan. Anyone may convince himself of this by looking at the coolies (almost all Nambu or Tsugaru men) working in the Hakodate streets during the summer months, when little clothing is worn. But the paradox is only on the surface. The fact is that the half-castes die out — a fate which seems, in many quarters of the world, to follow the miscegenation of races of widely divergent physique. That this is the true explanation of the phenomenon was suggested to the present writer’s mind by a consideration of the general absence of children in the half-breed Aino families of his acquaintance. Thus, of four brothers in a certain village where he staid, three have died leaving widows without male children, and with only one or two little girls between the three. The fourth has children of both sexes ; but they suffer from affections of the chest and from rheumatism. Mr. Batchelor, whose opportunities for observation have been unsually great, concurs in considering this explanation as sufficient as it is simple. There are scores of mixed marriages every year. There are numerous half-breeds born of these marriages. But the second generation is almost barren; and such children as are born — whether it be from two half-breed parents, or from one half-breed parent and a member of either pure race, are generally weakly. In the third or fourth generation the family dies out. It may be added that the half-breeds have a marked tendency to baldness, and that their bodies are much less hairy than those of the genuine THROUGH CUMULATIVE SEGREGATION. 269 Ainos. This fact has doubtless helped to cause the divergence of opinion with regard to Aino hairiness. For the com- paratively smooth half-breeds usually speak Aino, dress Aino- fashion, and are accounted to be Ainos, so that travellers are likely to be misled, unless constantly on their guard. There seem to be half-breeds in all the villages whither Japanese pedlars and fishermen have penetrated. There have therefore probably, at some time or other, been half-breeds in every portion of Japan where the two races have come in contact.” If these two races were equal in civilization and in natural adaptation to the environment, or if one race was specially adapted to mountain life and the other to life by the sea-shore, it seems probable that they might permanently occupy adjoining countries without losing any of their distinctive characteristics. Broca, after careful collation of all the information that could be gathered from the publications of travellers and historians, reaches the conclusion “ that alliances between the Anglo-Saxon race and the Australians and Tasmanians are but little prolific ; and that the mulattoes sprung from such intercourse are too rare to have enabled us to obtain exact particulars as to their viability and fecundity.”*' I have no means of knowing whether later investi- gations in Australia and other parts of the world have thrown fuller light on the mutual fertility or sterility of the more diver- gent human races, but I am inclined to think that the interest in the subject has declined since Darwin has shown that such data can never afford proof that the different races of man are not descended from common ancestry. There are, however, signs that a renewed interest in the subject is being awakened through the realization that it has a direct bearing on the theory of the origin of species. Imjpregnational Segregation a Cause of Divergence in both its Earlier and Later Stages. As we have already seen, the negative factors f Segregate Vigour and Segregate Fecundity would tend to produce extinc- tion if not associated with positive forms of Segregation. But * See ‘ Phenomena of Hybridity in the Genus Homo.’ By Paul Broca • English translation, published for the Anthropological Society of London by Longman, Green, Longman, and Roberts (1864), pp. 45-60. t For a definition of Negative Segregation see page 238 of this paper. LINN. JOURN.' — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XX. 21 270 REV. J. T. GULICK ON DIVERGENT EVOLUTION in tlie case of organisms whose fertilizing elements are distributed by wind and water, the qualities that produce these negative forms of Segregation are usually accompanied by those that pro- duce Prepotential Segregation, which is in an important degree positive. But even Prepotential Segregation, when produced by mutual incompatibility between a few individuals and a numerous parent stock, depends for its continuance and development on Local, Germinal, or Ploral Segregation, partially securing the intergeneration of the few that are mutually compatible. On the one hand, Impregnational Segregation depends on some degree of Local, Grerminal, or Floral Segregation which is a con- stant feature in most species ; but, on the other hand, not only do these initial forms of Positive Segregation fail of producing any permanent divergence till associated with Impregnational Segregation, but the more effective forms of Positive Segregation, such as Industrial, Chronal, Fertilizational, Sexual, and Social Segregation, often depend on Impregnational Segregation, inas- much as the divergence of endowments which produces these depends on Impregnational Segregation. Moreover, in all such cases, increasing degrees of diversity in the forms of adaptation, and consequently of diversity in the forms of natural selection, must also depend upon these negative factors, which in their turn depend on the weak, initial forms of Positive Segregation . Divergent evolution always depends on some degree of Posi- tive Segregation, but not always on Negative Segregation. Under Positive Segregation of a rigorous form (as, for example, complete Geographical Segregation), considerable divergence may result without any sexual incompatibility. Darwin has shown, by careful experiments, that Integrate Vigour and Fecundity is the relation in which the varieties of one species usually stand to each other. This fact does not, however, prove that the more strongly divergent forms, called species, which are prevented from coalescing by Segregate Vigour and Fecundity, did not acquire some degree of this latter character before any permanent diver- gence of form was acquired. Their having acquired this segre- gating characteristic may be the very reason why their forms are now so decidedly different, for without it they would have been swallowed up by the incoming waves of intergeneration. Again, we must remember that forms only moderately divergent are habitually classed as different species if they are separated by Segregate Vigour and Fecundity (that is by some degree of THROUGH CUMULATIVE SEGREGATION. 271 mutual sterility), unless observation shows that they are of common descent. These two considerations sufficiently explain why the varieties of one species are so seldom reported as mutually infertile. Notwithstanding this, the experiments of Gartner and of Darwin, already referred to at length, seem to show that Segregate .Fecundity and Vigour may arise between varieties that spring from one stock. In view of these cases, we must believe that in the formation of some, if not many, species, the decisive event with which permanent divergence of allied forms commences is the intervention of Segregate Fecundity or Vigour between these forms. Positive Segregation, in the form of Local, Germinal, or Floral Segregation producing only tran- sitory divergences, always exists between the portions of a species that has many members, but as it does not directly produce the Negative Segregation which is, in such cases, the necessary ante- cedent of permanent divergence, we cannot, in accordance with the usage of language, call it the cause of the permanent diver- gence. Moreover, though it may be in accordance with ordinary language to call the Negative Segregation, which is the immediate antecedent of the permanent divergence, the cause of the same, it will be more correct to call the coincidence of the Negative and Positive Segregations the cause, and still more accurate to say that the whole range of vital activities (when subjected to the limita- tions of any sexual incompatibility that corresponds in the groups it separates to some previous but ineffectual Local, Germinal, or Floral Segregation), will produce permanent divergence. In many cases not only is the entrance of Impregnational Segregation the cause of the commencement of permanent diver- gence, but its continuance is the cause of the continuance of the divergence. The clearest illustration of this is found in the case of plants that are fertilized by pollen that is distributed by the wind. All the higher, as well as the lower, groups of such plants would rapidly coalesce if each grain of pollen was capable of producing fertilization, with equal certainty, promptness, and efficiency, on whatever stigma it might fall. We may also be sure that, with organisms that depend upon water for the dis- tribution of their fertilizing elements, Impregnational Segrega- tion is an essential factor in the development of higher as well as of lower taxonomic groups. It is important to observe that, in the cases under considera- tion, the inferior fertility or vigour resulting from the crossing of 272 BEY. J. T. GULICK ON DIVERGENT EVOLUTION the incompatible forms is as truly a cause of divergence as the inferior opportunity for crossing which from the first existed between the members occupying different localities or between the flowers growing on different trees of the same species. The former has been called Negative, and the latter Positive, Segre- gation, not for tlie sake of distinguishing different grades of efficiency, but for the sake of indicating the different methods of operation in the two classes of Segregation. (c) Institutional Segregation. Institutional Segregation is the Reflexive form of Rational Segregation. It is produced by the rational purposes of man embodied in institutions that prevent free intergeueration be- tween the different parts of the same race. As the principal object of the present paper is to call attention to the causes of Segregation acting independently of effort and contrivance directed by man to that end, it will be sufficient to enumerate some of the more prominent forms under which. Institutional Segregation presents itself, noting that some of these influences come in as supplemental to the laws of segrega- tion already discussed, simply reinforcing by artificial barriers the segregations that have their original basis in nature. The chief forms that should be enumerated are National, Linguistic, Caste, Penal, Sanitary, and Educational Segregation ; and if we had not already considered Industrial Segregation in the previous chapter, tliat might be added. Concluding Remarks. Besides Artificial and Institutional Segregation, which depend on the rational purpose of man, we have now considered numerous forms of Segregation, resting on no less than 18 groups of purely natural causes. Owing to the length of this paper I deem it wise to bi’ing it to a close without discussing the laws that co- operate in intensifying the effects directly produced by the segregative causes already considered. As I have shown in Chapter II., Segregation is not simply the Independent Genera- tion of the different sections of a species, but the Independent Generation of sections that differ ; and though no one will believe that any two sections of a species are ever exactly equi- valent, it is evident that the degrees of difference may be greater THBOUGH CUMULATIVE SEGREGATION. 273 or less, and that whatever causes a greater difference in two sections that are prevented from intergenerating will also be a cause of increased Segregation. It has been observed that some of the causes enumerated in this and the previous chapter are primarily separative, and that no one of those that are primarily segregative is at any one time segregative in regard to many classes of characters. As several forms of Segregation may co-operate in securing a given division of a species, and one form is superimposed upon another, the aggregate effect must be incalculably great ; but we easily per- ceive that it may be indefinitely enhanced by causes producing increased divergence in the segregated branches. The causes which produce monotypic evolution when associated with Inter- generation must be equally effective in producing polytypic evolution when associated with Segeneration, whether in its separative or segregative forms. But the discussion of Intensive Segregation must be reserved for another occasion. Believing that the study of Cumulative Segregation in its re- lations to the other factors of evolution will throw light on the origin of species far beyond what I have been able to elicit, I trust the subject will secure the attention of those who enjoy better opportunities than I do for carrying forward such investigations. 26 Concession, Osaka, Japan, May 12, 1887. Appendix. Classified Table of Forms of Segregation. A. Environal Segregation. (a) Industrial Segregation. Sustentational. Defensive. Nidificational. (b) Chronal Segregation. Cyclical. Seasonal. 274 EVOLUTION THROUGH CUMULATIVE SEGREGATION. (c) Spatial Segregation. Migrational. Geographical, j I Transp0rtational. ( -P> -P> 2 *"i> •”3 eS • 5© I CH- -8 *o p> STUDIES OE THE MACROCIIIRES, 303 o hp £i ^2 — “2 g ci o 3 g2i „ O '"q ^ . ? S 2 C3 C3 r— ; 2? Ml d p ;? o -d £ 3d 03 hP d _ _ _M P P H4 u) f-J cc ni S i2 £-h ?h 0^0 pH £■! -4-5 p ! CD U1 ob <1 § ^ o ^ r cs rn bJO J K*^ 03 a t>H fZ? cS ®-e2i; o o pH (2 N 00 ®r2 §o8“g®’S fecsigicdlg ^ ^ rr^ CO ^ £ bJO i'i O I>, CO 2 t«>2 K^J 1 — 1 ^3 t* - |Zj ^ jJ a ion8 , -Ol ^ r" J3H, . 1-3 > ) T > ^ |Q ©- -o o« r w -T*P QG ^ 2 Ai -3 53 O - o 3 2 0Q H Ph _q ~ 3 vJ 3 1 'Z, "MHrH1 5 CO +=> vo t3 ( ■+j pi Hh ^ , -7 ) ^ s ?H - 03 !ZT Po ”3 53 "o O To .CQ* Co' vf , blT 0^0 Em Em a _a n «0 C3 -= o 1-1 Em p ™ 00 ,_, a> ^ t- 5S !> S p>X? ao -u 3 3 -W s-eoo i 5 l-s Em Em Em Em O C T3 O © ° a| o o 3 £i & y, cc ai 2 2 m xn 2 2 •4J ’O C+-M © T© -4-. r© 2 J=j X S3 Oi © j5 m 53 © "Sm 02 m s 53 55 £ © <55 © -*3 X £ £ -4-2 m & £ £ tf Em Em f4 C3 Em’ p4 ps P3 f4 o a S ® *£> o+ <2 *o =3 CH *o u 1 04- R. It. W. SHUFELDT S MORPHOLOGICAL On the Trachea , Visceral Anatomy , and other parts. More for my own satisfaction than with the expectation of revealing any structure that would prove to be different from what we already know of the morphology of the trachea or other parts in the Passerine birds, I examined the wind-pipe, its mus- cular and associate parts, as I did the several organs in the chest and abdomen of these American Swallows, but found nothing that required to be specially noted here. The trachea exists as we find it in most true Passeres, as do the several pairs of muscles at its lower larynx. I found the “ sterno-tracheales ” to be very delicately formed indeed, almost of hair-like proportions in some of the genera, as in Progne. The gall-bladder is of good size, and the right lobe of the liver the larger division of that organ. Cseca coli are present in Sw allows, but are of almost rudi- mentary proportions, and in some cases might be easily over- looked. It is my intention to refer to a few of these points again, when we come to consider the visceral anatomy of the Swifts and Humming-birds. The Osteology of the Hirundinidce. Skeletons of representatives of all the Hirundinidce of the United States are before me, and in sufficient number, so that a general definition for this part of the structure of these birds becomes quite possible, and will be given here. It is my inten- tion, however, to be brief in this matter, not only on account of space, but in view of the information already given. Of the STcull. — When I came to compare and examine the skulls of our seven species of Swallows, I was surprised to find them presenting such striking differences in their general form. Not but that they could each and every one of them be recog- nized at once as skulls of Swallows, but rather that they possess characters quite distinct and peculiar to the species, and there would be no difficulty whatever in telling, for instance, the skull of a Barn-Swallow from one of a Cliff-Swallow — so diverse is the general outline of each. In Progne subis (PI. XXI. figs. 18, 19, and 20) we find a skull STUDIES OE THE MACROCIIIRES. 359 that exemplifies all the characteristics which pertain to the Hirundine skull generally. Its superior osseous mandible is very broad at the base, but promptly tapers to a sharp and somewhat depressed tip anteriorly, while all this portion of the skull is much compressed in the ver- tical direction. The form of the external narial apertures can best be appreciated upon a superior aspect, and are seen to be long, elliptical openings placed longitudinally. Through either oue of them we may discern the upper surface of the anterior part of the palatine of the corresponding side. The lateral free edges of this mandible are sharp and turned downwards, while the maxillary on either side is a horizontal plate fully three times as broad as the slender jugal bar that continues this infraorbital rod to the quadrate. We find no projecting processes from the lateral margins of any part of this osseous superior mandible as have been erroneously figured for the skull of Progne by other anatomists (‘ Science,’ N. Y., No. 223, fig. 3). Just anterior to the frontals, and posterior to the external narial apertures, there exists a subtriangular area of bone on the top of the mandible, which is formed by the proximal portion of the premaxillary and the nasal bone on either side. In the adult skull, of course, the sutural boundaries of these bones have been absorbed, but by holding the skull up to the light the proximal end of the pre- maxillary, and what was the median margin of a nasal, and finally the anterior limit of the corresponding frontal bone can all be easily distinguished, while the small triangular space they cir- cumscribe, is also of bone, but considerably thinner than the other parts mentioned. In all Swifts that I have examined this thinner portion on either side has become absorbed, and a little triangular opening is found at the site instead. My explanation will be made quite clear by turning to Plate XXI., and com- paring figures 22 and 23 ; in figure 23 at x is shown the thinned portion, while in the Swift’s skull, figure 22, an opening actually takes its place on either side. Of course, in a skull so vastly different from the Cypseline skull as the Humming-bird’s is, no such comparison as this is necessary. Por the rest of the superior aspect of the skull in Progne we find the frontal region narrow between the orbital margins, the posterior edges of which latter are sharp, thin, and somewhat tilted upwards. The parietal region is smooth and rounded, 360 DR. R. W. SHUEELDt’s MORPHOLOGICAL while a shallow, mid-longitudinal gutter traverses this part of the skull (fig. 19). Eegarding this part of the skeleton of the Purple Martin upon a lateral aspect (fig. 18), we are to note the form and compara- tively large size of the pars plana ( p.p .), the slender and rather small pterygoids, as well as the fact that the osseous interorbital septum is pierced by two large vacuities of a form in most speci- mens shown in the drawing. This figure displays so well the characteristics of the lateral part of the cranium proper in Progne, that any further account becomes superfluous. Turning to the base of this skull (fig. 20), we are to note the form of the vomer and the maxillo-palatines ; the first has very much the character of that bone as we usually find it in the Passeres. The maxillo-palatines have their median free extremities dilated, and they, as in all Swallows, are separated by several millimetres in the middle line. The palatines articulate with each other for the posterior two thirds of their length beneath the sphenoidal rostrum, and are in close contact at their pterygoidal heads, as in the pterygoids themselves in this latter locality. As in all Cypseline birds which I have examined, the posterior external angles of the palatines in Progne are somewhat drawn out, and then squarely truncated (compare figs. 19 and 22, pi).. Swallows have the occipital condyle very small, while the foramen magnum is relatively large, and its plane makes an angle with the basi-cranial plane of some eight or ten degrees. Posteriorly, the skull in Progne exhibits a large supra-occipital eminence, and an occipital area which is nearly circumscribed by a sharply defined occipital ridge or line, which defines its form as reniform, and placed transversely at this aspect of the cranium. Coming next to the mandible of this bird, we find it to be of a V-shaped outline, with its ramal sides shallow in the vertical direction, and with a symphysis of some depth anteriorly at its apex. There is a swell, on either side, at the superior ramal margins at points about where the horny theca ceases and the skin commences, when these latter parts are in situ. A small slit- like ramal vacuity exists, and the posterior angular processes are well-developeQ, though they curve up but very slightly. Essentially, the hyoidean apparatus is Passerine in character ; STUDIES OE THE MACRO CHIRES. 361 I find, however, that the basibranchials are anchylosed into one piece, while the glosso-hyal and the cerato-hyals are apparently not ossified even in the adult Martin. Several skeletons of Petrochelidon lunifrons have been carefully prepared by me from specimens of the bird which T collected a year ago at Fort Wingate, New Mexico, and they are now at hand. So far as the skull and hyoidean apparatus of this Swallow are concerned, we might almost cover the ground of our description by saying that in these parts the bird is the veriest miniature of Progne ; and, indeed, so true is this, that any detailed, description is rendered quite unnecessary. Two points it will be well to note, however, for I believe, com- paratively speaking, the cranial capacity in Petrochelidon is relatively larger than it is in Progne ; and although the palatines are very much of the same shape, the postero-external angles in the former are more inclined to be rounded than truncated as they are in Progne. Ghelidon erythrogaster in this part of its skeleton probably typifies the Hirundine skull (PI. XXI. figs. 21, 23). In it the superior osseous mandible is very broad at its base, and the postero-external angles of the maxillaries have a tendency to project a little. The frontal region is more than usually narrow between the upper margins of the orbits. Laterally, we note that the vacuities in the interorbital septum are usually larger than in other Swallows, though yet but two in number, and of the same general outline. One thing characteristic of the skull of Ghelidon is its uncommonly minute occipital condyle ; I cannot recall at this moment any bird of the size of this Swallow which possesses this feature in anything like such diminutive proportions. Its pterygoids and the quadrato-jugal bars are also wonderfully slender osseous rods. Agreeing almost exactly with the mandible in Progne , save in size, this bone in our Barn-Swallow requires no special mention. In the hyoidean arches, however, it would seem that ossification is regularly extended to the glosso-hyal and the cerato-hyals, which was not the case, as we will remember, in the Martin. Passing to the genus Tachycineta , we meet with a skull, in either species representing it ( T . bicolor , T. thalassina), which, although essentially Hirundine in all particulars, yet bears a closer resemblance to some of our other Oscines, not Swallows, than any 362 DE. E. W. SHUFELDT’S MOEPHOLOGICAL of the other skulls of the Hirundinidce. This is principally due to the fact that in the skull of Tachycineta the base of the osseous superior inaudible is not nearly so broad iu comparison as it is among the other Swallows, and consequently more nearly ap- proaches in appearance the skull of some of those Passeres which possess mandibles with rather broad bases. The structural details seen at the base of the skull in Tachy- cineta thalassina I have already shown in a previous memoir, wherein I have figured those parts in a specimen of that Swallow (P. Z. S. 1885, p. 899, fig. P); and as that figure is readily acces- sible to the reader, a comparison of it with the figures in the present paper may be made without difficulty. Nothing worthy of special record is to be fouud in the man- dible, nor in the hyoid arches of the skulls or the latter apparatus in the genus Tachycineta ; they present all the true characteris- tics of those parts as already described above with sufficient fulness for the Hirundinidce generally, and our present purpose. What I have just said of the skulls and associated parts as found in the two species of the genus Tachycineta applies with equal truth to the corresponding structures as fouud in Clivicola riparia and in Stelyidopteryx serripennis , of which I have several examples of each before me. In their general form they, too, remind us more of the skulls of certain other types of Oscines than do the skulls of the other Swallows which were described above, previous to our taking up the skulls of the genus Tachycineta. Of the remainder of the Axial Skeleton in the Hirundinidce. — My labour is considerably lightened here from the fact that I have already touched with some degree of fulness upon the axial skeleton of Tachycineta in m3" first memoir in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society ’ (1885, p. 906); and then, again, the sternum and shoulder-girdle of the Swallows is very well known, making any detailed account of it here unnecessary. By those who have read it, it may be remembered that 1 found 35 vertebrae and a pygostyle in the spinal column of a Swift (JMi- cropus), and the same number of segments in the column of a Swallow ( Tachycineta ). Upon careful examination I am now enabled to state that this is the normal number for all our Swallows, and I have yet to find an exception to it. Should such an exception be found, I predict it will simply be a free, and STUDIES OF THE MACRO CHIDES. 363 perhaps rudimentary, vertebra at the eucl of the series of the caudal segments. Further, I find the arrangement of the free vertebral ribs and their uncinate processes the same for all Hirundinidse, as I found them to exist in the Violet-green Swallow in my former memoir. This arrangement consists in. their having 12 cervical vertebrae that do not possess free ribs ; the thirteenth has a rudimentary pair ; the fourteenth has them better developed, and even may have uncinate processes upon them ; the fifteenth are the first to connect by costal ribs with the sternum, as do the ribs from the sixteenth to the nineteenth vertebrae inclusive. The twentieth is the first vertebra appropriated by the pelvis, and this latter compound bone monopolizes ten of these segments, so that the first free caudal is the thirtieth vertebra of the spinal column. Thus far at least one Swift {Micropus) was found by me to exhibit an arrangement similar to this, and later on we may look into the matter for Chcetura. The Humming-birds possess, as I have elsewhere stated, but 32 vertebrae and a pygostyle in their spinal column. Every species of our Swmllows possesses a pelvis of a pattern characteristically its own, so that had we before us a dozen pelves of Progne , a dozen of Clielidon, and a dozen of each of the others we should have no difficulty, after once becoming acquainted with them, in picking out the several varieties correctly. Then, again, these pelves all strictly fall within the general description applied to what we please to call a Passerine pelvis , so far as our present knowledge and ideas of such a bone can be formulated. Now there is nothing that I can at this moment place my finger upon iu the pelvis of a Swift that debars it from being classed in the same category ; and indeed, when we come to examine into the matter closely, the differences between the pelves of Micropus and Progne are no greater than are the differences between the pelves of Progne and Clielidon. Ornithologists have long ago placed on record descriptions of the shoulder-girdle and sternum of Hirundiue birds, and the morphology of these parts in them is so well-known that to say, that although each species of Swallow has a characteristic form of sternum and shoulder-girdle of its own, these elements of the skeleton in all of them are strictly Passerine, — will sufficiently meet our aims in the present connection. In my memoir iu the P. Z. S. already referred to I made com- LINN. JOURN. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XX. 28 364 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT’S MORPHOLOGICAL parisons of these parts as the}' occur in Micropus and Tacliy- cineta , and further ou, when we come to examine the skeleton of Chcetura, a few more words on the subject may he added. Of the Skeleton of the Limbs in Swallows. — All of the Hirun- dinidae agree with the true Passeres in having the little ossicle known as the os humero-scapulare at the shoulder-joint, but I have failed to find it in the Cypseline birds. In the Proc. Zool. Soc. for April 1887 I figured the humerus of Tachycineta thalassina, and further on in this article I shall have to refer to that drawing. Now, so far as the humeri of the other Swallows are concerned, they all more or less resemble the bone as found in Tachycineta : they are invariably non-pneumatic, proportionately short in the shaft as compared with the size of the bird, and quite so relatively when taken in comparison with the Passeres generally. Especially in Chelidon is this brevity of the humeral shaft noticeable ; and it becomes of interest to know that in a specimen of this Swallow I find a humerus 15 millim. long to an ulna 24 millim. long, and in Progne a humerus 22 millim. long to an ulna of 33 millim., while in a Swift {Micropus) we have a humerus 11 millim. long to an ulna of but 16 millim. in length, showing a difference of 9, 11, and 5 millimetres respectively. Swallows have at least one good-sized sesamoid at the elbow, but I thus far have failed to detect any such small bone in a Swift; in Micropus , however, I find in the same tendon a small nodule of dense cartilage. The shafts of both ulna and radius are noticeably straight for nearly their entire lengths, and in their general conformation depart but little from the usual form assumed by these bones in the Passeres at large. I have already pointed out elsewhere that n a Swift ( Micro- pus) these bones are also markedly straight, and are, com- paratively speaking, almost as short for a bird of its size as is the humerus, — Swifts, as a rule, deriving their length of wing from the long bones of the pinion, and not from those of the brachium and antibrachium. Radial and ulnar ossicles are found in the carpus of all Hirundine birds, as usual, and iu their form and method of articu- lation no departure whatever is made from the composition of the wrist-joint, as seen iu all others of the group. There are no claws on the finger-end in the manus and STUDIES OE THE MACROCHIRES. 365 phalanges, and the carpometacarpal bone is much of the same shape as we find it in Passeres generally. To one point I desire to direct special attention, and that is — that in all Swallows in their carpo-metacarpal bone the meta- carpal which belongs to the index digit is considerably shorter than the one which belongs to the annularis digit of this com- pound bone. This arrangement is strikingly apparent in such a bird as Progne suits, and it will be remembered that in Trochilus this is also the case, though not so marked ; whereas in Swifts the reverse condition obtains, and the metacarpal of the index digit is rather the longer of the two. Little need be said here in regard to the osteology of the pelvic limb of the Swallows, for from femur to phalanges it is characteristically Passerine, and in every species the relative lengths of the several long bones composing it are harmoniously proportioned. Be it noted, however, that Swallows always possess a 'patella, and that in them the pro- and ectocnemial processes of the tibia are always well developed, while th q fibula, although often of only hair-like proportions {Progne), descends below the middle point of the shaft of the tibio-tarsus. Further, in the hypotarsial process of the tarso-metatarsus there are four perforations for the passage of tendons, these openings being arranged as though they were at the angles of a squai’e, one pair being next to the head of the bone, and the remaining pair immediately behind them. When I come to review, further on, the characters of the pectoral and pelvic limbs of certain Swifts and Humming-birds? it will be necessary to revert again to some of these Hirundine characters as found in their limbs ; and so it will not be necessary to enter more fully into details at this point, but rather reserve them for the more effective work of actual comparison. On the Morphology oe certain Cypseli and Trochili. Of the External Form ancl Pterylography of certain Gypseline and Trochiline birds. Very good hints sometimes as to a bird’s affinities may be gathered from a study of its general contour and form after it has been carefully plucked for the purpose. With this in view, and in this way, I prepared specimens of Micropus melanoleucus , Chcetura pelagica, and Trochilus platycercus, and 28* 366 DR. R. W. SnUFELDT’s MORPHOLOGICAL present drawings of the same here to illustrate my meaning. A glance at the contour of Micropus will be sufficient to con- vince us that in general outline it is strikingly, indeed actually, far more like any one of our Swallows, as P rogue for instance. And, apart from the resemblance which its short antibrachium gives it to Trocliilus (PI. XXIV. fig. 39), it has no other character upon this aspect of its body to support the view that any true relationship exists between it and the latter bird. For the rest, to my mind, shortness of the antibrachium amounts to nothing as an indication of affinity unless correlated with actual similarity of form in its details. Chcctura having a deeper Carina to its sternum than has the other Swift, Micropus , it bears a somewhat more general resemblance to the body of a Humming- bird (fig. 39) than it otherwise would do, or as does Micropus ; but some of the smaller Petrels might hold an equal claim to affinity with Trocliilus were it based upon such data as this. Coming to a few of the true characters, we find the bill, the position of the commissure of the gape, the feet, and some other points widely different in a Swift from what the corresponding characters are in a Humming-bird ; and when Micropus is the Swift chosen for the comparison, the entire contour of its body differs from that of Trocliilus in all important particulars. Let us next examine the pterylography of these three birds, and see what it indicates in regard to their affinity. Nitzsch has presented us with fairly good figures of the pterylography of Cypselus apus and Trocliilus moschitus (Pterylog., ed. Sclater, pi. iii. figs. 16-19) ; but there are several points requiring elaboration in his account, while in other particulars his comparisons are deficient. Taking his figures and descriptions just as they stand, how- ever, and bringing into the discussion his figure 14 on the same plate, of Jlirundo urbica, we find that the pteryloses of the Swift and Swallow, so far as their heads are concerned, agree, with the exception that the Swift possesses those peculiar crescent-shaped apteria, one over each eye ; these are absent both in the Swallow and Humming-bird. But the Humming-birds have a median naked space of a spindle-shaped outline on the crown, situated longitudinally, and between the eyes and the base of the superior mandible. This is well marked in all species which I have thus far examined, and it was overlooked by Nitzsch ; moreover, it is absent in the Swifts and Swallows. STUDIES OE THE MACEOCHIBES. 367 On the throat of Swifts and Swallows the feathering covers the entire area, while in Humming-birds the median naked space of the neck is continued almost up to the base of the inferior mandible. Again, Nitzsch noticed the naked “nape-space [see his figure] beneath the long cornua of the hyoid bone,” but “ could not deter- mine with precision ” whether or no it was a constant character for the pterylography in the Trochili. My investigations con- vince me that it is a constant character in them, and, further, that it is never present in the Swifts nor Swallows. If any one will take the trouble to pluck a Humming-bird and note, in the natural position of its head, that the back of the head comes very close to the body, he will see at once how this naked space has come to be present there. The arrangement of the pterylse upon the ventral aspects of all of these birds is more or less alike, being apparent modifica- tions of some Passerine type ; but not so with the spaces upon the dorsal aspects, for here we find that the true differences among them come in (compare Hitzsch’s figures). And we must remember that Nitzsch, in speaking of the pterylography of the Macrochires, was forced to admit that : — “ In this family I place the two genera Cypselus and Trochilus, which, indeed, present but little external similarity, but are very nearly allied in the structure of their wings ” (p. 86). To the near alliance on account of the latter character we will revert later on. In the first part of this memoir I have attempted to point out such differences as exist between the pterylography of a Swift and a Swallow, so it will not be necessary to enter so fully upon the details again here. Be it borne in mind, however, that, upon this dorsal aspect of the two, in both the humeral tract crosses obliquely at a point opposite the middle of the humerus of the arm ; in Trochilus, on the other hand, it is over the head of the humerus. Swifts and Swallows both possess a femoral tract ; whereas it is absent as a rule (and, for all that I know to the contrary, always) in the Humming-birds — certainly so in Trochilus . In Swifts the “ spinal tract ” connects the capital area behind with the oil-gland, but just opposite the shoulder-joints bifur- cates ; the bifurcations are as wide as the original tract, and after passing the middle of the back they converge again, and unite at a point over the anterior end of the sacrum. Thus we 368 DR. R. W. SHUEELDt’s MORPHOLOGICAL find a spindle-formed figure produced, which is characteristic of the Cypseli. In Swallows the bifurcation does not take place until the spinal tract arrives nearly at the middle of the back, and then the ends of the fork fail to join the rump-tract below. How in Humming-birds, and I have examined a great many excellent specimens of them, the “spinal tract” is altogether different from this, for it consists of a very broad, lozenge-shaped figure, spreading out over nearly the entire dorsal region, being prolonged in a wide nuchal strip which merges with the “ capital area” anteriorly, while its low'er angle rests upon the uropygial gland, and laterally spreads over the femoral region. Mesially, and in the middle of this lozenge-shaped area, we have a short longitudinal naked strip, but not nearly so conspicuous as it is in the Swifts. Indeed, the pterylography of a true Cypselus and Trochilus is as different in character as any two forms of birds can well be in this particular; and if one, unprejudiced in mind, will look at plate iii. of Nitzsch’s work, there will be seen a greater similarity between the dorsal tracts of Cypselus apus and Coracina ceplia- loptera than between Cypselus apus and Trochilus moschitus. We are already aware that, notwithstanding Swifts and Humming-birds possess the same number of primaries and rec- trices, it rather conveys the impression that this is more a matter of chance, when we find that they essentially differ in their ptery- lography and in the number of secondaries in their wings. For another external character in the Swifts, and a very excellent one, which I have failed to find elsewhere described, we must turn to the integuments covering the pinion. Here we find the entire skin exclusive of the border surrounding this part of the limb, and on both sides, of a deep Hack colour , being pro- duced by a pigmentary deposit in the skin itself. This peculiar character is present both in Micropus and Chcetura, while it is entirely absent in Trochilus. Swallows also lack this pig- mentary deposit in the skiu on both surfaces of the pinion. To conclude this chapter, then, I will make a few comparisons between the external forms and characters of Micropus — a true Swift — and Trochilus platycercus — a typical Humming-bird. So far as the general form of these two birds is concerned, a glance at PI. XXIY. figs. 37 and 39, will be sufficient to convince any one that they are as different as they can well be. STUDIES OF THE MACROCHIEES. 369 In the character of their beaks they are as widely different as any two types in the entire class Aves. They differ essentially in their pteryloses, and in the number of the secondaries. Their feet are radically different, quite as different, for instance* as are the feet of a Swift and a Sparrow-Hawk. The majority of these differences in these two types are abso- lutely of an ordinal rank (for Aves). And now, before entering upon their internal structure, let me add here the well-known fact that these birds also differ essentially in their habits, their mode of nidification, and the manner of securing their food ; indeed, in all these particulars in their life history they are widely, very widely different. A critical Comparison of the Pectoral Limbs of certain Cypseli and Trochili. From time immemorial in Ornithology the two main charac- ters upon which systematists have relied for retaining the Cypseli and Trochili in the same group of birds, as related forms, are the supposed similarity of the structure of their wings, and the fact that both possess an unnotched sternum. Finding that these birds widely disagree in so many vital, fundamental par- ticulars, it is my object to compare them very critically with respect to their wing-structure, and the present section will be devoted to the results of my investigations in that direction. Swallows, as we know, possess a wing-structure very similar in organization to the Passeres generally, so it will not be necessary to make many comparisons with them in the same connection. We have just seen how essentially different the wing of Trochilus is from the wing of Micropus, so far as its external characters are concerned : to be sure they have a superficial resemblance, as both have short humeri and long pinions, but this resemblance gives way when we come to compare the parts in detail. First, then, let us examine the method of attachment of the patagial muscles, surely a character which has proved itself to be a useful one, and one eminently connected with the wing- structure in birds, be they Swifts or Humming-birds. Now Prof. Gfarrod dissected a Humming-bird with the view of ascertaining the point which concerns us here, and he had a specimen of Patagona gigas for investigation. Moreover he made a drawing 370 DR. R. W. SHUEELDT’s MORPHOLOGICAL of his dissection of the parts in question, and it may he seen in figure 1, plate xxiv. of his ‘ Collected Scientific Memoirs.’ With the exception of leaving off the lower extensor of the forearm, his drawing is correct, and from it we see that the tensor patagii longus arises and is inserted pretty much as we find it in most birds ; hut with respect to the tensor patagii brevis a very marked departure is met with, for that muscle is as prominent as any other in the arm, more so than the majority of them. It may he said to he somewhat pear-shaped in form, with its larger end at the origin at the shoulder, while the smaller extremity becomes attached to a tendon which passes directly over the upper surface of the extensor metacarpi radialis Iongior , longitudinally. This tendon arises at the outer condyle of the humerus, and passes to the carpus for insertion, and is very well shown in Garrod’s drawing of Patagona. I find it present in all the Trochili, where, so far as I know, it constitutes a unique method of insertion for the tensor patagii brevis , and to make it clearer I present a drawing of it for TrocMlus platycercus (PI. XXII. fig. 28). Since Garrod saw so clearly this very unusual insertion of the tensor patagii brevis in the Humming-birds, I am surprised beyond measure that he did not at once make careful comparisons with the Cypseli in this particular ; had he done so, he would have found, as I have, that the mode of insertion of this muscle in those birds is entirely different. In the first place the body of the muscle is comparatively much smaller ; it is also of a very different form, being oblong and not pear-shaped ; finally it is not inserted into any special tendon , but directly upon a tendinous fascia on the surface of the extensor metacarpi radialis Iongior , and its fibres, becoming slightly tendinous, run dowu with that muscle for insertion at the external condyle of the humerus. In PI. XXII. fig. 29, I present a drawing made directly from my dissection of these parts in a specimen of Cheetura pelagica. As both the Humming-birds and Swifts have short humeri (though “shortness” is not a character, I believe) and have developed a large tensor patagii brevis (though “ size ” is not a character either, I believe) it might not unnaturally be expected that they should have this particular muscle short and thick ; but when we come to examine the true morphology, how vastly STUDIES OF THE MACBOCHIEES. 371 different is it ! Quite as different, we may say in truth, as are the humeri of these birds. The tensor patagii longus in Ghcetura pelagica has the usual origin and insertion that it has in so many of the Class. Cypseli and Trochili both possess all three pectoral muscles , but in such a form as Micropus they are none of them unduly developed ; better so in Chcetura ; while in the Trochili they are, comparatively speaking, enormously developed. Owing to the entirely different shape of the humerus in Swifts and Humming-birds, the tendons of the pectorals make dissimilar insertions. For instance, the pectoralis major in Micropus is inserted upon the entire palmar aspect of the large hook-like radial crest of the humerus of that Swift ; but Trochilus possessing no such process upon its humerus, the muscle is obliged to insert itself more or less upon the body of the bone, at a point which would be considered as the base, upon the palmar side of a radial process did such a thiug exist there. How the pectoralis secundus in Micropus is inserted at the head of the humerus upon its ancoual side, between the summit and radial crest or hook ; while in the Hummiug-bird this second pectoral sends its tendon across the head of the bone, to be inserted at the distal margin of the pneumatic fossa. The insertion of the third pectoral in these two grorrps of birds is more similar. So here, again, we see that Swifts and Humming-birds are markedly different with respect to another class of muscles which make up, in part, the fundamental organization of their wing- structures. Among the essential characters of the wing we still have left the skeleton, but I have already published my views and drawings in regard to that part of their economy elsewhere (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885 and 1887). I have there shown conclusively that the humeri of Swifts and Humming-birds are very differently formed bones indeed, and the reader has but to refer to the figures in the papers to which I allude to be convinced upon this point. As I have elsewhere stated, the humerus in Micropus is a non-pneumatic bone as in the Swallows ; while all Humming-birds, so far as I have examined, have pneumatic humeri. Still my statement Proc. (Zool. Soc. 1887, p. 503) requires some modification, for since that was written I have found that the 372 1)R. R. W. SHUFELDt’s MORPHOLOGICAL humeri in Chcetura pelagica are pneumatic, but the bone is shaped upon the same plan as the humerus of Micropus, and the pneumatic fossa is, as in Passeres, on the ulnar side. Prom what has gone before, we now know that in general form, and other particulars, Micropus is nearer the Swallows than is such a Swift as Chcetura, and this last fact, with respect to the arm- bones, points still more strongly to the truth of such a state- ment. Even at this moment I am not acquainted with any other bird in the Class that has the pneumatic fossa of its humerus situated on the radial side of the bone, as the Trochili have. This fact alone, and surely when taken in connection with the otherwise vastly different form of the bone itself, is sufficient to show that in their wing-structure Swifts and Humming-birds widely differ. Purther, in the papers above alluded to I have already pointed out how' in the bones of the antibrachium, in Tro- chilus and Micropus, the radius is actually bent to a bow in the former, while it is as absolutely straight as any bone can be in the Swift. The ulna, too, in these birds differs in its general form. Moreover, w-e find sesamoids present in the carpus of Humming-birds which do not exist in Cypseli, although, since writing my first memoir on this subject, I have found a sesamoid at the elbow in Chcetura and Micropus, such as the Sw'allows have. Coming next to the carpo-metacarpus we find one great and principal difference, in addition to minor ones — in the Hum- ming-birds the middle metacarpal in this compound bone is longer than the index metacarpal, the reverse condition obtain- ing among the Swifts. This is enough to show that the bones are essentially unlike in their most important character. The proximal phalanx of the index finger is altogether a differently formed bone from the corresponding segment in the mauus of the Swift, as any one may see by a comparison either of the bones themselves or my drawings (P. Z. S. 1S85, pi. Ixi. figs. 3 and 4 ,j). To briefly recapitulate, then, the absolutely essential and fundamental characters in the wing-structure of a Swift and a Humming-bird, I find that : — 1. The parts markedly differ in their external characters, inasmuch as they do not possess the same number of secondary quill-feathers ; Swdfts have a very peculiar pigmented (deep black) area of the skin centrally located on both sides of the hand, while Trochili have not; the character STUDIES OF THE MACROCHIRES. 373 of the plumage is quite different; and the 'position of the “ humeral tract ” in the pterylosis is different, being across the middle of the humerus in Swifts, and overlying the head of the bone in Humming-birds. 2. The mode of insertion of th e patagial muscles, as well as the form and character of these muscles themselves, is altogether different in the two groups. 3. The method of inser- tion of th e, pectoral muscles is essentially different. 4. Through- out the entire skeleton of this limb, the individual bones in Swifts and Humming-birds differ widely in characters of the very highest import, both morphologically and in the position, absence, and presence of parts. All this being so, I am firmly convinced that were the minor details in structure in these two wings carefully worked out under the lens of a good microscope, they too, of necessity, would also be found to be at variance. Indeed, in making my own dissections of the Trochili under a 2-inch objective I saw quite enough to fully confirm this suspicion. Finally, I must say, as I have already remarked in a previous paragraph, that heretofore too much stress has been laid upon the fact that both Cypseli and Trochili possess short humeri ; and, further, to my mind, shortness , per se, does not constitute a valid character, for if it did, some very remarkable forms would surely be grouped together ! My painstaking labours upon the wing-structure of Swifts and Humming-birds convince me fully that, in so far as this part of their organization is concerned, there is little or no affinitv at all. 0 * Notes on the Anatomy of the Pelvic Limb in certain Cypseli and Trochili. Having shown how innately different the wing-structure in Swifts aucl Humming-birds really is, let us now take a look at their pelvic limbs. It will not be necessary to pass the external characters of these parts in review, as they are already well known ; it will be suf- ficient to remark that the pelvic limb of such a bird as Micropus differs from the pelvic limb of a Trochihis in all its more essential external characters. My investigations tend to confirm the statement of Pro- fessor Glarrod, that Humming-birds and the American Swifts Clicetura pelayica and Micropus lack the accessory femoro- 374 DU. E. W. SHUFELDt’s MORPHOLOGICAL caudal, the semitendinosus, and the accessory semitendinosus muscles from the group at the thigh ; in other words, their formula is A. This from a physiological point of view would naturally he looked for, as no members of these groups use their limbs for loco- rnotory purposes; and consequently these special muscles have long since been missing, or perhaps in neither of them have they ever been present. But to this matter I shall refer further on. Coming next to the plantar tendons , I find the arrangement in the Swifts at hand the same as described by Garrod for Cypselus alpinus (Doll. Scient. Mem. p. 294), and as that has already been made clear to us, I need not quote it here ; but after having carefully prepared the foot of a specimen of Trocliilus platycercus , and bringing the limb under the lens of a powerful objective, which increased the size of this Humming-bird’s foot to that of a Crow, I was enabled at once to discover that the arrangement of the plantar tendons in these birds is very different from what obtains in the Cypseli ; in other words, in Trocliilus these tendons are disposed very much as we find them in the Passeres, where the tendon of the flexor longus hallucis is distinct from that of the flexor perf or ans digitorum. It is just possible that in Humming- birds a slight vinculum may connect the two, and although I could not quite satisfactorily demonstrate this minor point, yet I am inclined to think that such a vinculum is present. I found the sciatic artery the main artery of the leg in both Cypseli and Trochili, but that is the usual arrangement for nearly all birds, which weakens its importance as a distinctive character. As to the skeleton of this limb in these birds I have already contributed some work (P. Z. S. 1885, pp. 909-913), and little or nothing need be added here. Suffice it to say that morpho- logically the constitution of the pelvic limb, so far as its skeleton is concerned, is radically different in Cypseli and Trochili. A few points will be sufficient to convince any one of this fact, for in Trocliilus , for instance, we have a large patella present, a bone entirely missing in Micropus ; in Trocliilus we have the hypotai’sial process of the tarso-metatarsus both pierced and grooved for the passage of the tendons, whereas in Micropus it simply exhibits one deep groove for that purpose ; finally, the foot in each case is widely different, for in Trocliilus the joints of pes STUDIES OE THE MACKOCHIBES. 375 stand 2, 3, 4, 5, while, as wre know, in Micropus they stand 2, 3, 3, 3. As existing birds are classified, and were two such forms as Micropus and Trochilus classified upon the characters presented in their pelvic limbs alone, all I can say is, that to my mind there should be no hesitation whatever in placing them in widely separated groups, notwithstanding the fact that the myological formula of the thigh-muscles is the same. For even when we come to examine these very muscles closely we soon discover that they are quite differently formed and disposed , which should also be taken into consideration in face of the fact of the mere presence or absence of parts. For the rest, the limb in these two groups of birds to its very toe-joints is about as essentially different as are the limbs of an Ostrich and a Coot. On the Anatomy of the Head. Were I asked to pick out any two forms of existing birds from any part of the world which present us with the greatest number of fundamental differences so far as the anatomy of the head is concerned, it would puzzle me, I think, to select two more diverse types than a true Swift and a Humming-bird. Indeed, from tip of beak to nape it is difficult to find comparable characters that show any affinity of the forms in question at all. I have already pointed out above the very evident differences that are exhibited upon a comparison of the external characters of such a Swift as Micropus and any of the Trochili ; while the principal differences in the skulls of these birds have been already dwelt upon *. And has the day yet arrived when differences of the most manifest character in the skulls of birds are to be ignored in taxonomy, and set aside as of no value P At the present time I have before me upwards of a hundred anatomical specimens of Trochili and a great many Swifts ; but for a brief resume of some of the distinctive cranial characters let us choose a specimen each of Chcetura pelagica and Trochilus rufus, and see how they compare in these two types. We find these characters to be as follow : — * Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885. 37G DR. R. AV. SUUFELDX’S MORPHOLOGICAL Chcetura. 1. Superior mandible wide aud not produced. 2. Triangular openings between nasals and frontals, divided by the pre- maxillary. 3. Cranium above smooth and rounded. 4. Vomer truncated. 5. Maxillo-palatines prominent and produced well backwards, tending to approach mesially. 6. Postero-external angles of palatines produced as prominent processes. 7. Palatine heads of pterygoids nearly meet mesially. 8. Pars plana small and formed as in Swallows. 9. Interorbital septum shows several vacuities, and these are distinct from those on the posterior orbital wall. 10. Mandible a wide V, without ramal vacuity. Trochilus. 1. Superior mandible narrow and usually twice as long as the head. 2. No such openings present. 3. Cranium above showing a deep, longitudinal groove for ends of hyoid. 4. Vomer long and spine-like. 5. Maxillo-palatines not prominent, rounded, and wide apart. 6. External margin of each palatine nearly straight, and no angle present. 7. Palatine heads of pterygoids widely separated mesially (and I have seen specimens where they anchylosecl to the palatines). 8. Pars plana very large, and very different from the Swallows. 9. Interorbital septum never shows but one vacuity, which merges with one that absorbs nearly all the posterior orbital wall. 10. Mandible a long and extremely narrow V, with ramal vacuity. In short, these skulls evidently belong to very different Orders of birds, and their differences upon a lateral view can be well appreciated by examining and comparing figures 24 and 27 of Plate XXII. ; the Swift there figured, however, is Alicropus, but will answer just as well. Carefully comparing the brain in several specimens of Hum- ming-birds of different species, with the brains of Swifts and Swallows, I find that, although in all three groups the brain aud its parts are strictly fashioned upon the true avian plan, in the Swifts and Swallows its general and special form is far more alike than it is when we compare it with the brain in a Trocliilus. This we might naturally have looked for, since the inner shape of the cranial casket in the Humming-bird is very different from the corresponding cavity in the Cypseli and Hirundines. Another structure which need not detain us long is the tongue. STUDIES OE THE MACEOCHIBES . 377 This organ is essentially alike in Swallows and Swifts ; while, as we all know, in the Trochili it is more as we find it in the Wood- peckers, indeed very similar to those birds, for I find after careful microscopical examination that there is no truth in a statement still current that this long, slender tongue of Trochilus is a double-barrelled tube to suck honey with, but these supposed hollow tubes contain the prolongations of the cartilaginous parts of the glosso-hyal elements of the hyoidean apparatus. With these few brief comparisons, which, however, are the expressions of long and painstaking dissections upon the heads of these several forms, I may state that, so far as this part of the economy is concerned, Cypseli and Trochili are widely different in all particulars , whereas Swifts show themselves to be but highly modified Hirundine birds. Resume of some of the Points in the remainder of the Axial Skeleton. These T will tabulate in order to bring them iuto as bold relief as possible for direct comparison. In the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885, I have already made some remarks upon the skeletons of Micropus melanoleucus and Trochilus Alexandri. Here, for variety’s sake, we will take the Swift Ghcetura pelagica and Trochilus rufus ; they are essentially and respectively much alike, at any rate the two first mentioned species, but I do this in order to show that my first comparisons still hold good for the proposed separate groups. Ghcetura pelagica. 1. 12 cervical vertebrae that are with- out free ribs ; 13th and 14th ver- tebras possess freely suspended ribs ; while from the 15th to the 19th they are true dorsals, connecting with the sternum by costal ribs. 2. The last sacral vertebra is the 29th. Trochilus rufus. 1. 13 cervical vertebrae that are with- out free ribs ; only the 14th vertebra possesses freely suspended ribs ; while the 15th, 16th, and 17th are the only three free vertebrae in the dor- sal region which connect with the sternum by costal ribs. The 18th and 19th likewise do ; but I here propose to consider these two latter ones as leading sacrals, as they evi- dently belong to that bone. This gives Trochili but three true dorsal vertebrce, quite as few as any other existing bird, and it is all they have. 2. The last sacral vertebra is the 27th. 378 BE. E. W. SUUEELDT’s MOEPHOLOOICAL Chcetura pelagica. 3. The last caudal vertebra is the 35tli. 4. Pelvis much as we find it in some Swallows ; leading sacral vertebra does not markedly project beyond ilia. 5. Sternum untouched posteriorly ; possesses comparatively large costal processes ; small manubrium ; deep carina ; which latter and the body are always riddled with large vacuities. 6. Os furcula a very broad U-shaped one, with lateral abutments at its heads, and with rudimentary hypo- cleidium ; the bone harmoniously proportioned for the rest of the skeleton. 7. Coracoids much of the same form as we find them in the Swallows. 8. Blade of scapula nearly straight. 9. General aspect of the body skele- ton, aside from the unnotched ster- num and rather deep keel to it, like the Hirundinidce. Trochilus rufus. 3. The last caudal vertebra is the 32nd. 4. Pelvis peculiarly formed ; and two entire vertebrae project beyond the ilia (the 18th and 19th). 5. Sternum unnotched posteriorly ; very small costal processes ; no manubrium ; comparatively a much deeper carina ; sternal body and keel never perforated by vacuities. 6. Os furcula rather of a very broad Y-shaped variety, with small lateral abutments at its heads, and with rudimentary hypoeleidium, with the bone of hair-like dimensions as compared with others of the skele- ton. 7. Coracoids very peculiar, as the tendinal canal is closed by bone, and the shaft perforated by a large foramen below it. Totally unlike the bone in the Cy-pseli. 8. Blade of scapula bent at a marked angle at its posterior extremity. 9. General aspect of the body skeleton has no exact counterpart among living birds, that the writer has as yet ever met with. Now a few words as to what the above table shows : first, it is evident that the spinal column of Swifts and Humming-birds is fundamentally different, both in the number and arrangement of the vertebrae. It should, however, be stated that upon going over a large number of specimens, I find that it is the 15th vertebra that first connects with the sternum by costal ribs, and not the 16th. as stated in my first contribution of 18S5. This gives the Trocliili 3 true dorsals, which is as small a number as any existing bird possesses ; I found the same number in a Californian Condor. Cypseli possess 5 true dorsal vertebrce. Some excellent characters, no doubt, are to be obtained from any bird’s sternum, but the more I look into it the more I am convinced that the facility with which we can say sternum 2-notched, sternum unnotched, sternum 4-notclied (as the case may be) has almost proved a detriment to avian taxonomy, for, STUDIES OE THE MACROCHIRES. 379 being satisfied with that (taken in connection with a few other salient characters), very often the rest of the bird’s economy has not been examined nor even taken into consideration at all. Why the pelvis has not proved an equally valuable character in the list of classificatory characters, is simply because the systematist cannot so readily say pelvis 2-notched, pelvis un- notched, and so on. Yet the pelves of birds, when carefully compared, offer fully as good distinctive characters for taxo- nomic purposes as the sternum. I have already pointed out the fact that the pelvis of a Trochilus is as different from the pelvis of a Cypselus as any two birds’ pelves can well be. Further, their sterna, when we really take all their characters into considera- tion, apart from the fact that both happen to be unnotched, are very differently fashioned bones. Both are unnotched, to be sure, — but so are the sterna of some Petrels ! Were the fact that the sterna of both Cypseli and Trochili are nunotched of any signi- ficance, so far as affinity is concerned, then surely the remainder of the organization in these birds would be more or less in harmony, and not at the widest variance, as is the case ! What I mean by tins is easily shown in the shoulder-girdles of the two types in question : thus, the coracoid of a Trochilus is a very uniquely-formed bone (P. Z. S. 1885, pi. lx. fig. 5), and very different from the great majority of birds. In the Swifts the coracoid is like that of the Swallows. Again, the scapula in Trochilus is unlike the corre- sponding bone in a Swift : consequently, this being the case, I attach little or no importance, so far as affinity is concerned, to the fact that their furcuhe happen to possess some marked resemblance. For we well know that this latter component of the girdle is that which becomes modified in accordance with the flight of its owner, while the coracoid can be far better relied upon for any affinity it may show as a character amongst forms more or less related. Swifts are birds of long-sustained flight, Humming-birds are great fliers, and so are Albatrosses ; and were we to increase in size the os furcula of a Swift and a Hum- ming-bird to the size of the bone in an Albatross, we should be surprised to find how much they resemble each other. Seeing now how very different the thoracic and pelvic, or really the trunk-skeletons of Swifts and Humming-birds actually are, let us next examine into some of the organs and viscera which they enclose. LINK. JOURN. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XX. 29 380 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT’S MORPHOLOGICAL The Heart and Carotids , Trachea , Viscera , Sfc. Cypseli as a rule possess but a single carotid, the left one ; Professor Garrod, however, discovered that Cypseloules proved an exception to this. In Cheetura I found but one, which was disposed along the anterior aspect of the neck in the most usual manner ; while in Micropus melanoleucus the left carotid, here also the only one present, takes on a peculiar course, for being so far over to the left, it passes up to the front of the neck obliquely, and completely outside the protection of the muscles and the hypophysial canal of the vertebrae. Past the middle point of the neck, however, it enters between the muscles to the aforesaid canal, and then follows the usual course to the head. Swifts do not possess a heart of any unusual dimensions ; but Humming-birds, on the other hand, have a heart quite as unpro- portionately large for their size as are the feet of these, the other- wise pygmies of the Class. They too have but one carotid, so far as I have examined, the left one alone beiug represented. MacGillivray, in Audubon’s ‘ Birds of North America,’ under the latter’s account of Trochilus colubris, presents us with a very good description of the trachea in a Humming-bird. He says of it that “ The trachea is 9 twelfths long, being thus remarkably short on account of its bifurcating very high on the neck, for if it were to divide at the usual place, or just anteriorly to the base of the heart, it would be 4^ twelfths longer. In this respect it differs from that of all other birds examined, with the exception of the Roseate Spoonbill ( Platalea ajaja ), the trachea of which is iu so far similar. The bronchi are exactly | inch in length. Until the bifurcation, the trachea passes along the right side, after- wards directly in front. There are 50 rings to the fork ; and each bronchus has 34 rings. The breadth of the trachea at the upper part is scarcely more than \ twelfth, and at the lower part considerably less. It is much flattened, and the rings are very narrow, cartilaginous, and placed widely apart. The bronchial rings are similar, and differ from those of most birds in being complete. The two bronchi lie in contact for 2 twelfths at the upper part, being connected by a common membrane. The lateral muscles are extremely slender. The last ring of the trachea is four times the breadth of the rest, and has on each side a large but not very prominent mass of muscular fibres, inserted into the first bronchial riug. This mass does not seem to be divisible STUDIES OE THE MA.CROCHIEES . 381 into four distinct muscles, but rather to resemble that of the Fly- catchers, although nothing certain can be stated on this point.” My own investigations upon other species than T. colubris go towards establishing in the main this admirable description of a very painstaking anatomist, for whom I have always entertained the highest regard both for his character and his work. It is needless to add that such a trachea, the counterpart of which is seen only iu the Spoonbill, is sufficiently far removed from the form it assumes in the Cypseli to satisfy the most sceptical as to any affinity on that point ! In Swifts it does bifurcate “ at the usual place ; ” it possesses but two pairs of muscles (the lateral ones, and those that go to the sternum), and in all other points is widely and fundamentally at variance with the windpipe and bronchi of the Trochiii. Careful as MacGfillivray’s account is, however, he neglected to mention one very important difference, so far as these parts are concerned in the birds under consideration, and that is, the Trochiii constitute one of those rare groups which lack the pair of sterno-tracheales muscles ; 1 carefully searched for them in several species of Humming-birds, but failed to find them, and am quite convinced they do not exist. If the reader will kindly turn to figure 33 of Plate XXIII. illustrating this memoir, he will find my drawing of the trachea of a Humming-bird, and in figure 35 the position it occupies in the thorax and neck with respect to the other organs. Indeed, in figures 35 and 36 I have drawn the bodies of a Humming-bird and a Swift, after having carefully removed the pectoral muscles aud sternum, iu order to show this very thing. A glance at these two figures will be sufficient to satisfy any one as to the remarkable difference they present. In the Humming- bird, we are struck at once by the position of the trachea ; the direct course of the left carotid, the enormous heart , and the fact that the low position of the liver conceals from our sight all the other viscera harboured in the abdominal cavity. Here, as in most birds, the right lobe of the liver is the larger of the two, which in the Humming-bird, as we see, curls round the apex of the heart (more so in T, platycercus), modelling itself to that extre- mity of it. Still more at variance, as compared with the Swift, is the digestive tract of a Humming-bird, for, so far as I am fami- liar with the morphology of the group, in none of them do I know of a species which possesses, as compared with the size of its intestines, so exceedingly small a stomach 1 This organ, together 29* 382 DK. E. AV. SHUFELDT’S MOEPHOLOQ-ICAL with the relatively large intestine, with, too, its bulbous cloaca, I have represented in figure 34. Swifts possess a stomach, both in position and general form, very much like the SwalloAvs, and, as Ave now know, nothing at all like the Trochili. True, neither Cypseli nor Trochili pos- sess intestinal cceca ; but does this mean anything when no other two organs in the bodies of these birds have any resemblance to each other whatever, so far as affinity is concerned P Look at them in the figures ; are there many birds in the Class more widely separated in this respect than these Swifts and Humming- birds ? Upon laying open the stomach of a specimen of Micropus melanoleucus, I found it packed full of insects ; but, what is more important, anatomically speaking, I discovered it to be lined Avith a tough, corneous, inner coat, which was lifted out entire, by simply using very gentle traction, with a pair of dissectiug- forceps. The stomach of the Humming-bird Avas also full of the tiniest Coleoptera imaginable, which were veiy interesting to study under a two-inch objective attached to my Beck’s binocular microscope, and I wondered as 1 did so Avhether all these tiny Hew-Mexicau beetles were known to science. • Apart from the fact, then, that Cypseli and Trochili agree in certain numerical and negative characters (“ a single carotid, and no caeca,” dangerous facts sometimes !), these birds are by no means related, so far as the organs we have just been inves- tigating are concerned. Having now passed in review the characters of a Passerine bird ( Ampelis cecborum), and gone very carefully over the osteology of certain Trogons, and even yet more thoroughly over the structure of many Gaprimulgi, SwalloAvs, Swifts, and Humming-birds, I believe, as my views have been slowly for- mulating during my painstaking dissections, that I am uoav in a position to reconsider what I have already published upon the classification of the Mackochibes, as well as to present the conclusions at which I have uoav arrived, aided as I have been by all this recent research. Before doing this, however, I desire to present in a few paragraphs the results of my investigations upon tAvo specimens of T. Calliope, nestlings only a day or two old, and for Avhich I am indebted to the generosity of Mr. F. Stephens, of San Bernardino, California, Avho sent them to me to be used in the present connection. One of these little fellows I dreAv, life-size, and it will be found figured on PI. XXIII. STUDIES OP THE MACROCHIRES. 383 fig. 32, which gives its external characters sufficiently well to obviate the necessity of a special description. Among the most interest- ing of these features is the wonderfully short beak in this nestling, as compared with the long slender one of the adult. Supplementary Notes on Cypseloides niger and Nyctidromus albicollis, var. Merrilli. As tin’s paper is passing through the press I am able to add a few words upon the structure of these two birds — the Black Swift and Merrill’s Parauque. This affords me particular satisfaction, for inasmuch as every species of American (i. e. United States) Swallow (seven in all) is anatomically described in this memoir, I can add that I have similarly examined and compared every species of Caprimulgine (except A. carolinensis) and Cypseline bird. I am indebted to my friend Professor Newton, E.B.S., of Cambridge, for the specimens of Cypseloides , which were collected for him on my behalf in Jamaica by Mr, G. A. Waddington. The specimens of Nyctidromus are from Texas, where they were procured on the lower Bio Grande by two of my collectors. Externally Cypseloides niger has a more Swallow-like appear- ance than either Micropus or Chcetura. This no doubt is due to the structure of the tail and feet, which have a more passerine appearance than is seen in M. melanoleucus , and still more so than in C. pelagica or C. Vaucei. Nevertheless Cypseloides is a Swift, with the pterylography of the order as given above. It also exhibits the peculiar black pigmentation on the palmar aspects of its pinions, although the skin there is not quite so dark as in other North- American Cypseli. The tarsal and pedal integuments are skinny, but plainly show a scutellate definition. The hind toe is somewhat elevated, though distinctly posterior in position. In general form the plucked body presents the appearance of the nude body of a Chcetura rather than of Micro- pus, which is more compressed in shape. Myologically, this Swift agrees with others already described, the patagial muscles, the muscles of the thigh, and thorax being almost identical with those of C. pelagica. Upon opening the abdominal cavity we find that in these parts also Cypseloides agrees with all true Swifts. The stomach is notably large, and only overlapped by the lobes of the liver above, in all these respects differing widely from the corre- sponding organs in any existing Humming-bird. 384 DR. R. W. SHUPELDt’s MORPHOLOGICAL In the anatomy of its air-passages, its heart and vascular system, this Black Swift is likewise typically Cypseline. Coming to the skeleton, 1 fiud Cypseloides in its osteology agrees in the main with the group of birds to which it naturally belongs ; that is, it is essentially a Swift so far as this part of its organization seems to indicate; nevertheless, in several particulars it has a skeleton nearer the Swallows than has either Micropus or Chcetura. It has, for instance, the interorbital septum much as we find it in the Hirundinidcc generally, and a large sesamoid at the elbow, as in Swallows. But, what is still more significant, it has the vacuities, one on each side of the posterior mid-end of the premaxillary above, just beyond the frontal region, filled in by a thin continuous layer of bone — agreeing in this particular respect with the Barn-Swallow ( C . erythrog aster). Cypseloides, moreover, has its external narial apertures more circumscribed, or, in other words, more as we find them in certain Hirundines (see figures 22 and 23, Plate XXI.). Having compared the skeleton of Nyctidromus albicollis var. Merrilli with the skeletons of the other Caprimulgine birds of the U.S. avifauna which I have described on former occasions, I fiud that it agrees more nearly with the American Whip-poor-will ( Antrostomus vociferus ) than with any other. Osteologically, however, it may be found to agree still more closely with the “ Chuck- will’s- widow ” (A. caroiinensis ), but as yet I have not had the opportunit}^ of comparing it with that bird. The entire order of the Caprihulgi stands much in need of thorough revision, and extensive researches into structure will be required before we can know much of the true relation- ships and proper classification. Iam convinced that, so far as the United-States forms of this group of birds are concerned, there are certainly two very well-defined subfamilies of the Capri- mulgidce. From what we know of their external characters, and from what I have shown of their widely different internal structures, these might readily be characterized as the sub- families Antrostomince and Cliordeilince — the former to contain the genera Antrostomus, Phalcenoptilus, aud Nyctidromus-, the latter the genus Chordeiles. We have but to compare the skull of Xuttall’s Poor-will (P. Nuttalli, Plate XX.) with the skull of Chordeiles acutipennis var. texensis (P. Z. S. 1885, pi. lix.) to be convinced of the wide differences which exist in this part of the skeleton in these tvro STUDIES OF THE MACROCHI EES. 385 very distinct kinds of Goatsuckers, and this, as we now know, is sustained by other parts of the structure of the birds in question. In this connection, however, I may add that I have recently examined a nearly adult specimen of Chordeiles virginianus, kindly procured for me by Dr. W. S. Strode of Bernadotte, Illinois. In this I find that the maxillo-palatines do not meet in the median line, but are pressed close against the sides of the vomer on each side. This latter bone is bifurcated behind, and into the fork the antero-median point of the palatines is wedged. The vomer comes well forward, anteriorly, where it is bluntly pointed and thicker than it is behind. It is only in the immature bird that these true relations can be studied, for in all species of this genus, as they attain to maturity, these several bones indis- tinguishably fuse, and present the appearance shown in the basal view of the skull of Chordeiles acutipennis var. texensis (P. Z . S. 1885, pi. lix. fig. 4), where, however, the vomer is not quite correctly indicated, for the lines designated by Vo go to the mesial fused portion of the palatines, and not to the vomer, which in that skull is co-ossified with the maxillo-palatines, and only its median line and anterior apex are seen. Anatomical Notes upon the Nestling Trochilus, a day or two old. First, I remove the delicate skin from the specimen’s head, and note that the ends of the hyoidean apparatus have not proceeded beyond the posterior area of the parietal region, and that, although the tongue is short, still it shows well the embryonic condition of the two glosso-hyoidean rods which become so long in the adult Humming-bird. The nasal hones lap rather high up on the frontal region, and mesially meet the backward-extending limb of the premaxillary for their entire borders, thus leaving no vacuity in this locality, as is to be seen in the postero-culmenar space of the superior aspect of the upper mandible in an adult Qypselus. In size, the lacrymal bones are exceeding small, and I am in- clined to think that were we able to define their sutural bounda- ries in the skull of the adult, we should find that they contribute but a meagre share to the wide expanse of bone in the pars plana of the mature Trochilus. At the base of the skull we note that the tiny palatines, the jugals, quadrato-jugals, and even pterygoids are now considerably ossified ; and that the latter elements are separated at their 386 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT’s MORPHOLOGICAL palatine heads quite as much in proportion as we find them in adult skulls. The premaxillary and mandible are also largely formed in bone, more especially their tips and backward-extending limbs. Removing the skin from the back, I carefully count the ver- tebrae of the column two or three times, distinguishing 35 seg- ments, from which we may judge that 3 vertebrae are incor- porated in the pygostyle of the adult. Without any difficulty whatever, and by the aid of a 2-inch objective, I clearly make out the arrangement of the muscles of the fore limb, and distinctly perceive the tendon into which the tensor patagii brevis is inserted. Even still better can be seen the muscles of the thigh, where the biceps seems to arise by a double head from the pelvis, but otherwise the myological for- mula here is the same as I stated it above for the adult Trochilus. The plantar tendons also confirm all that is recorded in a pre- ceding paragraph. Coming next to the sternum , I find that even at this tender age the posterior margin of the body of the bone is rounded and unnotched. Six costal ribs articulate, on either side, with a “ costal border.” At the side of the neck in this specimen the oesophagus was much distended by a small spider and two small beetles ; but I believe that this represents food that the little bird had not swallowed at the time of its death, and that naturally no enlarge- ment takes place in the oesophagus at the point in question. We note that the bifurcation of the trachea is situated fully halfway up the neck towards the throat in this nestling, so that if the upper moiety of the anterior cervical region happens to be covered with the finger at the time of microscopical examina- tion, one is momentarily impressed with the notion that the bird has two tracheae, so unusual is this arrangement in the Class Aves. Upon opening the thorax and abdomen, it disclosed the fact that the sterno-laterales muscles of the trachea are not present, and I am inclined to believe that Trochili do not possess them. Further, we find the heart is in about the same position and relative size as it is in the adult ; but the lobes of the liver are proportionately much smaller, so much so that we can easily examine the intestines and stomach below their hinder borders without disturbing them, which ishiot possible in the adult. On the other hand, the stomach is proportionately much larger STUDIES OE THE AIACROCHIRES. 387 in this nestling tlmn it is in the parent bird (to be of any use, it could scarcely be of a relative size), and in the present case was crammed full of insects. Conclusions. Before touching upon the real object of the present memoir as stated in its title, in these my final conclusions, I will briefly allude to what may be gathered from my investigations as set forth in the earlier sections of this paper, touching the morpho- logy of representatives of certain outlying groups to the Macro- chires. At the outset, believing it would be an advantage to pass in review the structure of a suitable and average Oscinine bird, I chose Ampelis cedrorum for reasons already fully stated ; and, in addition to the advantage of having its structural charac- ters before us in the present connection, my brief account of its anatomy, it is to be hoped, wall prove useful in other par- ticulars, more especially in throwing some light upon its own probable relations to the Clamatorial birds and the Hirun- dines. It is believed that the account tends to show that struc- turally Ampelis presents no special affinity with the Swallows, while in some respects it links the Mesomyodian birds with the Oscines, though nearly all its entire organization points to its more intimate relations with the latter group. Judging from osteological premisses alone, it is very evident that such forms as Trogon puella and T. mexicanus can claim no special relationship with the Trochili , while, on the other hand, I consider that their affinity with the Caprimulgi is also very remote. Further than this their kinship at present con- cerns us not, as it does not especially bear upon the work in hand ; nor, even were I so disposed, would I hazard an opinion in any such direction, until I had fully investigated the struc- 'ture of other birds specimens of which, up to the present time, it has not been my good fortune to possess, nor, in many instances, even to see. How much Cuckoo stock they possess in their economy is another point which can only be settled, if ever, by exhaustive researches into the anatomy of the more aberrant Cuculine types ; it is more probable that they, the Trogons, came up through some such tribe as the latter, than through any other with which I am acquainted. Still, and to hold this end of the thread for a moment longer, it is difficult to see any near relationship between such 388 DR. R. W. SHUPELDT’S MORPHOLOGICAL a Joird as Trogon puella and Geococcyx californianus for instance. Surely there must be a gap of no mean width when we come to push them in that direction. Not long ago I published (Proc. Zool. Soc. for 1887) some contributions to the anatomy of Geococcyx , wherein, in my conclusions, I pointed out what appeared to be the correct classification of the United States Cuckoos, supporting Garrod’s original suggestion of placing the true Cuckoos and Ground- Cuckoos in separate subfamilies. Still maintaining, as I do, this opinion, I am free to confess that I consider the subfamilies to be thus represented markedly distinct, to say the least of it. Por instance, bow close to such a bird as Coccyzus minor may Geococcyx be ? Notwithstanding the zygodactyle foot in the latter (a character sometimes of uncertain meaning), I have always entertained the notion that some day we may see an affinity between Geococcyx and the Da- celonince, as in Dacelo gigantea ; or, carrying it a little further, a certain kinship with the GaTbulidce, more particularly those which possess the two carotid arteries and the myological formula A . XT. But here, again, the proper material has never yet been at my disposal. Since the appearance of my first contribution to the present subject (P. Z. S. 1885), nothing has arisen in the course of my more extended researches which has in any way modified my original opinion in regard to the Caprimulgine birds, nor have I anything to add to what I have already stated in the body of the present memoir. They constitute the first group which I propose to remove from the old Order Picari^;, and for them I create a separate Order, the Caprimttlgi, first alluded to in my previous paper, to contain all the true Caprimulgine birds of the world, including such types as Steatornis, Podargus, ^Egotheles , Nyctidromus, Ny ctilnus, Psalurus, and others. These birds have their nearest kin in the Owls, and they have no special affinity with the Cypseli, much less with the Trochili. With our present knowledge of their structure, these Caprimul- gine forms may easily be relegated within this Order to their proper family and subfamily positions, and in a way, too, I think, that would meet the approval of all, as it would be based entirely upon the structural characteristics of the several and respective types, the best and only guide in such matters. Coming now to the PLirundmidce, I see in these fissirostral Oscinine Passeresa group of birds, which, although they still possess in their organization a majority of the structural characters of STUDIES or THE MACKOCHIEES. 389 the original Passerine stock, have long since deviated from the latter. They are true Passeres considerably modified, which modifications in several instances may be traced to the adoption of new habits, and are really physiological adaptations of structure. For instance, through ages of time they no doubt have gradually attained their increase of size in the gape, which enables them to take insect prey upon the wing with greater certainty and ease, and at the present time constitutes one of their best distiuctional characters. Whatever may be the physical principle involved that seems to demand a brevity of the brachium to suit their flight, we cer- tainly can now perceive that a proportional shortening of the humerus is going on. Their flight, however, is not of such a vigorous nature as yet to demand much increase in the size of their pectoral muscles, and the consequent deepening of the Carina of the sternum for their due attachment, nor the unnotched body of that bone to afford a more stable surface for the origin of those muscles. But with the present configuration of the coun- tries they inhabit, and where their food is now to be had in abundance, no doubt they will long retain their present habits, and consequently their present structural organization. Suppose, however, at some time in the world’s history, ages ago, there were certain large areas inhabited by the original Hirundine stock, sufficiently differentiated from the existing Passerine types, in which from some cause there was a diminished supply of natural food — the insects which they had been accustomed to take on the wing. This would at once seem to demand in the organi- zation of the Swallows an increased rapidity of flight, in order to secure for themselves and their young sufficient food during the course of the day. It would also lead, perhaps, to an increase in the size of the mouth, that this food might be captured with greater certainty. Further, they would probably be obliged to remain longer upon the wing. Continued for a sufficient length of time, such causes would be sure to work structural changes in the economy of these birds, and modifications would in con- sequence follow in their icing-structure, in the size and strength of their pectoral muscles, with an increase of the bony surface of the sternum, botli in body and carina, from which these latter muscles arise ; and finally, among certain other minor changes, we might find in consequence of the last-named requirement a suppression of parts in th e. feet and certain muscles of th e pelvic limb , as the owners would now rarely perch or walk. 390 DR. e. w. shufeldt’s morphological And this is the way, I suspect, that certain forms which we now see in our modern Swifts were differentiated from the early Hirundine stock. That this occurred early in the chapter of avian life-history, for the world is old, may be conjectured from the fact that Cypseli |are now quite cosmopolitan birds, and, moreover, have many representatives among them which present highly specialized organization. Even at the present time, however, ive yet have forms that structurally are nearer the Swallows than others of the same group. To instance this, yve have but to glance at two such birds as Micropus viela- noleucus aud Chcetura pelagica, in the first of which we still find the general Swallow-like form of the body, the average depth of the carina of the sternum, the non-pneumatic humerus, and other points, all of which are far more Cypseline in character in the latter bird. Clicctura , too, agreeing with other spine-tail Swifts, shows its greater fixedness of characters in the very structures which gives it its name, for the spines which terminate its rec- trices are useful to the bird, yet cau only have been developed through ages of time. When we come to examine the still more Swallow-like Swifts, Hemiprogne for example, and its allies, I am sure we shall meet with other points in their anatomy w'hich will lend support to this view of the origin of these types. In the present memoir I have, by extensive and careful com- parative investigations into structure, attempted to point out how entirely different these Swifts are from the Humming- birds, a group with which they have long been associated, to my mind upon very meagre claims. During the course of my present researches I have shown that Cypseli differ from Trochili, (1) in their habits ; (2) in their nidification ; (3) in the method of securing their food ; (4) in all their external characters, and markedly in their external form ; (5) in their pterylosis ; (0) fundamentally in their skeletons ; (7) every struc- ture in their heads is as widely at variance as an}r twro forms of birds in the Class ; (8) in their wing-structures ; (9) in their pelvic limbs ; (10) in their respiratory apparatus ; (11) in their visceral anatomy ; and (12) in their digestive system. These two groups have been associated together upon an entirely false system of classification, which assumed first, that they are alike in their wing-structure — a resemblance which I have shown to be purely superficial ; secondly, that they both have an unuotched sternum, although physiological law demands it, and when asso- ciated with an entire organization that widely differs from that STUDIES OE THE MACBOCHIBES 391 of another form which may happen to possess an nnnotclied sternum, it means nothing so far as affinity is concerned. This becomes the more evident when the sterna themselves are fashioned upon essentially different plans, as is the case in the Oypseli and Trochili. Truly related organizations never exhibit such an array of in- harmoniously associated sets of morphological characters. And it is to the detriment of comparative anatomy, and all we may hope to effect by it, to summon to our aid such characters as “ short- ness ” (in the case of the humeri), as “ presence ” or “ absence ” of parts (as intestinal csecse), and other matters of purely physical or arithmetical interest, unless there can be shown in connection therewith actual similarity in form and arrangement of parts. Now in my first memoir (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885) upon this subject, I proposed that in the Passeres the Cypseli should be placed next to the lJininclinicl.ee ; for convinced, as I was, of their relationship, I for the moment did not take into account the artificial boundary lines of orders, genera, and what not, demanded on the part of systematists, simply having in my mind (after working many weeks over their several structures) their affinities, and not how they really ought to figure in print. Evidently this will not do, and we must assign them some position in the system which they can occupy with propriety in ornithological works, even if it does a little violence to the delicate and intricate kinships, which the morphologist can so often see with his mind’s eye, but which sometimes look so startling in type. There is but one way at present open to us to effect this, and that is, all the true Swifts in the world must have a group or an order created for them, as the order Cypseli, which I now pro- pose for their reception. This Order, were it represented by a circle, would be found just outside the enormous Passerine circle, but tangent to a point in its periphery opposite the Swallows, which latter are to be found just over the line of the arc. Eor the Tkochili I have already proposed a separate order in a former communication, and am to-day more convinced than ever of the correctness of that proposal. The time may arrive when we shall see more clearly the rela- tionship to other groups of birds of these markedly modified and highly interesting little forms, but in the meantime a very great amount of painstaking dissections upou avian types will have to be successfully undertaken. Agreeing with the Psittaci in this 392 DR. R. W. SHITFELDt’s MORPHOLOGICAL particular, I am inclined to believe that the order Trochili will he found to he an unusually well-circumscribed oue, containing upwards of 500 species, to represent it. Since completing the main part of this paper, and especially since closing the list of acknowledgments at its commencement, I have received many kind letters relative to the work from fellow labourers in the same fields, and in some cases valuable material for comparison. Chief among these it gives me great pleasure to thank Professor W. K. Parker, E.R.S., for many timely hints upon avian rela- tionships, and for his ready encouragement of my work during the time it has been in progress. I am grateful, too, to Sir Edward Newton, C.M.Gf., formerly of the Colonial Office, of Kingston, Jamaica, for his efforts to secure me specimens of Hemiprogne zonatus ; to Lieut. Edgar A. Mearns, of the Medical Corps of the United States Army, for specimens of Humming-birds from Arizona ; to Mr. Robert Ridgway for having directed that the entire collection of birds in alcohol at the Smithsonian Institution should be gone over with the view of filling up gaps in my desiderata, although at that time it was found that no specimens in alcohol of the Macrochires were in the collections of that Institution ; and finally, to Mr. E. Stephens, of San Bernardino, California, for the loan of many valuable sterna of American Trochili, from his private collections. EXPLANATION OE THE PLATES. (All the figures in the Plates were drawn by the Author from the specimens.) Plate XVII. The pterylosis of Ampelis cedrorum. Fig. 1. a. Ventral aspect, b. Dorsal aspect. Considerably reduced. 2. Muscles of the patagium of the right wing in Ampelis cedrorum , seen upon the outer aspect, and X 2. tp. I, tensor patagii longus; tp. b , tensor patagii brevis ; dt. p, dermo-tensor patagii ; d, deltoid ; t, triceps ; b, biceps ; e. m. r. I, extensor metacarpi radialis longus ; h, humerus; n, ulna. 3. Right lateral view of the skull of Tyrannies verticalis, J ; life-size. I, the free lacrymal bone. 4. Same view of the skull of Ampelis cedrorum, maj. lat. 2\ millim. Hab. Hongkong. This species somewhat resembles an elongated form of the British P. nebula , hut is considerably larger, and distinguishable by a very long and turreted spire. The shell is apparently smooth, and the very fine spiral striae can only be seen through a lens. The longitudinal ribs are rounded and smooth. Only one perfect specimen was brought by Dr. Huugerford from Hongkong. Oliva BGlowi, sp. nov. (PI. XXY. fig. 3.) Testa subcylindraceo-fusiformis, lutea, obscure griseo nebulata, antice conspicue rufo-fusco flammata; spira acuminata; anfractus 7; planato declives, griseo-fusco obscure fasciati, sutura canaliculata sejuncti ; anfractus ultimus supra medium obscure angulatus, infra medium flam mis rufo-fuscis obliquis peculiariter pictus ; columella rectiuscula, 7-plicata, basi contorta, albo callosa, unisulcata ; apertura modica, antice paulo latior, intus albida ; labrum fere rectum, leviter complanatum. Long. 32, maj. diam. 13 millim. Hab. New Britain. This shell resembles 0. emicator (Meusch.) in form, but the colouring is very peculiar and characteristic, with conspicuous reddish-brown flames only on the lower part of the body-whorl. The type specimen is in the collection of Mr. Carl Biilow in Berlin, and is the largest I have seen ; the smallest is about 20 millim., and the average length is about 26 millim. Mitra eormosensis, sp. nov. (PI. XXY. figs. 4, 5.) Testa fusiformis, fusca, albo-fasciata ; spira elongata, acuta; anfractus 1 1, leviter convexi, sutura impressa sejuncti, albo unifasciati, primi 8-9 longitudinaliter costellati, spiraliter multisulcati, deinde spiraliter striati, haud costellati ; anfractus ultimus spiram subsequans, rotunde con- LINN. JOHRN. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XX. 30 396 ME. G. B. SOWEEBY ON vexus, fascia alba supra et infra medium ornatus, infra medium valde contractus, in cauda brevi desinens, spiraliter liratus ; columella quinque- plicata; apertura intus albida ; labrum crassiusculum, lseve, nigro-fusco limbatum. Long. 50, maj. diam. 16 millim. ; apert. long. 24, lat. 4^ millim. Sab. Island of Formosa. A species belonging to the “ Turricala ” section, somewhat resembling M. caffra, but with the whorls more rounded and the body-whorl much shorter in proportion to the spire, rounded in the middle and contracted at the base. Three specimens from the Island of Formosa, all similarly marked, and differiug but little in form. Mitea eecueya, sp. nov. (PI. XXY. fig. 7.) Testa fusiformis, alba, fusco-maculata; spira acutissima, mucronata, subgradata ; anfractus 10, superne angulati, deinde levissime convexi, longitudinaliter costati ; costis numerosis, lsevigatis, rotundatis, adangulum tuberculatis, interstitiis transversim sulcatis ; anfractus ultimus spiram leviter superans, infra medium multo et abrupte attenuatus, in cauda recurvata desinens ; columella sinuosa, quinque-plicata, superne tuberculo albo rotundato munita ; apertura longa, antice angustata, intus fusco- maculata ; labrum arcuatum, tenue, pellucidum. Long. 16, maj. diam. 6 millim. Sab. Mauritius (V. de Robillard). A very pretty little species, with a prolonged recurved canal. The longitudinal ribs are neatly tubercled at the suture, the interstices transversely grooved, and the turreted spire produced and attenuated towards the apex. The brown blotches are for the most part arranged in two zones above and below the middle of the body-whorl. Mitea Smithi, sp. nov. (PI. XXY. fig. 6.) Testa elongato-fusiformis, albida, fulvo fuscoque sparsim fasciata et maculata ; spira acutissima, mucronata, subgradata ; anfractus 1 1 , con- vexiusculi, longitudinaliter costellati ; eostellis numerosissimis, angustis, confei’tis, rotundatis, lsevigatis, juxta suturam tuberculatis, insterstitiis baud striatis ; anfractus ultimus spiram sequans, supra et infra fascia pallide fulva fusco maculata picta, zona media albida, infra medium attenuatus, spiraliter suleatus et grauulatus, in cauda recurvata desinens ; columella leviter sinuosa, triplicata, plicis crassiusculis ; apertura longa, angusta. Long. 16, maj. diam. 5 millim. Hab. Mauritius (V. de Robillard). Another elegant little species, in several respects similar to the last, but much narrower and more cylindrical in form ; the ribs NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS. 397 much closer, and the interstices not grooved. The colouring and form of the apex, as well as of the canal, are curiously similar, as also the beading at the top of the ribs. Oyulum (Birostra) Havnest, sp. nov. (PI. XXV. figs. 1, 2.) Testa elongata, angustata, albida, polita, utrinque rostrata, postice attenuata, antice subtruncato-acuminata, extremitatibus acutiusculis, lateribus leviter convexis ; apertura medio angustissima, postice paulo latior, antice dilatata ; columella convexa, nitidissima, labrum incrassatum, leviter sinuosum. Long. 34, maj. diam. 7 millim. ; apert. maj. lat. 2j, min. vix 1 millim. Hob. Exmouth Gulf, W. Australia (./. H. Haynes). A graceful species allied to O. Ph ilippin a rum, but larger and differing in form. The specimens are nearly white, being found attached to a very handsome white species of Melitodes , which is also probably new to science, and of which Mr. Haynes collected several specimens in the above-named locality, one of which he presented to the Natural History Museum at South Kensington. The colour of Ovulum is probably determined by that of the place of attachment, as is the case with several well-known species which occur on West-Indian Grorgoniae, so that should specimens be fouud attached to Melitodes ochracea (of which Mr. Haynes found several in the same locality) they would probably be of an orange colour. Hitherto, however, they have only been found on the white species. Trochus (Infundibulum) baccatus, sp. nov. (PI. XXV. figs. 8, 9.) Testa breviter conica, late umbilicata, luteo-albida, nigro fuscoque punctata ; anfractus 6, convexiusculi, spiraliter striati et granulis gem- muliformibus nigro-fuscis, fulvis et albidis quinqueseriatim dispositis instructi ; anfractus ultimus ad peripheriam augulatus, infra planato- convexus, liris 6, angustis, parum elevatis, fusco articulatis ornatus ; apertura obliqua; columella oblique rectiuscula. Alt. 12, maj. diam. 14 millim. Hab. Mauritius. A pretty little species, regularly and exquisitely spotted and beaded. Thalotia Wilkie, sp. nov. (PI. XXV. figs. 10, 11.) Testa conica, data, grisea, albo fuscoque maculata et strigata; apice fusco ; anfractus 7, planato-declives, ad suturam undulatim angulati, spiraliter multi-lirati, liris rugosis, hie illic irregulariter nodulosis; an- fractus ultimus inferne angulatus ad basin levissime convexus, angus- 30* 398 MR. Q. B. SOWERBT ON tissime umbilicatus, spiraliter liratus, liris 8 (lira minima interveniente) rugosiusculis ; columella leviter sinuata, laevigata ; apertura subquadrata, intus argentea. Alt. 19, maj. diam. 15 millim. A single specimen, locality unknown. Amathina imbricata, sp. noy. (PL XXV. figs. 12, 13.) Testa elongato-subtrigona, insequilatera, sordide alba, utrinque angulata, postice incurvata ; dorso leviter concavo, laminis rugosis transversis partim tubulosis sculpto, margine sinistrali bicarinato, dextrali unicarinato, lateribus corrugatis, dextra concava, sinistra planulata ; apice minutissimo ; apertura oblonga, antice quadrata, postice rotundata. Long 13, maj. diam. 7, maj. alt. 5 millim. Sab. Mauritius. This species differs from the type (. Amathina tricarinata) in several particulars. Of the three keels, two are close together on the left dorsal margin, and the broad space between these and the right keel is curiously laminated and corrugated. A single specimen of this interesting shell has been sent me from Mauritius by M. V. de Hobillard. Cochlostyla (Axina) Gtloynei, sp. nov. (PI. XXV. figs. 16, 17.) Testa globoso-depressa, imperforata, solidiuscula, nigro-fusca, ad apicem pallida, epidermide albida hydrophana, in strigis obliquis et fasciis trans- versis dispositis pulcherrime ornata ; spira convexa, apice obtusa ; an- fractus 6, convexiusculi, lente accrescentes, oblique striati, sutura impressa sejuneti ; anfractus ultimus subinflatus ad peripheriam obscurissime angulatus, superne et inferne convexus ; columella brevissima, albida, oblique recta ; apertura parviuscula, transverse oblonga, leviter arcuata, ubique subsequaliter lata, intus purpurea ; labrum arcuatum, tenuiter reflexum, leviter complanatum, purpureum, fusco limbatum. Maj. diam. 33, alt. 24 millim. ; apert. long. 15, lat. 6 millim. Sab. Philippine Islands. A single specimen, in perfect condition, of this interesting shell is in the collection of Mr. C. P. Gfloyne. The whitish diaphanous epidermis in oblique streaks and transverse bands relieves the plain dark-brown colour of the shell; which, though not particularly remarkable in form, differs considerably from its congeners. Orthalictts MaoAndrewi:, sp. nov. (PI. XXV. fig. 18.) Testa elongata, griseo-fulva, fusco zonata et strigata, hie illic nigro radiata ; apice obtusiuscula, griseo-lilacea; anfractus 8f, regulariter accrescentes, convexiusculi, longitudinaliter leviter striati, sutura impressa NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS. 399 sejuncti, lineis 3 vix conspicuis fusco alboque articulatis (in anfr. post- penult. evanidis) spiraliter notati ; anfraetus ultimus spiram subsequans, rotunde convexus, zona supra griseo-fulva, media et infra fusca ; columella fere recta, tenuicula, intus griseo-lilacea, extus nigra ; apertura semiovalis, intus lilacea ; peristoma simplex, haud reflexum, vix inerassatum, nigro limbatum, margine columellari callo nigro late interne suffuso induto. Long. 70, maj. diam. 30 millim. ; apert. long. 28, maj. lat. 16 millim. Sab. Santiago cle Cou, Peru. This species, of which I have only seen a single specimen, is similar in form to O. Bensoni, but it has no spiral sculpture and the colouring consists principally of light brown zones with a few longitudinal streaks of brown and black ; the articulated painting is very slight, and is only to be seen on the upper whorls. Pectttnctjltts crebrelirattts, sp. nov. (PI. XXV. fig. 20.) Testa transverse ovata, crassa, subsequilateralis, albida, fusco hie illic sparsim maculata et fasciata, costis circ. 30, parum elevatis, et liris numerosissimis angustissimis radiata, striis concentricis cancellata, minu- tissime granulata ; umbones prominentes ; area ligamenti recta angustius- cula, mediocriter longa ; latere antico rotunde arcuato, postico angulato ; mar go dorsalis posticus declivis ; cardine arcuato, dentibus numerosis divergentibus instructo, pagina interne alba, postice fusco tincta. Long. 35, umbonis rnarg. 31 millim. Sab. Moreton Bay, Australia. Besembling Pectunculus angulatus in form, but quite differently sculptured. It is densely radiately ridged throughout and sculptured with minute transverse striae, which give a rough granular character to the surface. The epidermis remaining on the margin of the shell is velvety. Crassatella japonica, sp. nov. (PI. XXV. fig. 19.) Testa ovato-trigona, crassa, insequilateralis, fulva, fusco radiata, con- centrice irregulariter striata ; umbones acuti, approximati ; area dorsalis utrinque mediocriter excavata ; latere antico rotunde arcuato, postico bi- angulato ; margo dorsalis posticus recto-declivis ; pagina interna carnea, impressiones musculares fulvo imbutse. Long. 32, umbonis marg. 2 7 millim. Sab. Japau. A very distinct species, though presenting no very prominent characters. The style of radiation is common to many of the Crassatellce, but the rough irregular striation in place of the ordinary concentric grooves is peculiar. 400 MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON Clayagella minima, sp. nov. (PI. XXV. figs. 21, 22.) Testa parva, alba ; tuba longitudinaliter compressa, apertura leviter reflexa, baud fimbriata ; valva dextra lata, planulata, extus concentrice irregulariter rugata, intus argentea, margo dorsalis fere rectus, ventralis valde arcuatus. Valvse, umbonis marg. 7, antero-post. lOmillim. Hob. Mauritius (V. de Bobillard). This small Mauritian species is certainly distinct from the Maltese C. aperta, but it is impossible to say whether the speci- mens are full-grown or not. I have seen four specimens differing but little in size, two of which are in the National Collection at South Kensington. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXV. Fig. 1,2. Ovulum Haynesi, p. 397. 3. Oliva Bulowi, p. 395. 4, 5. Mitra formosensis, p. 395. 6. Smithi, p. 396. 7. reeurva, p. 396. 8, 9. Trochus baccatus, p. 397. 10, 11. Thalotia Wiliam, p. 397. 12, 13. Amathina imbricata, p. 398. 14, 15. Pleurotoma Briones, p. 395. Fig. 16, 17. Cochlostyla Gloynei, p. 398. 18. Orthalicus MacAndrewi, p. 398. 19. Crassatetta japonica, p. 399. 20. Pectunculus crebrelira- tus, p. 399. 21, 22. Clavagella minima, p. 400. On some unrecorded Parasitic Acari found in Great Britain. By A. D. Michael, F.L.S., P.Z.S., F.K.M.S. [Read 7tk February, 1889.] (Plate XXVI.) I spent the summer of 1888 in Derbyshire, near Chatsworth : the cold and wet season, however, rendered ordinary open-air collecting very fruitless ; I therefore took the opportunity of ob- taining all the wild mammals which I could obtain alive, or imme- diately after death, with a view to see whether I could find any unknown forms of parasitic Acari. My search was rewarded by finding the three species recorded in this paper, which, I believe, were not previously known. The Myocoptes adds another to this curious genus, which was founded by Claparede, and of which there was only one species known previously ; both are parasites of the mouse and rat tribe ; they are strictly ecto- SOME PARASITIC ACARI. 401 parasitic, living among the hairs, and they are furnished with the most remarkable apparatus for holding these hairs, to which the females of the present species cling so tenaciously that the grasp is often not relaxed even in death. The species now described is very much smaller than that previously known. The second species is a Symbiotes, one of the Sarcoptidse, and is a parasite of the hedgehog. I regret that I was not able to find the male of this species ; but I only had one hedgehog, the parasites were extremely few upon it, and these few were most difficult to catch, running up and down the quills of the hedge- hog and about between them with great rapidity. The third species, which is very minute, does not appear to fit satisfactorily into any known genus ; I have therefore been forced to institute a genus, “ G-oniomerus ,” for it ; the species will of course serve as a type for the genus ; it would be too soon to attempt to define the latter accurately in any other manner, particularly as the present species is so extremely minute as to render detailed observations of it most difficult. Myocoptes tenax, n. sp. (PI. XXVI. figs. 1-7.) Male. Female. mm. mm. Length about T5 '20 to '27 Breadth about T1 TO Length of 1st and 2nd legs, without the claws, about ‘06 '06 Length of claw of 2nd leg '08 '02 Length of 3rd leg, without claw '04 '04 Length of claw of 3rd leg '03 '02 The colour and texture in both sexes is very similar to that of the only other known species of the genus, viz. M. musculinus, except as mentioned below. Male. — Diamond-shaped, the division between the cephalothorax and abdomen well marked by a nearly straight transverse line, the body being slightly constricted at this point. Outline of cephalothorax slightly and irregularly undulated ; that of the abdomen on each side convex anteriorly, then concave, and again convex posteriorly. The abdomen is not divided posteriorly into two pointed projections as in M. musculinus , but comes to a single central bluutish point. On each side of this point is a square projection, from each of the two outer corners of which springs a very long and powerful hair. Thus there are two pairs of these 402 MR. A. H. MICHAEL ON hairs instead of one pair, as in M. musculinus. These hairs are nearly as long as the whole length of the body ; both pairs curve upwards at first, and then run backward and outward ; but the pair near the centre are much the straigbter. There are two other much smaller hairs springing from each of the square pro- jections. There are two large hairs on each side of the body, one a little in front of, and one a little behind, the constriction between cephalothorax and abdomen ; the hinder is considerably the larger. There is a pair of large hairs on the dorsum of the cephalothorax, and several smaller pairs on that of the abdomen. The claws of the first two pairs of legs are extremely long, very slightly curved, and rod-like. The legs of the fourth pair, although of the same general form as in M. musculinus, are very much smaller in pro- portion, they do not project behind the body, and are scarcely thicker than those of the first and second pairs ; they are much shorter and narrower than those of the third pair, which extend considerably further back than the body. Each tarsus of the fourth pair bears a long flexible hair and a short stout spike still nearer to the tip. On the inside of the flattened claw of each third leg, at the proximal end of the claw, is a curved chitiuous process projecting inward, and a similar process is found on the preceding joint. There are several pairs of long hairs on the ventral surface, and a pair of stout spines behind the penis. The Female. — The female differs from M. musculinus more than the male does. The abdomen of the present species is almost cylindrical, although somewhat flattened dorso-ventrally ; it is slightly smaller at the ends than in the middle, but is without the highly flattened form and the lateral angular projections found in the other species. The whole abdomen is covered by strong, slightly irregular transverse wrinkles or ridges ; these are slightly rough, but are not set with the well-marked and regular points found on those of the female of M. musculinus. The length of the abdomen varies greatly in different specimens, or more pro- bably in the same specimens at different times : there is usually one egg matured at a time, and as it is very long, it probably elongates the extensile abdomen as it grows, and other circum- stances will probably produce temporary variations in the length of the abdomen. The variation in the length of the female noticed in the measurements arises almost entirely from the abdomen. The creature usually holds the hair of the mouse with the third and fourth claws, and keeps the rostrum sharply inclined down- SOME PARASITIC ACARI. 403 ward, while the abdomen is somewhat raised ; thus the creature has the appearance of possessing caput, thorax, and abdomen. The abdomen has two very long hairs at its hinder end, and there are two smaller, but still large, hairs on the lateral edge between the second and third legs ; and two on the cephalothorax, as iu the other species, besides two sparse longitudinal rows of smaller hairs on both divisions of the body. The first and second legs are like those of the male, but the claws are shorter. The third and fourth legs resemble the third pair of the male, but the claws again are shorter, but, on the other hand, they are broader. These great holding-claws in this species are much wider iu pro- portion than those of M. musculinus ; indeed, their breadth is very remarkable. On the ventral surface the epimera of the first pair of legs join in the median line and are prolonged by a short sternum (so-called) ; those of the second pair of legs are forked at their distal ends. Posterior to these, and almost touching those of the third pair, are two conspicuous chitinous pieces of rather more than half-a-circle shape with their outer corners slightly prolonged ; the chitinous pieces protect the vulva, which lies between the third and fourth pairs of legs. The Nympli. — The nymph is very similar in form to the male, but without the square posterior projections ; there is only one pair of large bairs posteriorly. The fourth pair of legs are similar to the third, as in the female. The constriction between cephalo- thorax and abdomen is very marked. Neither pair of legs are nearly so long as the third pair of the male. The Larva. — Almost diamond-shaped ; of course there are not any fourth legs, but the third pair are placed near the posterior end of the body, giving a very singular appearance. Otherwise the larva resembles the nymph. Both differ considerably from those of M. musculinus. Habitat. Parasitic upon the field-vole ( Arvicola agrestis). Symbiotes tripilis, n. sp. (PL XXVI. fig. 8.) Female. mm. Length about -33 Breadth about '26 Length of legs : 1st and 2nd pairs about T5 3rd pair about 06 4th pair about -03 Length of longest hair on 3rd tarsus about ‘70 on hind margin of body about ’40 404 ME. A. D. MICHAEL OH This species is closely allied to tlie Chorioptes setiferus, var. hyence of Megnin ; there are, however, well-marked specific dif- ferences. I have adopted G-erlach’s name of Symbiotes for the genus in preference to Gervais’s name of Chorioptes , which Megnin has employed, because Gerlach’s is the earlier, and Megnin appears to have used Chorioptes under a misapprehension. Megnin says that Gerlach’s name has priority, but he says that it fails because Redtenbacher had already called a genus of Coleoptera by that title ; this, however, seems to he an error. Gerlach’s name was published in his monograph in 1857, whereas Redtenbacher’s genus was in his £ Rauna Austrise’ in 1858; it is therefore the latter genus which fails, not Gerlach’s. I have, unfortunately, not been able to obtain the adult male. Female. — Body irregularly pentagonal, broadly truncated pos- teriorly ; considerably wider anteriorly than posteriorly ; anus projecting from the hind margin. Body almost white, semitrans- parent ; rostrum, epimera, and legs strongly chitinized and brown. Birst and second pairs of legs thick and strong ; the tarsus of each of these legs has a strong hair or rod springing from its upper surface in the median line ; this hair is of almost equal thickness throughout, and ends quite bluntly, it stands upward and is considerably longer than the tarsus. These tarsi are ter- minated, as usual, by suckers. The epimera of these two legs nearly join at their posterior ends. The third pair of legs are much smaller, not above half the length ; they are terminated by three very long hairs of unequal lengths, the longest is more than twice the length of the body. The fourth legs resemble the third, but are so small as to appear quite rudimentary ; they are not above half the length of the third pair, they also are terminated by three long hairs, but these are small and short compared with those on the third pair. The body bears two pairs of very long hairs on the hind margin, the outer hair of each pair is considerably longer than the inner, the outer hair is longer than the body. The vulva is a rounded median depression, towards which the striae of the skin run from all sides, as in S. setiferus. The Nymph. — Resembles the adult female, but, of course, is smaller and less chitinized. Habitat. I found the species upon the hedgehog ( Frinaceus europceus). It is very active, running up and down the spines of the hedgehog with great rapidity. SOME PARASITIC ACARI. 405 GfotSTIOMERUS* MUSCUL1NUS, 1IOY. gen. et sp. (PI. XXVI. fig. 9.) mm. Length about ‘155 Breadth about '105 Length of legs (all pairs) about '035 Colour. — Semitransparent white. Texture. — Much that of the ordinary Sarcoptidse, i. e. smooth and leathery, not polished. The skin is marked more or less with excessively fine wrinkles or striations, so fine that they are very difficult to see. Form Sfc. — Body almost oblong, but somewhat narrower poste- riorly than anteriorly ; there is not any clear demarcation between cephalothorax and abdomen. The rostrum projects, but is bluntish; a pair of mandibles may sometimes be seen projecting from the mouth-opening. The rostrum bears a pair of fine hairs. The body is much compressed dorso-ventrally, and is divided into four lobes on each side, the hind lobe showing a slight tendency to be bifid. On the posterior margin there is a slight indenta- tion above the anus, which is almost terminal, but slightly on the ventral surface. Prom the hind margin spring a pair of long hairs directed backward, they are fully two thirds of the length of the body ; immediately below them are another pair of similar hairs proceeding from lobes on the ventral surface ; as this under pair is entirely concealed by the upper pair, when viewed from above, it is not shown in the figure. The legs are short, and are the great peculiarity of the creature; they are all alike and all directed forward, the fourth pair usually more so than is shown in the figure, where they are spread out. They consist of five joints ; the femur is very large and singular in shape, it projects beyond the body and bends suddenly at rather less than a right angle, so as to form an advancing corner which completely alters the direction of the leg. The more distal joints become gradually smaller ; the tarsus is terminated by a small claw, smaller in pro- portion than can be shown in a drawing the size of fig. 9, and there is another small chitinous projection close to it which may be regarded as a mere peg or a second claw ; I am inclined to look on it in the former light. There are hairs on the underside of each joint of the leg and one or more on the upperside of * yw via, an angle; /xjjpos, the thigh. 406 PROF. B. T. LOWNE OFT THE each tarsus, besides a few others. The penis is placed on the ventral surface in the median line between the hinder part of the coxte of the third legs ; the vulva between those of the second legs. I found the creature on the surface of, or very slightly buried in, a depression of the skin lining the inner side of the external ear of the short-tailed, field-vole ( Arvicola agrestis ). I believe it to be unrecorded, and propose to call it “ Goniomerus musculinus DESCRIPTION OP PLATE XXVI. Fig. 1. Myocoptes tenax , $ . Dorsal aspect. X 175. Drawn specimen with long abdomen. from a 2. ff if if Ventral aspect. X 175. Drawn specimen with short abdomen. from a 3. if if if From the side. X 175. Natural position, holding the hairs of the mouse. 4. ff f? <$ • Dorsal aspect. X 175. 5. „ » ff Ventral aspect. X 175. 6. ,, „ nymph. Dorsal aspect. 7. » $• 3rd leg, seen from the inner side. X 350. 8. Symbiotes tripilis, . Ventral aspect. X 130. 9. Goniomerus musculinus, J . Dorsal aspect. X 175. (There is another pair of long hairs on the hind margin, below and hidden by the pair shown.) On the Structure of the Retina of the Blowfly ( CallipJiora ery- fhrocephala). By Benjamin Thompson Lowne, R.R.C.S., F.L.S., Hunterian Professor of Comparative Anatomy in the Royal College of Surgeons. [Read 21st February, 1889.] (Plate XXVII.) In 1S84 I had the honour of reading a paper before this Society on the compound vision and morphology of the eye in insects, which was published in the second volume of the new series of ‘ Transactions.’ That paper received at the time much adverse criticism, and Dr. Hickson published a memoir in the £ Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science,’ in which he convinced himself that he had completely refuted my observations. RETINA OF THE BLOWFLY. 407 .From that day to this I have continued to work at the subject, and I now venture to bring before this Society evidence which I think can hardly fail to convince even the most sceptical of my opponents. Although I never had any doubt of the correctness of my figures or descriptions, I felt it incumbent upon me to produce preparations which would admit of no double interpre- tation, but which would appeal at once to the eyes of those who are only partially acquainted with the histology of the vertebrate retina. At the time I published my former paper I felt so certain that the views I held would receive a ready acceptance, that I did not, perhaps, enter sufficiently into minute details, and left many points to be investigated by other workers. I have since examined every structure in the greatest detail, and have much to add with regard to the developmental history of the compound eye. The retinal rods, which I figured correctly in my former paper, correspond with the periopticon of Dr. Hickson, except that his figures show that every vestige of nerve-structure and nerve- terminal organs had been completely destroyed in his prepara- tions, leaving nothing but the skeletal framework with the tracheal vessels, which he has delineated most carefully and correctly. He states that my paper and investigations were unnecessary, owing to the unanimity of previous investigators : none, however, agree in any detail with Dr. Hickson, nor, so far as I am able to judge, to any considerable extent with each other. Putting aside for the moment the earlier observers, the so- called periopticon of Hickson has only been described in detail by Berger, Carriere, Ciaccio, Viallanes, Hickson, and myself. To show how far these observers agree with each other and with the older writers, I will quote a few sentences from Dr. Hickson’s paper. He says : — “ Previous to the publication of Berger’s paper the optic tract of insects had been briefly described and names given to the various regions. Thus Weismann called the opticon and epiopti- con the ‘ bulbus,’ the region where the optic fibrils decussate the ‘ Stiel,’ and the periopticon the ‘Augenscheibe ’ ” ( l . c. page 27). Even the most cursory acquaintance with the work of the Herman naturalist would have shown Dr. Hickson that this is an egregious misstatement of Dr. Weismaun’s nomenclature. 408 PEOE. B. T. LOWNE ON THE Weismann’s ‘ Stiel ’ was the optic nerve, and his 1 Augenscheibe ’ the structure from which the dioptron is developed. I shall have later to give Dr. Weismann’s views more fully. Dr. Hickson continues (page 27) : — “ Since Berger’s paper appeared Carriere has described the periopticon as ‘ a layer of long palisade-sbaped cells, the number of which corresponds with the eye units; every one of these palisade cells possesses an oblong nucleus at its foremost, somewhat broader, end.’ My researches show that this description is quite inaccurate. The elements of the periop- ticon are not cells, and the large oval nucleus situated in each element does not exist ; nerve-cells, when they exist in the region of the periopticon in Muscct, lie between the elements and not in them, as my figures show.” These statements and others show that Dr. Hickson and Carriere do not agree. With regard to the nuclei described by Carriere, they undoubtedly exist, but not, as Carriere thought, within the palisades, but externally to them, immediately beneath their in- vesting sheath. Dr. Hickson is right when he says these bodies are not cells, they are developed from cells, and each consists of a bundle of fusiform rods. With regard to the terminations of the optic nerve, Carriere distinctly traced the nerve-fibres into the pali- sades ; Dr. Hickson says they go round them. I trace them directly into the fusiform rods which form the palisades. The structures seen and correctly figured by Dr. Hickson are tracheal vessels. Carriere supposed the nerve-fibres to pass out at the superficial end of the palisades and to perforate the basilar membrane ; from this I entirely dissent. In support of this view Carriere has figured, quite diagrammatically, what I believe is a tracheal vessel seen behind the fusiform body. Carriere also saw the highly re- fractive outer ends of the rods, or, rather, that part which is con- nected with their inner portion, and says, “ in JSLusca vomitoria one sees in every cell a cylindrical axis.” Dr. Hickson entirely put himself in the wrong in describing the nervous elements as between the palisades ; bis nervous elements are undoubtedly fine tracheal tubes. Dr. Hickson’s figures accurately represent the nerve-sheaths and tracheae as well as the supporting neuroglia, but no vestige of nerve or nerve-end organs appears in them. A careful examination of his own figures at once leads to a dissent from all his statements, which are as inaccurate as his figures are accurate. I cannot understand how so good an observer could have been so misled. BETIUTA OF THE BLOWFLY. 409 Berger and Yiallanes trace the optic-nerve fibres through a series of small round cells, very conspicuous in the outer half of my retina, Hickson’s periopticon. Hickson regards these cells as of quite secondary import. They clearly belong to the sup- porting tissue and are external to the sheaths of tbe retinal elements, which are continuous with the perineurium of the optic nerve. Dr. Hickson and Dr. Grenadier suppose the sheathing cells of the great rods, retinulse of Grenadier, to be the nerve-terminals; and more recently Platten pretends that the optic nerve ter- minates in the crystalline cone. There is therefore no unanimity amongst previous writers, especially in matters of detail ; as it is impossible that they can all be right, it is quite possible, as I assert, that they are all wrong. Dr. Hickson’s neurospongium, or terminal anastomosis, which is inadmissible on physiological grounds, is no nerve-plexus at all, but the tracheal plexus and the sustentacular framework of my retina. It is exceedingly difficult to prepare sections which show the true retinal end-organs. This difficulty arises from the fact that the chloroform and alcohol used in the process of imbedding dissolve the fatty matters from the nerves, and the external extremities of my retinal rods are completely dissolved or dis- integrated by the action of aqueous media. I have, however, on many occasions succeeded in obtaining sections in which both the inner and outer extremities of the retinal rods, as well as the nerves, remain more or less unaltered. Another difficulty arises from the extreme transparency of these structures in very thin sections, and from the fact that they cannot be stained by any of the stains used in such researches ; the outer ends of the rods are not affected by strong solutions of aniline dyes, except vesuvin #. In thicker sections the numerous round cells between the retinal nerve-end organs, which are not connected with nerves, but with the sustentacular framework, entirely conceal the outer ends of the rods. There are two methods which give good results ; in both the tissues must be fixed either with osmic acid and absolute alcohol * The best demonstration of these organs is obtained by staining with a solution of vesuvin in aniline water. The solution must be quite freshly made, and unfortunately such preparations fade rapidly when mounted in balsam. 410 PROF. B. T. LOWNE ON THE or in absolute alcohol, and imbedded in paraffin without the use of ether or turpentine. Very thin sections are then cut and fixed on the slide with shellac and kreosote. The cement must be thoroughly dried in the oven at the melting-point of the paraffin used, and on no account at a higher temperature. The paraffin is next removed by turpentine. The slide is then wdped on its bach and edges, and flooded with pure spirit, which is drained oft, and immediately afterwards flooded with 75 per cent, alcohol and rapidly drained ; Erhlich’s logwood solution is then poured on the slide and washed off after a few minutes or longer by agitating the slide for a few moments in water, and it is again flooded with 75 per cent, alcohol. The washing is the most dangerous process, as if the specimens are kept too long in water the outer ends of the retinal rods will be entirely dissolved. Instead of Erhlich’s logwood a solution of vesuvin in water may be used ; it stains the retinal-end organs better than any of the aniline dyes. Saffranine in 50 per cent, alcohol, or a solution of fuchsine or eosine, may be used for staining, and the washings done with spirit, the results of which are often satisfactory. Spider’s purple gives excellent results, but the specimens are not permanent. The specimen, after flooding with 75 per cent, alcohol, is treated with pure alcohol, rapidly drained and cleared with clove- oil and mounted in balsam. Or, after the first washing in water, the specimen may be mounted in glycerine, gradually adding stronger and stronger glycerine and water, and draining after each addition. I have found that with aniline dyes a very dilute solution of sodium carbonate, '5 per cent., or aniline water is not inadmissible for washing out the excess of the stain. Glycerine mounts, when successful, show the outer ends of the rods, either vacuolated or frequently partially dissolved, more plainly than balsam mounts. The balsam mounts need very careful illumination, otherwise it is impossible to see the outer ends of the rods. If we trace the optic nerve, we observe that its fibres rim in larger or smaller bundles, invested in a very transparent sheath, or perineurium. They terminate in the palisade layer by entering the fusiform elements. The sheath is continued over the fusiform elements, and terminates on the inner surface of the basilar mem- brane. The tracheal vessels accompany the bundles of optic nerve-fibres, outside their sheath, and continue between the pali- BETINA OP THE BLOWFLY. 411 sades, and ultimately pierce the basilar membrane and run between the great rods. The figure given (Plate XXVII. fig. 1) is from the eye of a Hawk-moth, in which these details are larger and more easily seen than in the Blowfly. The palisade bodies do not reach the basilar membrane, but are prolonged as extremely transparent rods, 3 to 5 /x in diameter, in the fly and in most of the insects I have examined, and from 20 to 30 [x in length (Plate XXVII. figs. 2 and 3, a). These with the palisade cells, b, form my bacilli or retinal end-organs, the whole length of which is from 60 to 70 y. The outer transparent portion is rarely straight, but usually strongly curved in a crook. They exhibit a fine longitudinal striation. The outer ends of the rods evidently consist of some substance resembling mucin ; they have the same refractive index and general characters as the mucin of the intestinal epithelial cells of the insect. The inner extremity of the outer part of the rod is imbedded in the fasciculus of elongate cell-like palisade bodies, fig. 2, which form the inner portion of the retinal end-organs ; each outer segment appears to be made up of a number of finer rods, 2 [x in diameter, pressed together into a cylinder; these produce the longitudinal striae. Each small component rod lies on the inner surface of one of the fusiform cell-like bodies which form to- gether the inner part of the retinal end-organ. The outer ends of the rods are surrounded and, except in very thin sections, concealed by the small round chaplet-cells of Viallanes (fig. 2, c ). These are connected with each other by fine processes and form a true adenoid sustentacular tissue, well seen in transverse sections of the pupa (fig. 4). Comparison of the Bacillary Layer with the Bacillary Layer of the Vertebrate Retina. In size and structure the elements of the retina are almost identical with those of the vertebrate ; the optic nerve terminates in the protoplasmic inner segment, whilst the outer segment is transparent, resists stains, exhibits longitudinal striee, and swells up with water in both. In both it is easily destroyed, and fre- quently exhibits vacuolation. LINN. JOUBN. — ZOOLOGY, YOL. XX. 31 412 PROF. B. T. LOWHE ON THE In most insects the outer, highly refractive ends of the retinal end-organs are imbedded in abundant pigment. The flies are tbe only exception, and in these the cells surrounding the bacilli are free from pigment. The Tracheae (Plate XXVII. fig. 3) form a dense network around the inner segments of the retinal end-organs in insects, and branches extend to and perforate the basilar membrane. These fine tracheae are without any spiral markings, and are easily mistaken for fine nerve-twigs. The figure given (fig. 3) shows these trachese in a moth, and it can be readily seen that they lie between the nerve-end organs, and that they branch dichotomously between the great rods. The aniline stains at once colour the tracheae, whilst they have no effect upon the nerves. These stains, however, attack the nerve- sheaths, but not the outer ends of the retinal end-organs. By the use of aniline stains, especially Spiller’s purple, I have been able to trace the finer tracheal vessels, which have been constantly mis- taken for nerves, to the larger tracheal trunks and in one of my photographs this relation is sufficiently evident. The illustrations on Plate XXVII. show the large size of the bundles of optic nerve-fibres with their terminations in the retinal end-organs ; they also show that nothing bearing any proportion to the magnitude of these nerve-cords passes through or even up to the basilar membrane. The basilar membrane is chitinous and has a cellular layer on both its inner and outer surface ; that on its inner surface consists of branching or stellate cells, which are continuous with the sustentacular framework of my retina ; the outer layer consists of pigment-cells, continuous with the pigment-sheaths of the great rods. The j>erforations in the chitinous layer of the basilar membrane are between and not opposite to the extremities of the great rods, and transmit the tracheal vessels. The structure of the great rods has with some been the diffi- culty in accepting my views. The appearance of these structures in many sections is certainly perplexing. The reason is that which I have already insisted upon. In life they are hollow tubes filled and distended writh fluid. In bad preparations they appear stellate in transverse sections and present no central cavity ; in radial sections they are separated from each other by wide spaces, often filled by distended tracheal vessels. RETINA OE THE BLOWFLY. 413 In transverse sections, when unaltered by the process of im- bedding, they are circular or hexagonal rings, with, a large central cavity; they touch each other at their periphery, and the tracheal vessels appear as thick-walled but very small tubes. Each great rod is seen in such sections to be lined by a thin cuticular layer, which dips down between the sheathing cells ; it is the folds of this membrane which appear as bright highly refracting points under unfavorable conditions of illumination. With direct central light, thin sections, with oil or water immersion-lenses, no longer present these appearances ; there is no bundle of axial rods in such preparations when properly examined, only a thin cuticular lining. Further evidence in favour of my views is, I believe, shortly forthcoming from the pen of an independent observer. Prof. Plateau informs me that last year, at Cologne, Dr. Exner showed the single image formed by the compound eye — the image in the plane of my basilar membrane formed by the uninjured eye, i. e. by my dioptron. I wait anxiously for the spring, as with fresh insects at command I have little doubt the demonstration of an erect picture in this region is perfectly easy. The Development of the Compound Dye. The development of the compound eye was described by Weis- mann in 1864 *. I have gone through a most laborious research, and in the main points my observations agree with those of the great Grerman investigator. W eismann says it has long been known that the eye in insects is developed from two perfectly distinct parts — one from the nerve-centres of the larva, the other from the optic disc (“ Augenscheibe,” l. c. p. 194). If we follow the development of the optic disc, we find it at first as a thin cellular expansion enveloping the anterior part of the hemisphere (or supra-oesophageal ganglion). It consists of cells (the optogenic cells of Yiallanes) which are larger than those of the other discs ; they measure 15 g in diameter at an early period of the pupa state and have large clear nuclei. During the formation of the head, the eye- disc separates considerably * “ Die Entwicklung der Dipteren,” Leipzig, 1864. Reprinted from Roll. Zeitsch. f. w. Zool. 31* 414 PROF. B. T. LOWNE ON THE from tlie hemisphere, the interspace being filled with the granular yelk-like substance of the somatic cavity of the pupa. The whole dioptron is developed by a division of the optogenic cells, as Claparede long ago showed. Each original cell corresponds to a single corneal facet. These cells form almost hemispherical projections on the outer surface of the disc and are soon covered by an extremely thin cuticular layer. The cuticular layer is seen in my sections to dip slightly between the cells, whilst the corneal lens is secreted subsequently between the cell and the primitive cuticular layer. The lenses are, as I have already described them, perfectly distinct from the chitinous layer, giving rise to the condition I have designated the kistoid cornea. In adult pupae the distinction is perfectly apparent, although Dr. Hickson has denied that my description is correct ; the most patient reinvestigation entirely confirms my former statement. So far my investigations entirely accord with Weismann’s de- scription. Weismann, however, believes that the great rods contain a nervous structure, which he describes, from optical sections, as resembling a bundle of fine, highly refractive, con- ducting threads ending at the crystalline cone. He has nothing to say of their manner of development, and only expresses the opinion that they appear more like definite threads than the angles of a solid rod. These so-called axial threads, as I have stated above, are well seen in numerous transverse sections to be mere folds of a chitinous membrane enclosing a considerable empty cavity. Weismann’s description of the development of the nervous structures is as follows : — “ The thin nerve-cord ( Stiel ) which unites the optic disc to the hemisphere still appears on the fifth day as a nervous cord ; but on the twelfth day the pedicle can no longer be seen.” He concludes, however, that it has spread out into an invisible layer over the whole surface of the gan- glion. That he should have arrived at such a conclusion without sufficient evidence is quite unlike him. If, as he says and as is certainly the case, the nerve disappears entirely between the fifth and twelfth day, the opiuiou that the radial stride (which, he says, appear later between the disc and the hemisphere) are the same nerve spread out, is not founded on fact. We must remember that Weismann regarded the discs as RETINA OE THE BLOWFLY. 415 expansions consisting of epiblast-cells. It was Granin who, ten years later, first made sections and discovered their real structure. He found three distinct layers — Weismann’s epiblastic layer; his own provisional layer, which covers it externally as a fine cellu- lar expansion, which resembles the amnion of a mammalian embryo in being continuous with the periphery of the disc, in covering its whole outer surface, and in enclosing a cavity between it and the epiblast of the disc ; and the mesoblastic layer, which fills the hollow cup-like cavity on the inner surface of the epiblastic layer, and which consists of a network of fine branching cells. Weismann’s own figure (52, plate xiii., 1. c .) shows clearly that his supposed optic nerve is the mesoblast of the disc. My own observations show that the nervous pedicle of the optic disc becomes atrophied and disappears, whilst the nervous retina is developed as a papilla in front of the original optic pedicle. In my former paper I described and gave figures of the manner in which a new retina is developed during the skin-shedding of the Cockroach ; the original nervous pedicle of the disc corre- sponds to the nerve of the first few facets of the eye. As the number of facets is far greater after each ecdysis, so a new retina is developed from the nerve-centres as a distinct papilla; the first formed nerve and retina at the same time undergo atrophy. I regard the original pedicle of the disc in the Blowfly (figs. 5, 6, & 7, st.) as a rudiment. It exhibits few, if any, nerve-fibres and consists chiefly of connective neuroglia continuous witb the in- vesting layer of the rudimentary hemisphere. The spongy meso- blastic tissue which Weismann mistook for an expansion of the nervous pedicle of the disc consists of the elements from which the tracheal vessels and pigmented fringes of the dioptron and neuron originate. This tissue extends into the dioptron, but only between the ingrowing optogenic cells, which become first colum- nar and then elongated rods, dividing during the process to form the cone and the investing cells of the great rods, and separating from each other to enclose the central cavity of the cone and the great rod. Claparede long ago correctly described the manner of the development of the cones and great rods. Viallanes, like Weismann, but with less excuse, mistook the mesoblast of the disc for the optic nerve and believed that its fibres perforate the axes of the great rods. It is easy in thick 416 PROF. B. T. LOWNE ON THE sections to mistake fibres running between for fibres entering tbe optogenic cells. Tbe nerve-papilla, from wbicb tbe optic ganglia, tbe optic nerve, and tbe retina are developed, gradually grows outwards towards tbe dioptron (Plate XXYII. figs. 5-8, n). It is at first covered by a layer of columnar cells, which represent tbe epiblast of tbe nerve-centre ; from this layer tbe bacillary layer of tbe retina is developed. These cells become converted into the retinal end- organs. Tbe mesoblastic spongy tissue is gradually absorbed or converted into tracheal and connective elements, which ultimately form a thin layer between the retina and the basilar membrane of tbe dioptron. The retina, even when tbe insect is nearly ready to escape from tbe pupa, is still separated from tbe dioptron by a space filled with branching cells (Plate XXYII. fig. 8, me) and secondary yelk, so that tbe supposed entrance of nerve-fibres into tbe dioptron cannot be explained by any known process of development. The continuity of tbe tracheae of tbe dioptron and those of tbe mesoblast is tbe result of the penetration of the bitter between tbe great rods during their inward growth ; but during this period the nervous papilla is separated by a wide space filled with secondary yelk and reticular mesoblast from tbe ingrowing epi- thelial structures of tbe dioptron. Thus, if my observations are correct, the retina, like that of a vertebrate, is entirely formed as an outgrowth from tbe central nervous system, while tbe dioptron, like tbe crystalline lens and tbe refractive structures generally, is formed from the ex- ternal epiblast, wbicb is more or less invaded by mesoblastic elements. With regard to tbe retina itself, it is undoubtedly, like tbe nerve-centres, no less epiblastic in the insect than in tbe vertebrate, as tbe hemispheres themselves, as well as tbe ventral ganglia, are formed from tbe embryonic epiblast. In conclusion, I would add that it is scarcely fair to expect me to prove a negative, i. e. that no nerve-fibres pass to tbe dioptron. The onus rather lies with my opponents to prove that the great optic nerve does enter tbe dioptron, and to find its terminals. Even tbe most cursory glance at tbe works of Dr. Hickson, M. Berger, M. Viallanes, and others will show that they have given totally dissimilar representations ; of these Dr. Hickson’s are correct enough as representations of tracheal and mesoblastic skeletal tissues. I would ask, Wbicb of the various structures BETINA OE THE BLOWELY. 417 represented are to be considered as nerves ? No one lias yet figured one satisfactory representation of the optic-nerve fibres entering the great rods. Dr. Hickson says, “ Morphology teaches us that the great rods are nerve- terminals.” To appeal to mor- phology to settle the question appears to me to show on how slender a basis of observation the received view rests, and I should myself regard an appeal to morphology as one which is fatal to the received view ; for, if morphology teaches us anything on this subject, it is that the retinal end-organs belong to that part of the epiblast from which the great nerve-centres are developed, and that the dioptric structures arise from the superficial or cutaneous epiblast. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXVII. Fig. 1. A section of the retina of a Hawk-moth ; partly drawn from a photograph and finished from the section, gt, great rods ; m, basilar membrane ; b, bacillary layer ; n, optic nerve ; tr, tracheal vessel. 2. A section of the retina of a Blowfly, c, chaplet-cells of Viallanes. i^-inch objective, water-immersion. 3. A portion of the retina of a Hawk-moth ; drawn from a photograph, with details added from the specimen. The tracheal vessels seen passing through the basilar membrane are much more distinct in the photograph than in the specimen seen by the microscope ; these are represented in the drawing as they appear in the photograph. 4. A transverse section through the bacillary layer of the retina of a Blow- fly which had just emerged from the pupa. 5. A section of the optic disc and cephalic ganglion of a 3-day-old pupa. o, optic disc; st, stalk; rt, retina. 1-inch objective. 6. A portion of the same, showing the retina and inner extremity of the stalk. 7. A portion of the optic disc and stalk of the same, oc, optogenic cells ; me, mesoblastic cells, f-ineh objective. 8. A section of the retina of a ten -day-old pupa. Showing the mesoblast elements between the retina and the basilar membrane, 4"incb objective. (The letters indicate the same parts in all the figures.) 418 PROF. B. T. LOWNE ON THE STRUCTURE AND On the Structure and Development of the Ovaries and their Appendages in the Blowfly ( Calliphora erythrocephala). By B. Thompson Lowne, P.R.C.S., P.L.S., Hunterian Professor of Comparative Anatomy in the Royal College of Surgeons. [Read 6th December, 1888.] (Plate XXVIII.) 1. Introductory. 2. Development of the Ovaries and Ova. 3. The Oviducts and their appendages. 4. The structure of the Gum -glands. 5. Theoretical Considerations and Conclusions. 6. Bibliography. 1. Introductory. The ovary of an insect is known to consist of a number of ovarian tubes connected with a single outlet, the oviduct. The ova lie within a thin membranous tube, the tunica pro- pria, and form an egg-string ; this is enclosed wdthin a follicle, the egg-follicle, the so-called peritoneal coat. In each egg-string three parts are usually recognized — the terminal thread, the ter- minal chamber, and the egg-chamber or chambers. In the Blowfly each ovary consists of about a hundred ovarian follicles, springing from the dilated anterior end, or calyx, of the ovarian duct. When the ovary is mature (PI. XXVIII. fig. 8) the terminal threads exist as mere rudiments ( t.f. !), and, properly speaking, there are no terminal chambers. In the young ovary, however (fig. 6), the terminal chambers are well marked ( t.c .). Much discussion is found in the writings of various authors as to the nature and import of the terminal thread. Brandt (6#) maintains that there is no fundamental difference between ovaries with and ovaries without terminal threads ( l . c. p.21) — “ these are mere prolongations of the ovarian tubes or of their peritoneal investment. In the former case they have the same morphological significance as the rest of the ovarian tube, in the latter they are mere connective or suspensory bands.” My own observations have led me to exactly the same conclusion. The Terminal Chamber (fig. 6, t.c.) is filled with small cells. Stein (24) was apparently the first to distinguish the terminal chamber as an important constituent of the ovary ; he calls it the * The numbers in parentheses following authors’ names refer to corresponding numbers in the Bibliography given at the end of this paper. DEVELOPMENT OE THE OVARIES IN THE BLOWFLY. 419 germinal chamber (. Keimfach ). He was followed by Prof. Huxley (10, 11), Sir John Lubbock (19), Claus (8), and others. Stein enunciated the view' that the function of the terminal chamber is the formation of germ-yelks ; but he does not regard all the cells in the chamber as germ-yelks. Sir John Lubbock went a step further and wrote as follows : — “ In their earliest stage, the egg- cell and the vitelligenous cells cannot be distinguished from each other, and no one, I think, who has carefully examined the upper part of the egg-tube in any Hemipterous or Dipterous insect can fail to be of the same opinion.” I agree entirely with Sir John Lubbock in this, that all the cells in the terminal chamber are alike ; but when he concludes, “ The egg-tube contains, indeed, at this end, cells which are neither vitelligenous nor egg-cells, but which are capable of becoming, under certain circumstances, either one or the other,” I cannot agree with him, and my reasons will appear in the sequel. The Egg-chambers. — This term was first applied, I believe, by Brandt (6) to that portion of the egg-tube which contains definite ova. In some insects each egg is formed from a single cell ; this is so in the Orthoptera ; such ova are designated by Brandt panoistic. In other insects several cells are concerned in the formation of the ovum ; these ova he termed meroistic. In the meroistic egg Brandt calls the lowest cell the egg-cell, the others he terms nutrient or yelk-cells. The part played by these nutrient cells is a matter upon which there is great divergence of opinion. Brandt’s view, which has been generally adopted in text-books and widely accepted, is this: — The egg-cell in the meroistic egg is the only cell enclosed by the chorion, and the nutrient cells remain outside and ultimately disappear. These are supposed to be in some way concerned in the nutrition of the egg-cell. The great increase in the size of the egg-cell is due to the deposition of yelk-granules within it, around its nucleus, wdiich Brandt regards as the germinal vesicle. Similar changes also occur in the panoistic egg, wdiich only differs from the meroistic in the absence of the nutrient cells. Weismann (26) maintains, on the other hand, that all the cells, the nutrient as well as the egg-cell, are enclosed in the chorion, and that they all take part in the formation of the yelk, ultimately fusing into a single mass ; and this, as I shall show hereafter, agrees with my own observations. With regard to the import of Brandt’s egg-cell there is less 420 PROF. IS. T. LOWNE OH THE STRUCTURE AHD divergence of opinion; the identification of its nucleus with the germinal vesicle has been regarded as of the highest importance, and numerous attempts have been made to show that the nucleus of the egg-cell differs from those of the nutrient cells, from the very earliest stages of the egg-formation. Thus Dr. Claus (8) (p. 44) writes : — “ The questions, the answers to which are of the highest importance, are : from whence is the germinal vesicle derived? and what is its relation to the great yelk-cells ? The identification of the germinal vesicle appears to be difficult, and the earlier observers came to no certain result.” After quoting from Sir John Lubbock’s paper (19) he continues, “ I believe my own observations enable me to prove that the epithelial cells, the yelk-forming cells, and the egg-cell are modifications of originally identical elements.” Yet Claus thinks he distinguishes the germinal vesicle in very immature ova by “ its smaller size and clearer contents ” from the nuclei of the adjacent yelk-cells. Meyer’s (20) statements are in direct opposition to this ; according to these there are several germinal vesicles, each nucleus becomes invested by a membrane, each making, as it were, an attempt at forming an egg, the lowest nucleus persisting and the others disappearing. In my opinion by far the best and most accurate description of the development of the ovarian eggs in the Fly is due to Weis- mann (26) ; it is as follows : — “ The ovaries are developed very slowly in the Muscidse ; when the fly emerges from the pupa none of the eggs are formed, although the ovary may be recog- nized in the embryo” ( l . c. p. 206). Weismann then refers to a description of the ovary in the adult larva of the closely-allied Sarcopliaga carnaria (at page 134), “ Concerning the female sexual organs in the larva of Musca vomitoria I have no observations ; I must therefore fall back on those on the closely-allied S. car- naria. In a larva one centimetre long, the ovary has a diameter of 0,29m, is flask-shaped, and differs in its histological structure from the male sexual gland ; here we find no mother-cells, the struc- tureless sheath encloses only small round cells •013m in diameter with nuclei ’01m, exceedingly clear and exhibiting nucleoli. These cells are isolated with difficulty, as they adhere closely to each other. If we tear the ovarium of an adult larva no further structure is visible; but if a gentle pressure be applied to the uninjured ovary one may distinguish the first rudiments of the ovarian tubes. In the upper half of the ovary they appear as DEVELOPMENT OF THE OVARIES IN THE BLOWFLY. 421 cylindrical follicles lying parallel to each other. They are all united above without any point (terminal thread ?) being visible, below they are lost in the cellular mass. The diameter of a follicle averages ‘04 m. The ovarian follicles consist of a sheath of fine structureless membrane and its contents, which differs in no way from the surrounding cell-mass. The sheaths are a cuti- cular excretion from the outer surface of the cells forming the cylinders.” (He continues on page 206) “ So that, as I have shown above, the original soft mass of cells with which the ovarian capsule is filled becomes differentiated, in part, into solid strings, which shed a cuticle from their surface, and the ovary comes to consist of a small-celled ground-substance which fills the capsule, in which solid cellular strings are imbedded, each enclosed in a fine structureless membrane; of an outer and inner epithelium, a tender albuminous contents in which free nuclei are imbedded, as Meyer describes in the youngest condition of the ovary, there is as yet no trace. The term egg-tubes is hardly admissible at this stage, it is only later by the differentiation into a wall and contents that they become tubes.” “ On the seventh day of the pupa stage the egg-tubes still only occupy a small zone of the flask-shaped ovarium (Taf. xiv. fig. 70); they lie close together parallel to the long axis of the ovary and still exhibit their original simple structure, only the contained cells are somewhat larger and therefore more distinctly seen. These cells are spherical, and their nuclei are easily distinguished. The cuticular sheaths end above in rounded domes.” “ By the fourteenth day the investing sheaths of the egg-tubes are considerably more developed, and their outer form is altered; the blind end is now drawn out into a point, the middle part is swollen and the posterior part contracted. Still the lumen is filled with cells disposed without definite order ; no regular epi- thelium is yet visible, but there is a great difference in the size of the cells, the central ones being larger than those of the periphery. A little later these changes are more conspicuous, and the egg-tube exhibits a stem, a chamber, and a nipple-like appendage ” [Stein’s end-chamber], “ the narrowed blind end of the tube. In the chamber there is a distinct separation of the cells, small cells line the follicle in a single layer, as an epithelium enclosing the larger cells ; from the latter the egg is ultimately formed.” “ The development of the ovary shows that the life of the fly 422 PROF. B. T. LOWNE ON THE STRUCTURE AND must last several weeks. A ripe egg is first found in tlie lowest part of the ovarian follicle after tire insect has flown about for a long time ; then a second, third, or even a fourth chamber has been developed in which there are eggs in different stages of forma- tion.” “ The development of these eggs takes place as follows. The large cells which lie within the epithelium of the egg-chamber enlarge, by their rapid growth they lose their original spherical form and appear flattened against each other as more or less hexagonal sections of a sphere.” “ These cells each enclose a very distinct transparent vesicular nucleus, and consist of homogeneous, but highly refractive cell- substance. With increase of the cells by growth this cell-sub- stance becomes finely granular and afterwards dark and yelk-like. The cell-membranes then disappear, and the yelk formed in the cells fuses into a mass ; so also all the nuclei disappear except one, which becomes the germinal vesicle. It appears that the nucleus of the cell which lies lowest in the chamber always furnishes the germinal vesicle. This seems to have orginated Meyer’s state- ments.” Weismann concludes with the words *, “ So far as the Diptera are concerned, my view accords with Lubbock’s ; we agree that the egg of the Diptera is not derived from a single cell, but is a com- pound formation, like the egg of Cestodes or Trematodes, in which a germogen and vitelligen combine their products, for the com- position of an egg.” Stuhlmann (25) holds the same views as Brandt with regard to the fate of the nutrient cells, and renews the old controversy with regard to the germinal vesicle. The principal results at ■which he arrives concerning it are summed up by him in the fol- lowing words : — “ I have been enabled by a series of observations on insects’ eggs to establish the extrusion of large balls from the germinal vesicle which are afterwards lost in the egg-plasm. Later the germinal vesicle disappears until at last at the upper egg-pole we again find it as the segmentation nucleus ” f. * Dass das Ei der Dipteren nicht yon einer einzigen Zelle abstammt, sondern ein ebenso zusammengesetztes Grebilde ist als die Eier der Cestoden und Trema- toden, bei denen Dotterstock und Keimstock ikre Producte zur Bildung des Eies zusainmenfliessen lassen ” (/. c. p. 209). t “ Es ist ruir nun gelungen, an einer Reike yon Insekteneiern sicker einen Austritt yon grossen Ballon aus dem Keimblascken zu constatiren, die sick DEVELOPMENT OP THE OVARIES IN THE BLOWFLY. 423 Such an outstreaming of nuclear particles (JB alien) is un- doubtedly seen in the lowest nucleus of the egg, but it also occurs in the nuclei of the so-called nutrient cells, and in all the nuclei of the various organs of the larva during their degeneration in the first stages of the pupa. It is one of the most charac- teristic phenomena of yelk-formation, whether in the egg or the pupa, whilst it is quite unlike anything which has been observed in relation to the well-known germinal vesicles of other animals. Lastly, Henking (9) has quite recently figured and described the ripe ovarian egg of the Blowfly with the nutrient cells outside the chorion, and his figure has fortunately enabled me to discover the error into which Brandt and his followers have fallen. The appearance represented by Henking is an excep- tional phenomenon which I have frequently observed. When the eggs approach maturity they enlarge so rapidly that the anterior pole of an egg is often pushed iuto a chamber above it containing a half-developed ovum, which then assumes the form of a cap over the anterior pole of the ripe egg. I have sections which exhibit this phenomenon in several stages. Whenever the young ovum in the chamber above the ripe egg is present in an un-deformed condition the cap on the ripe egg is absent, and whenever a cap is present there is no second chamber in the egg-follicle. So many of the egg-tubes exhibit transitional conditions in which the ripe egg impinges upon or slightly indents the half-formed egg in the chamber above it that, with good sections, I cannot believe anyone would have the slightest doubt as to the nature of the phenomenon. 2. The Development of the Ovaries and Ova. The earliest stage of development in which I have as yet seen the ovaries of the Ply is in the four-day old pupa (PI. XXVIII. fig. 4). In this stage they are apparently slightly iu advance of the stage described by Weismann as that of the seven-day-old pupa. The discrepancy is probably due to the fact that I worked in summer, and Weismann’s observations were made in winter. The earlier stages of the pupa are well known to be greatly influenced by the external temperature. nachher im Eiplasma aullo sen. Spater verscliwindet dag Keimblascken von un- seren Blicken, bis wir endlicb am oberen Eipol den Furchungskern wieder- finden” ( l . c. p. 12). 424 PROF. B. T. LOWNE ON THE STRUCTURE AND At this stage the ovary is pear-shaped ‘25 m. in diameter and 34 to *4 m. in length. It is enclosed in a thin hut perfectly dis- tinct cellular capsule ( c ). It consists of a stroma of small cells less than 5 jj, in diameter, enclosing the bundle of egg-strings (e.s). These are closely packed together and occupy the anterior rounded half of the ovary. The posterior narrow part of the ovary (cl) is filled with small round cells precisely like those which form the egg-strings, except that the latter are slightly larger, 5 p. The egg-strings present, even at this period, a narrower con- stricted posterior and a more dilated anterior portion ; they are like long narrow flasks, the neck measures 5 /x and the dilated portion 15 p. in diameter. The whole consists of small closely packed cells enclosed in a fine cuticular membrane. The necks of the egg-striugs appear to be open behind, where the cells of the posterior part of the ovary, destined to form the duct, are con- tinuous with those within the flask-like egg-strings. There is as yet no trace of a lumen in the solid rudiment of the oviduct. The cells between aud around the egg-tubes are, however, already distinctly elongated and form a stroma, in which the egg- strings lie, so differing entirely from the cells which form the egg-strings and fill the calyx of the ovary. The next stage of development is seen in the half-formed pupa, about the tenth day (Plate XXVIII. fig. 5) ; at this stage the ovary is apparently cup-shaped, it appears crescentic in lateral sections, with the concavity of the crescent in front ; it lias a diameter of *5 m., but is still about ’3 m. in thickness, measured from before backwards in its thickest part. That part of the ovary not occupied by the egg-strings is excavated by numerous chan- nels ; these form the calyx of the oviduct aud cover the whole convex surface of the orgau. The egg-strings are now so broad in front that I shall term them egg-follicles. The egg-follicles (os.) are ovoid masses of small cells, each with a very narrow stalk (st.) The stalk is apparently filled by a single row of cells, and its investing cuticle is frequently transversely wrinkled, which often produces an appearance of striation. Possibly this may have given rise to the very remarkable view held by Schneider (23) that the egg-tubes are developed within the alar muscles of the dorsal vessel. Each rudimentary egg-follicle is now surrounded by a pouch, DEVELOPMENT OF THE OV ABIES IN THE BLOWFLY. 425 the ovarian follicle (q/!), formed of fusiform mesoblastic elements. This is the so-called peritoneal coat of Stein. The ovarian follicles at this stage do not appear to open directly into the channels in the calyx of the ovary, hut to he closed by a cellular mass (x), with which the stalks of the egg-follicles are continuous. This cellular mass appears to me to be formed by the cells which filled the posterior part of the ovarian capsule at the earlier stage of development above described. Between the ovarian follicles, which no longer lie close together, the elements of the pseudo-yelk of the pupa ( psi /) are found in abundance. These consist of globules (. Kornchenkugeln ) and leucocytes ; they are derived from the breaking up of the fat- bodies and the tissues of the larva. The pseudo-yelk, at this period, forms the greater part of the bulk of the pupa. Indeed, if such a pupa be opened it appears to contain nothing but a milky fluid, in which all the tender half-developed imaginal tissues are concealed. There is as yet no differentiation of the contents of the egg- follicles into epithelium, yelk, or germ-cells. Even at the time when the fly is ready to escape from the pupa the ovary remains in a condition which differs but little from the stage last described, except in the form of the egg-follicles, which now exhibit a narrow stalk and an ovoid middle portion constric- ted above so as to form a small, but distinct nipple-like terminal chamber (fig. 7, t.c.). The peritoneal coat (of), or ovarian follicle, is also more developed, is much thicker, and exhibits numerous tracheal vessels ( tr .). There is still, however, no trace of differentiation in the cells contained within the egg-chamber, and these only differ from those in the terminal chamber in being slightly larger. In the observation of the further developmental changes we must have recourse to flies which have been on the wing for some time, and therefore the age of these insects is unknown. Development progresses very slowly in captive insects, and as these never unite with the males, there is no certainty that development progresses at the same rate or in the same manner as in free insects. The next stage which I shall describe is represented in PI. XXVIII. fig. 6. The ovary now measures ‘35 m. in thickness and is discoid. The calyx is very thin, as the ducts which form it appear to be flattened by the lateral growth of the organ. 426 PROF. B. T. LOWNE ON THE STRUCTURE AND The whole ovary has also altered its position ; the surface from which the oviduct originates is now turned towards the ventral aspect of the insect, so that the long axes of the egg-follicles are transverse to the axis of the body. I shall still, however, call the end of the egg-follicle which is nearest to the oviduct, posterior, to facilitate comparison and avoid confusion. The ovarian follicles are now more fully developed, and loosely invest the posterior part of the egg-strings. The anterior part, the terminal chamber, is closely covered by the anterior part of the follicle, which is so thin that it can scarcely be traced as a distinct layer. The posterior part of the egg-follicle exhibits a distinct epithelial layer, which is continuous with the epithelium of the calicine duct, and the follicles open freely into these ducts. The three parts of the egg-string are very distinct, within a very fine cuticular tunica propria. The stalk is filled by a single layer of epithelium ; there is no lumen and no double epithelial layer ; but where the stalk enlarges near the egg-chamber there is more than a single layer of cells, but these are irregularly arranged. The egg-chamber, when fully formed, contains a group of yelk-cells flattened by mutual pressure and surrounded by an epithelial capsule (ec), which is continuous with the cells of the stalk. In some of the tubes a second egg-chamber is seen in process of formation (PI. XXVIII. fig. 7), with a cup-like epithelial in- vestment. In others the first egg-chamber is in the same con- dition; the cells destined to form the egg are still round and scarcely differentiated from those of the terminal chamber. It appears to me that the epithelial investment of the ovum grows up from the stalk, aud that all the cells of the terminal chamber develop into yelk-cells. The gradual transition from the small round cells of the terminal chamber to yelk-cells is very marked, so also is the upper edge of the epithelial cup (fig. 7, y), which ends abruptly in a thin edge, whilst the continuity of the epithelium of the stalk and of the egg is equally distinct. The large yelk-cells stain very deeply with alkaline carmine, and the colour is not washed out by 5 per cent, solution of acetic acid. They average 12 y in diameter, and all the cells in an egg are precisely similar, and have nuclei which are rich in chromatin granules. There is no cell with a clear nucleus, and nothing which I can recognize as a germinal vesicle. development: of the ovaeies in the blowfly. 427 In mature insects ready to lay eggs tlie ovaries occupy the greater part of the cavity of the abdomen. There are about one hundred egg-tubes (80 to 100) in each ovary, each having four, five, or even six egg-chambers in different stages of develop- ment (fig. 8). A mature egg occupies the most posterior chamber (fig. 8, a ), a partially formed egg is seen in the second chamber, whilst the third, fourth, and terminal chambers contain very rudimentary ova. The whole terminates in a small empty, hollow, end- thread (tf). The cuticular tunica propria closely surrounds the egg and egg-strings, whilst the thin greatly distended egg-follicle passes from one egg to the other, leaving a considerable space between the eggs ; it does not follow the outline of the egg-string between successive ova. The egg-string between the second and third chambers ( tpl ) is exactly similar to the egg-stalk of the first chamber in the early stages of its development. The two or three anterior chambers are filled with small round cells like those of the terminal chamber or the whole egg-follicle at an earlier period. The unripe egg in the second chamber (ec2) consists of large yelk-cells enclosed in an epithelial chorion. The lowest cell in such eggs is, however, always much larger, usually twice as large as the others, but its nucleus is also nearly twice as large, and stains just as deeply. It also contains the same kind of granules as the others. In these statements I agree in no way with Brandt and Stu'nlmann. Brandt states that the nucleus of the lowest cell is large and clear, Stuhlmann that it is very much smaller than the other nuclei, and that it is clear and flattened against the chorion. According to my observations it is neither one nor the other, and only differs from the nuclei of the other cells in being larger. The yelk-cells ultimately attain a giant size ; the largest cell, when full-grown, measures 200 /.t in its longest diameter, and has a nucleus of 80 p. in diameter. When the egg is enlarged to about two thirds of its maximum size the granules in the largest nucleus appear to stream out, the nucleus itself shrivels and is ultmately lost, whilst the whole protoplasm of the cell assumes a granular yelk-like appearance, in which the nuclear granules can no longer be distinguished. The remaining cells LINN. JOUEN. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XX. 32 428 PROF. B. T. IiOWNE ON THE STRUCTURE AND undergo the some changes, and soon become fused with each other and with the yelk formed from the lowest cell. The nuclei during these changes present a very variable appearance; but all the changes of the nucleus are similar to those which characterize the nuclei of the degenerating cells of the larva, during the formation of the pseudo-yelk of the pupa — a phenomenon well seen in the nuclei of the cells of the salivary glands and fat-bodies of the larva during their histolysis. I conclude therefore that the several cells from which the yelk of the Dipterous egg is formed are of equal morphological significance, that these all undergo histolytic changes, and so form the yelk of the mature ovarian ovum. So far as my observations go, there is no reason for supposing one nucleus rather than another is the germinal vesicle. When I first began this investigation, more than two years ago, I looked for days in vain for some character by which I might recognize the germinal vesicle. Sometimes one nucleus, sometimes another presents a clearer contents and smaller diameter, and frequently several nuclei appear to possess equal claims in this respect to be considered the nucleus of the germ- cell. As the young ova approach the condition of maturity, the cell- substance becomes more and more distinctly granular, the nuclei lose their sharp contour, and exhibit what Stuhlmann describes as an extrusion or outstreaming of nuclear particles, whilst these are lost to view in the granular surrounding protoplasm, and the cells themselves become fused into a single yelk-mass. These changes commence in the lowest and largest cell of the egg; but precisely the same changes afterwards occur in the remaining cells as each attains its full growth. The mature ova consist of a yelk surrounded by two mem- branes, the vitelline membrane and the chorion. Such ova are closely embraced by the structureless cuticular membrana propria, and lie loosely in the distended ovarian follicle, which is now a very thin-walled tube surrounded by a dense network of tracheal vessels. The yelk consists of an outer clearer layer (PL XXVIII. fig. 11, a) and an inner granular substance (fig. 11, b), but neither contain any nuclei or cellular elements of any kind. The clear peripheral layer of the yelk exists in the unimpreg- DEVELOPMENT OE THE OVARIES IN THE BLOWFLY. 429 nated eggs whilst they still lie in the ovary ; this layer was described hy Weismann, and called by him the Blastoderm ‘plasma (Keimhautblastevi) . He supposed that it is this layer which forms the blastoderm. In my sections it projects in places as if it possessed the power of amoeboid movement, more especially at the anterior egg-pole * (fig. 10, a) ; these may, however, he the result of post-mortem contraction. The central granular yelk- substance consists of small granules, 2 to 3 p in diameter (fig. 11), imbedded in an apparently structureless, possibly in the living egg semifluid, matrix. These granules are spheroidal, stain deeply, and exhibit either a dark or light centre with alterations of the focus of the microscope. In the ripe unimpregnated ovum I have entirely failed to find any nuclei or cellular elements of any kind, and I feel sure that if any such elements were present they would be readily distinguished in my sections. It is not necessary for my purpose to enter into any details in regard to the structure of the chorion and the nature of the vitelline membrane; there are, however, some controverted points upon which I would say a few words. It is generally held that the epithelium of the egg forms the chorion as an exudation from its inner surface (E. Korschelt, 14 ; Weismann, 26). Whether this is so or whether the chorion is formed from the cells themselves (Leuckart, 16), the manner in which the ova leave the oviducts is entirely in favour of the latter view. This is effected by the rupture of the remaining rudiment of the egg-string between the ripe egg and the imper- fect ovum immediately in front of it. Thus the thin tunica propria and the epithelium of the egg descend in the ovarian follicle and enter the oviduct together. The remains of the egg- string attached to the unripe ovum in the ovarian follicle have been seen and described by several observers, notably by Miiller, Landois (15), and Leuckart (16). I hold therefore that whether the cellular epithelium is shed with the thin cuticular egg-sheath in the oviduct, or whether it remains as the chorion * The polar globules of Robin, which he described as formed by budding and fission, are possibly only mobile processes of this layer in a contracting yelk. 32* 430 PROF. B. T. LOWNE ON THE STRUCTURE AND itself, it belongs entirely to tbe ovum, and cannot be regarded as the epithelium of the ovarian follicle, which is quite distinct and remains in the follicle. I am also inclined to regard the vitelline membrane as tbe cuticular exudation from the inner surface of the epithelium of the ovum and the chorion as the modified epithelium itself. The cuticular sheath which leaves the ovarian follicle with the egg is, I have little doubt, the epichorionic membrane described by Leuckart, Robin, and Kolliker. The shedding of the outermost covering of the egg, probably the epichorionic membrane, and possibly also of the epithelial chorion, was observed by Brandt in the Field-crickets in transit through the oviduct, forming what he designates corpora lutea. The micropyle-canal, which, in the Diptera, extends the whole length of the dorsal surface of the egg, is an infoldiug of the chorion (PI. XXVIII. fig. 9). It is extended over the anterior egg-pole (fig. 10), forming a considerable chamber in the floor of which the micropvle is situated (fig. 10, m). The micropyle (figs. 12 & 13) is a small, almost quadrilateral opening (fig. 12), 2 5 g in diameter ; it is surrounded by a number of radiating folds which project on the outer surface of the chorion, and by a circular area composed of small hexagonal cells. These correspond in size to the hexagonal fields with which the rest of the chorion is sculptured. The open micropyle-canal is brought into relation first with the orifices of the gum-glauds, and later with those of the spermatophorous capsules during the descent of the egg through the genital canal. Ilenkiug (9) found spermatic filaments in the micropyle-canal. 3. The Oviducts and their Appendages. The general form and arrangement of these parts is well known, so that tbe following description will suffice to indicate their arrangement for my present purpose. The ovarian ducts are two in number (fig. 2), and these form a common oviduct ( od ) by their union. The common oviduct opens into the pouch-like anterior extremity of the vagina on its dorsal aspect. DEVELOPMENT OP TIIE OVARIES IN THE BLOWFLY. 431 Stein describes it as opening on the ventral surface in Beetles. I formerly fell into tlie same error ; and it is exceedingly difficult in dissections to determine this point. Sections of the entire insect show at once the true relations of the parts. The pouch-like anterior part of the vagina is very distinct from the posterior part ; that portion of it in front of the orifice of the common oviduct (fig. 3, b ) in the young insect is the bursa copulatrix of authors. The bursa in the egg-laying insect is no longer distinct, but forms the anterior part of the vaginal pouch. I shall call the vaginal pouch the uterus, a term applied to it by Palmen (21) to distinguish it from the posterior tubular part of the vagina. If the term is not morphologically, it is at least physiologically correct, as an egg is frequently retained in it until the embryo is ready to escape from the shell. There is at present some uncertainty as to the exact manner in which the common oviduct is developed ; although it is quite certain that the ovarian ducts are developed from the posterior portion of the ovary, as Palmen has distinctly shown (21). The same observer also shows that the vagina, uterus, and their appen- dages are formed by an invagination of the external integument, or rather of the hypoderm. My own observations entirely con- firm Palmen’ s statements. Although I have not been able to trace the development of the common oviduct, its structure and the manner in which the common duct of the testicles is formed in the Ply (Weismann, l. c. Taf. xiv, fig. 68) indicate that it is formed from the prolonged posterior parts of the ovaries. So far I have stated nothing concerning the anatomy of these parts which has not been frequently observed and generally admitted. I must now, however, enter into some details which are not, so far as I know, to be found elsewhere. The common oviduct in the Blowfly terminates in twTo distinct enlargements (figs. 1 and 3). The more anterior is due to a thickening of its muscular coat where a thick retractor muscle (m) is inserted into it. This witndraws the parts with the ovi- positor. The second or terminal enlargement (os) is, however, a pouch or bulb lined by a greatly plicated intima, and capable of distention, so that it encloses the entire egg during its passage through the oviduct. One egg is frequently found in this section of the oviduct Avhilst another occupies the uterine cavity. 432 PROF. B. T. LOWNE ON THE STRUCTURE AND The great interest of this pouch is that the gum- glands ( gl ) or colleterial glands, as they are sometimes called, open by two slender ducts ( d ) into it, and not, as is usually believed, into the uterus itself. Although I have frequently satisfied myself of this, both by section and by careful dissection, this point is of such importance, that I shall enter into an examination of the views of previous writers with regard to the termination of these ducts. It is quite possible that several distinct glands have been con- founded under the term gum-glands ; indeed it is generally used for any accessory gland connected with the sexual canal. These glands are generally described as opening into the vagina or uterus. Stein (24) gives a great number of figures representing the oviducts, uterus, and appendages in the Coleoptera ; in many it is difficult to identify the gum-glands. In Hydrophilus (l. c. Taf. iv. fig. iii) he represents the gum-glands as opening into the upper part of the ovarian duct. They are branching tubules which evidently form part of the ovary itself ; and, judging by his excellent figure, are identical with the so-called gum-glands in the Blowfly. Except in the Hydrophylidse, Stein considers the gum-glands as a portion of what he terms the “ apparatus of fertilization ” (j Befruchtungs-Organe), and represents them as if they opened into the spermatophorous capsules or their duct ; although in many cases it is almost evident from his figures that they open into the oviduct. In some of his figures the spermatophorous capsules are represented opening into the oviduct (Taf. i. fig. vi), whilst in others they are correctly represented opening into the uterus, whilst the gum-glands open into the oviduct (Taf. ii. figs, i, ii , and iii). Tracing the gum-gland in the Blowfly from its ovarian ex- tremity, it lies first under and close to the ovarian duct ; it then leaves this duct and comes into relation with the spermatophorous capsule, around which it forms a loop. The duct of the gum- gland commences at the termination of this loop, and is easily overlooked, as it is in close contact with the duct of the spermato- phorous capsule, round which it turns and runs forward in close contact with the dorsal wall of the uterus aud oviduct to terminate in the bulb of the oviduct. It is not difficult to under- DEVELOPMENT OE THE OVARIES IN THE BLOWFLY. 433 stand how this duct has been overlooked, or how it has been supposed that the glands open into or with the seminiferous capsules. The gum-glands have also probably been confounded with true vaginal glands, which appear to exist in some insects. I shall again refer to the gum-glands in a special section of the present paper in relation to their structure and functions. The uterus (figs. 1, 2, 3, ut .) is a thick-walled sac lined by a strong cuticular membrane, very different to the thin cuticular membrane lining the oviduct. It has a diverticulum or pouch (p) on its dorsal wall immediately behind the orifice of the common oviduct. This pouch ( sacculus , figs. 1, 2, and 3, p ) is lined by a very thick laminated cuticle with a projecting median ridge which appears to divide it into two lateral pockets. Each of these pockets opens behind into the uterus, and is usually filled with a clear colloid mass, which stains very deeply with alkaline carmine. It has all the appearance of being the same material as that which cements the eggs together when they have been deposited. The same contraction of the uterus which expels the egg would certainly expel some of this material from the uterine pouch. 4. The Structure of the Gum-glands . Although I have used the term gum-glands to designate these organs, it will be seen that there is nothing in their structure to justify its use. And although they are usually regarded as secretin g-glands which form a glue or cement for the attachment of the eggs, a function first apparently ascribed to them by Burmeister (7) and afterwards by Loew (18), Stein, who has examined these structures with more care perhaps than any other writer, entirely discards the view. He regards the so-called gum -glands as accessory organs of fertilization except in the Hydrophiiidse, where they open into the calyx of the ovary ; and, curiously enough, disregarding the extreme impro- bability that gum-glands would open in such a situation, makes an exception in these insects, and regards the glands as gum- glands. Stein further identifies these glands in the Diptera with his “ glandular portion of the organs of fertilization.” 434 PROF. B. T. LOWNE ON" THE STRUCTURE AND With regard to the histology of these glands, very little, if anything, can he said to have been recorded of a satisfactory character. Stein gives several very remarkable figures ( l . c. pi. ix. figs, i, v, and xii) of their histological structure, with the following description : — “ The fine structure of the glands is nearly the same in all Beetles ; they belong to that class of glands which yield a fluid secretion, and which are tubular, follicular, or exhibit bladder-like cavities. In the gland-follicles the proper elements of the gland form a manifold layer of nucleated cells which pre- pare the secretion. Between these cells very fine wavy canals spread into the follicles, formed as outgrowths of the epithelial coat (of the central cavity), and terminate either in blind ends or within the cells *. “ In general the contour of the gland-follicles is the same as that of the epithelial coat of the central cavity The secreting-cells lie between the epithelial and peritoneal coats [the italics are mine] without order, near and over each other, and not united together. In form they are round, oval, or egg- shaped ; in the latter case the blunt end is turned outwards, and the outlines of the cells, when one examines the entire follicle under a certain pressure, are not generally distinctly seen, so many lie over each other, and the cells, owing to their granular contents, are so opaque ” (pp. 102, 103). Leuckart (16a), in his memoir on the Pupiparae, gives a figure of the corresponding gland of Melophagus ovinus , which, although on a much smaller scale, represents a similar appear- ance, and gives a description which corresponds nearly with Stein’s. These figures and descriptions are very difficult to understand, except on the supposition that both Stein and Leuckart examiued glands with a quantity of adherent fat-cells. The fat-cells of the ovary form a large mass on its posterior aspect, and closely sur- round and adhere to the gum-glands. These fat-cells, when half empty, as they always are in the egg-layiug female, exhibit * “Zwisehen diesen Zellen verbreiten sicb am Follikel sehr feine geschlan- gelte Kanale welche von Austulpungen der Epithelealkaut gebildet werden, und die nach aussen entweder blind endigen, oder an einer Zelle endigen.” DEVELOPMENT OE THE OVAEIES IN THE BLOWFLY. 435 appearances, in optical section, wliicli could be interpreted without difficulty, as Stein and Leuckart have interpreted them ; possibly the fine tubes are the fine tracheae of the fat-glands, whilst the cells figured by Stein are undoubtedly those of the fat-body, of which I give a figure (PI. XXYIII. fig. 15) for comparison. Sir John Lubbock (19), describing the corresponding glands in Coccus Cersicce , gives a totally different description. He says : — “ They are six in number, four large and two small, the latter being apparently attached by a short stalk to the peduncle of the large one which is furthest from the vulva. They lie three on each side, and their ducts open iuto the egg-canal close together and about halfway between the vulva and the division of the egg-canal into two oviducts. The internal structure is very distinct and interesting. It consists of many cells lying loose in the internal cavity, and resembling very much in form, size, and appearance the vitelligenous cells of the egg-follicle.” I have been unable to find any other published details on the structure of these glands, which I shall now give from my own observations. The gum-glands in the Blowfly are simple tubes, tortuous rather than convoluted, 2 m. in length, with an average dia- meter of T75 m. They have a glistening white appearance, and are beaded over the surface from the projection of the cells lining them. In sections these glands are seen to consist of an outer musculo-cellular coat, like the so-called peritoneal coat of the oviduct. This is lined by a single layer of large epithelial cells. The lumen is filled by a granular fluid or semifluid sub- stance. This is coagulated by alcohol, the granules suspended in it are blackened by osmic acid, and the intergranular material is scarcely stained by alkaline solutions of carmine. In this respect it differs entirely from the substance contained in the uterine pockets and from that with which the eggs are cemented together. The epithelial cells which surround the lumen of the gland are irregular in form and measure, on an average, 80 n in diameter, and from 30 to 40 /x in thickness. Many of these cells contain very remarkable spherical corpuscles, usually one in each cell (figs. 15 to 20). Besides these, some of the 436 PROF. B. T. LOWIN' E ON THE STRUCTURE AND cells exhibit an oblong nucleus surrounded by a clear area (PI. XXVIII. fig. 16). In females in which the ovary is still without ripe ova (fig. 17) there are no corpuscles in the cells, but nuclei in an active state of division. Each nucleolus or each group of nucleoli, two or even four (figs. 17 and 18, i), is surrounded by a clear area. In some there is a small speck of deeply stained chromatin close to the nucleolus (fig. 19). The epithelial cells (fig. 20, e ) consist of distinctly reticular proto- plasm and stain readily. The largest of the contained corpuscles measures 25 /x to 30 /j. in diameter. A fully formed corpuscle exhibits a clear outer zone (fig. 20, d), 4 /x in breadth, with a distinct radial striation. This clear outer zone closely surrounds a finely granular contents (e) which stains feebly, and lying in it, usually near one side of the corpuscle, a clear vesicular spot ( b ) 5 yu in diameter, with a bright highly refringent spherule 25 /ji in its centre («). These corpuscles have, in point of fact, the closest possible resemblance to the germ-ova of other animals. The relation of these corpuscles to the nuclei of the containing cells must at present remain a matter of conjecture. It appears to me probable that one of the nuclei of the cells in the young gland, when there are two or more, develops the corpuscle whilst the others remain quiescent. The nuclei both of the young and mature cells staiu deeply, whilst the vesicle and highly refractive body in the corpuscle remain unstained. In several instances I have seen an appearance which leads me to believe that the corpuscles when mature are discharged from the cells in which they are developed into the lumen of the gland (fig. 20). Either empty spaces in the cells or a distinct fissure surrounding the corpuscle which lies close to the lumen of the gland are not uncommon. In some preparations the corpuscles, or some of them, have evidently fallen out in mounting the spe- cimen. On other occasions I have seen what appears to be a rupture of the clear external zone, and a protrusion of the contents of the corpuscle into the lumen of the gland. There is certainly a close similarity between the contents of these corpuscles and the material which fills the lumen of the gland. DEVELOPMENT OF THE OVAKIES IN THE BLOWFLY. 437 I have, however, been unable to find either the corpuscles themselves or the vesicular body they contain imbedded in this material ; but bright refractive nuclear particles like the central highly refringent body of the corpuscles undoubtedly exist in it. 5. Theoretical Considerations and Conclusions. I am led by my observations to the following unexpected conclusions : — The ovarian eggs in the Blowfly, and probably in other insects, are yelks, and contain no germ. The so-called gum-glands are in reality germ-glands in which the germ-ova are developed. These germ-ova pass into the yelks during their passage through the oviducts either (a) as naked germinal vesicles, or (b) as female pronuclei. I shall now examine these hypotheses in relation to tbe work of previous investigators, and discuss their probability. 1. I have already shown that much difficulty exists in attempt- ing to reconcile the observations of previous writers on the deve- lopment of the ova in insects. So recently as 1881 Prof. Balfour (1) regarded the whole question as unsettled, and contented himself with stating that the relation of the ovum to the germogen and the relation of the yelk-cells to the ovum are points which have been especially controverted. I make this observation to show that the great number of researches which have been re- corded by no means settle the question, which therefore still remains an open one. 2. The existence of true germ-ova, if such they are, in what has always been regarded as an accessory gland, although unex- pected, is not inconsistent with the probable genetic relations of the Insecta. llecent embryologicai observations show that the Insecta exhibit resemblances, sufficiently startling, to the Nemertid worms, and to the Trematodes generally, rather than to the Nematoid worms. This is seen by a comparison of the early developmental stages of Tineus (Barrois (2)) and Chcetognatha (Kowalevski) with those of Musca\ (Kowalevski, Biitschli), my own unpublished obser- 438 PEOF. B. T. LOWNE ON THE STETJCTTJEE AND vatious beiug in complete accord with those of the above-named authors. 3. With regard to the structure of the so-called gum-glands of Musca and probably of other insects, I would submit that a com- parison of the description of the gum-glands, as I have given it, with the ovary of some Arachnids, Crustacea, and W orms is not without interest, That such ova are developed within cells and present appear- ances exactly similar to those I have described, is pretty evident from the figures of the young ovary of Spiders given by Stuhl- mann (25), plate ix. figs. 190 and 197, and plate x. figs. 214, 215, and 216 ; whilst similar appearances are represented by Van Beneden (3, 4, and 5) in the germogen of the solid-bodied Worms and some Crustaceans. It is true these authors put a different interpretation on the relation of the ova to the epi- thelium of the germogen ; but the fact remains that their figures are such as to show the close resemblance of the germogen in these animals and the so-called gum-glands of the fly. 4. With regard to the morphology of the gum-gland, so long as we remain ignorant of the precise manner in which this struc- ture and the common oviduct are developed, its morphology will remain more or less doubtful, I have already given my reasons for the belief that the common oviduct is part of the primitive ovary ; and this opinion is generally held. The condition of the parts in the Hydrophilidse is an undoubted indicatiou, I think, that the gum-glands are merely modified ovarian tubules, and have a similar origin from the primitive ovary ; the connexion which persists between these glands and the calyx of the ovary in the fly is not, I think, unimportaut in this relation. In the Hvdrophilidae the gland is comparable with the germ-gland of the Crustacea. Compare the figures given by Van Beneden (5) and by Stein (24). It is true that Palmen (21) states that the appendicular glands (the gum-glands and the spermatophorous capsules) have the same origin from the ectodermal invagination as the vagina and uterus ; but his observations are general, and he believed the gum-glauds to open into the uterus. 5. Supposing my corpuscle to be a germ-ovum, its discharge from the cell in which it is developed may be considered an un- DEVELOPMENT OE THE OVARIES IN THE BLOWFLY. 439 paralleled phenomenon. I am by no means sure that it is so. The changes in the germarium of the Trematodes described by Yan Beneden (5) appear to me to indicate a similar condition. The nature of the germ-ova in these has been discussed with great heat, some holding that the germ is a naked nucleus, and others that it retains a thin, scarcely demonstrable, layer of protoplasm around it. 6. Until the actual passage of such a germ into the yelk has been repeatedly observed, I admit that a serious hiatus exists in my hypothesis. I am far from sure that the phenomenon has not been already observed ; at any rate a passage in Leydig’s mono- graph (17) on the ovaries and seminal pouches of insects is worthy of note in this relation. Speaking of the chorion of Musca clomestica, he says, “ this has at the upper pole of the egg a prominent micropyle which appears blocked by a highly refrac- tive corpuscle. The corpuscle is not present in all the eggs, and may be perhaps an exuding yelk-drop I would ask, may it not equally have been an entering germ-yelk ? 6. Bibliography . As the bibliography of the subject is given in extenso by Dr. T\ Stuhlmann, 1886 (25), and Dr. A. Brandt, 1878 (6), I shall give only a list of the works quoted or directly made use of in this paper. (1) Balfour, F. M. — Comparative Embryology. 1881. (2) Barrois. — “ L’Embryologie des Nemertes.” Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 6, tom. vi. 1877- (3) Beneden, E.van. — “ Recherches sur l’Embryogenie des Crustaces.’5 Bull, de l’Acad. R. de Belgique, 2e ser. tom. xxviii. 1869. (4) Beneden, E. v. — Ibid. tom. xxix. 1870. (5) Beneden, E. v. — “ Recherches sur la composition et la signification de l’CEuf.” Mem. couronnes et Mem. etrang. Acad, de Belgique, t. xxxiv. 1870. * “ Dieselbe hat am oberen Eipol eine vorstehende Mikropyle und wie verstopft durch ein fettglanzendes Zapfchen (Taf. iii. fig. 13d, 14 b). Dieses Korperchen ist nicht bei alien Eiern vorhanden und entspricht vielleicht einem herausgetretenen Dottertropfchen ” (l. c. p. 35). 440 PROF. B. T. LOWNE ON THE STRUCTURE AND (6) Brandt, Alex. — Ueber das Ei und seine Bildungsstiitte. Leipzig, 1878. (7) Burmeister, Herman. — A Manual of Entomology. Translated by Shuckard. London, 1836. (8) Claus, C. — “ Beobachtungen liber die Bildung des Insecteneies.” Z. f. w. Z. Bd. xiv. 1864. (9) Henking, H. — “ Die ersten Entwicklungsvorgange im Fliegenei und freie Kernbildung.” Z. f. w. Z. Bd. xlvi. 1888. (10) Huxley, T. H. — Anatomy of Invertebrate Animals. London, 1887- (11) Huxley, T. H. — “ On the Agamic Reproduction and Morphology of Aphis.” Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxii. 1859. (12) Kolliker, A. — Observations deprima Insectorum Genesi. Turici, 1842. (13) Korschelt, E. — “Ueber einige interessante Vorgange bei der Bildung der Insecten Eier.” Z. f. w. Z. Bd. xlv. 1887- (14) Korschelt, E. — “ Zur Bildung der Eihiillen der Micropylen und Chorionanhfinge bei den Insecten.” Nov. Acta Acad. Cses. Leop.- Car. 1887- ( 15) Landois, L. — “ Anatomie des Hundflohes.” Nov. Acta Acad. Cses. Leop.-Car. 1866. (16) Leuckart, R. — “Ueber die Micropyle und den feinern Bau der Schalenliaut bei den Insecten Eiern.” Archiv f. A. und P. 1855. (16a) Leuckart, R. — “ Fortpflantzungund Eutwicklung der Pupiparen.” Halle Abth. Nat. Gesellsch. iv. 1858. (17) Leydig, F. — “Der Eierstock und die Samentasche der Insecten.” Nov. Acta Acad. Cses. Leop.-Car. t. xxxiii. 1866. (18) Loew. — Horse Anatomicse. Beitrage zur genaueren anatomischen Kenntniss der Evertebraten, Abth. 1. Posen, 1841. (19) Lubbock, Sir J. — “The Ova and Pseudova of Insects.” Phil. Trans. 1859. (20) Meyer, H. — “ Ueber die Entwicklung des Fettkorpers der Trackeen und den keimbereitenden Geschlechstheile bei den Lepidopteren.” Z. f. w. Z. Bd. i. 1849. (21) Palmen. — Ueber paarige Ausfiikrungsgange der Gescklechtsovgane bei Insecten. 1884. (22) Robin, C. — “ Sur la Production du Blastoderm chez les Articules.” Journal de Physiologie, tom. v. 1862. (23) Schneider, A. — “Ueber die Geschlechtsorgane der Insecten.” Zool. Beitrage, Bd. i. (24) Stein, F. — Vergleichende Anatomie und Physiologie der Insecten DEVELOPMENT OF THE OVARIES IN THE BLOWFLY. 441 (25) (26) in Monographien bearbeitet. Erste Monographic. Die weiblichen Geschlechtsorgane der Kafer. Berlin, 1847. Stuhlmann, F. — “ Die Reifung des Arthropodeneies naeh Beo- bachtungen an Insecten, Spinnen, Myriapoden und Peripatus.” Berichte der naturforseh. Gesellscbaft zu Freiburg, Bd. i. 1886. Weismann, A. — Die Entwicklung der Dipteren. Leipzig, 1864. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXVIII. Figs. 1, 2, and 3. The uterus and its appendages in the adult egg-laying insect. The different parts are indicated by the same letters in all the figures. b. Bursa copulatrix. cl. Duct of the gum-gland. cjl. Gum-gland. m. Retractor muscle of oviduct. o. Ovary. od. Oviduct. os. Terminal enlargement of the oviduct. p. Uterine pouch. s. Spermatophorous capsule. ut. Uterus. v. Vagina. x. Attachment of the gum-gland to the ovary. Fig. 1. Dorsal view of the uterus. X 20. 2. The same, with the ovaries. The parts rendered semitransparent with glycerine, and seen by transmitted light. X 10. 3. A median section of the uterus in the vertical antero-posterior plane. 4. The ovary of a three-day-old pupa, c, capsule ; cl, cells of the calix ; es, egg-strings. X 200. 5. Two of the egg-follicles from a ten-day-old pupa, cl, calicine duct ; os, ovisac; st, stalk of egg-follicle of the ovary; Psy, pseudo- yelk-granules of the pupa; x, cell-mass to which the stalks of the ovisac are attached. X 300. 6. An ovisac from a young fly. tc, terminal chamber; ec, egg- chamber ; si, stalk of ovarian follicle ; cl, calicine duct ; tr, trachea. X 200. 7. Another ovisac from a young fly, a little more advanced, y, edge of epithelium of egg ; ec', ec", young egg-chambers. The other letters as in figs. 5 and 6. X 300. 442 ME. W. E. HOYLE ON THE DEEP-WATEE Fig. 8. The egg-follicle from the ovary of a mature egg-laying insect. X 200. 9. Transverse section of an egg. me, micropyle canal ; eh, chorion ; v, vitelline membrane ; cl, clear yelk ; y, granular yelk. X 30. 10. A longitudinal section of an egg. one', chamber at anterior pole of the egg ; on, micropyle. 11. A section of the yelk, a, clear margin ; h, granular yelk. X 400. 12. The micropyle. X 400. 13. A section through the micropyle. X 400. 14. The testes of a larval blowfly, showing the union of the prolongations from which the duct is developed : after Weismann. 15. The gum-gland and some of the adjacent fat-body. I, lumen of the gum-gland; e, epithelium of gum-gland ; bb, capsule of fat-cells; a, c, d, stellate and flask-shaped cells enclosed within the capsule. X 200. 16. Transverse section of the gum-gland of the mature insect. 17. Transverse section of the gum-gland of the immature insect. 18. 19, 20. Epithelial cells from the gum-gland, with the contained corpuscles and nuclei in different stages of development. On the Deep-water Eauna of the Clyde Sea-area. By William E. Hoyle, M.A. (Oxon.), E.R.S.E., Keeper of the Man- chester Museum. (Communicated by John Mueeay, LL.D., Ph.D., V.P.R.S.E., E.L.S.) [Eead 4th April, 1889.] (With Map : Plate XXIX.) Since the establishment of the Scottish Marine Station in the year 1884, Dr. John Murray lias conducted an extensive series of dredgings in the greater number of the lochs of the west coast of Scotland. During these operations he was struck, as Eorbes bad been before him, with the restricted distribution of certain forms, as well as with the fact that some species occurred nowhere off the British shores except in these depressions. In the summer of last year, Dr. Murray suggested that I FAUNA OF THE CLYDE SEA-AREA. 443 should continue these investigations, and endeavour to render them as complete as possible during the months of July and August, offering at the same time to give me the use of the steam-jmcht ‘ Medusa ’ for dredging and trawling, and to allow me the use of the materials which he had already accumulated. Circumstances fortunately allowed of my accepting this offer, and during the two months just mentioned I made Millport, on the Island of Cumbrae, my headquarters, and thence made ex- cursions to all the different parts of what is now known as the “ Clyde sea-area.” The physical configuration of this region has been very ably described by Dr. Hugh R. Mill *, whose communication is illus- trated by an admirable orographical and bathymetrical chart. He regards the “ Clyde sea-area ” “ as bounded on the south by a line drawn from the Mull of Cantyre to Corsewell Point in Wigtownshire, almost coinciding with the contour of 50 fathoms and within it he defines seven deep-water basins, wrhich have a depth exceeding 20 fathoms, and are separated from each other by ridges, considerably shallower than the extreme depths of the basins themselves. 1. The Arran Basin extends on either side of the north of Arran, and up into lower Loch Dyne, being in shape like the letter A. In the sequel I have regarded it as subdivided into four portions, which may be termed respectively the “ Brodick,” “ Cumbrae,” “ Kilbrennan,” and “ Inchmarnoch ” basins. The last of these is the deepest, and, indeed, attains the greatest depth found anywhere in the Firth, namely 107 fathoms off Skate Island. The Kilbrennan and Inchmarnoch Basins are not so distinctly marked off from each other as are the remaining ones, the channel which unites them just reaching the 60-fathom line, the extreme depth of the former being 85 fathoms. The Brodick basin, which is off the bay of the same name, has a depth of 92 fathoms, whilst the Cumbrae basin descends only to 62 fathoms. 2. Upper Loch Fyne is 25 miles in length, and has a depth of about 80 fathoms off Strachur. 3. Loch Striven runs up into the mainland due north of Rothesay, and attains a depth of a little over 40 fathoms. * Scottish Geogr. Mag. iii. pp. 1-7 (1887). LINN. JOURN. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XX. 33 444 MB. w. E. HOYLE ON THE DEEP-WATER 4. The Dunoon Basin occupies the channel of the river from the extremity of Great Cumbrae northwards, and extends up into the lower stretch of Loch Long. Its greatest depression off Dunoon is 56 fathoms. 5. Loch Goil is only about 4 square miles in area, and its ex- treme depth is 47 fathoms. 6. Upper Loch Long is of about the same extent, but has a depth of only 35 fathoms. 7. The Garelocli has an area of about 5 square miles, and is 23 fathoms in depth. The object which I set before myself was to ascertain as fully as possible the fauna of each of these depressions, limiting them by the contour-line of 20 fathoms, and then with all the mate- rials available to draw up comparative lists, and to endeavour to discover their relations to each other. Unfortunately I have been unable to make much use of the published works of my predecessors, owing to the form in which their results are stated. “ Pairly common in depths of 5-25 fathoms,” with a few localities appended, is the type of a phrase which occurs continually, hut is, for the purposes of the present inquiry, quite useless. The cases in which I have drawn infor- mation from sources other than the records of the Scottish Marine Station are all indicated. The specimens collected by Dr. Murray had been sent from time to time to the British Museum, and he had received from the authorities of that institution lists of these consignments, along with a number of named duplicates, which were of great help in the identification of my own subsequent acquisitions. I have to acknowledge, with my sincerest thanks, the assistance I have received, not only from the staff of the British Museum, hut from several other friends. Mr. David Robertson and the Rev. Canon Norman, whose extensive knowledge of the British marine fauna is well known, were at Millport during the greater part of my stay there, and I had thus the advantage of being able to consult them constantly. Messrs. Isaac C. Thompson and TT. S. M‘Millan, of Liverpool, have been good enough to draw up lists of the Copepoda for me, and Prof. ITerdman has given me the benefit of his acquaintance with the Tuuicata. To Dr. John Murray, as above stated, I owe the suggestion of the present in- vestigation, as well as the means of carrying it out. FAUNA OF THE CLYDE SEA-AREA. 445 Before proceeding to enumerate the species obtained, it seems advisable to say a few words regarding the mode of procedure adopted in collecting, for tins probably explains certain general features in the results obtained. In the great majority of in- stances the instrument employed was a shrimp-trawl, which was found on the whole more convenient for working in these loca- lities than the dredge, owing to its bringing up a less amount of mud and a greater variety of forms. Certaiu groups, such as the Mollusca, are not obtained in such large numbers as by the dredge, and hence the list of these animals obtained is small as compared with that known to inhabit the district. A tow-net was generally attached a short distance above the trawl, so as to capture any Crustaceans which might be swimming just above the bottom. These were almost invariably found to be of a different species from those taken in the nets which were dragged at the surface. Statement of Results. For convenience I have drawn up the results in the form of a Table, with a column corresponding to each basin. The figures show the range in fathoms in that particular region, whilst there is appended in another column a sketch of the distribution of each form outside the British area. Those facts which have been taken from the published writings of others are indicated by italics. A note of interrogation indicates that I have obtained the species in that locality, but the record of the exact depth has been lost. d means that dead shells, not living specimens, were obtained. 446 MR. W. E. HOYLE ON THE DEEP-WATER Pisces. 1. Pristiurus melanostomus (Bonap.) 2. Aoantkias vulgaris, Bisso .... 3. Baja clavata, L. 4. - — - fullonica, L. 5. maculata, Montag. 6. Lopliius piscatorius, L. 7. Cottus bubalis, Ettphr. . . 8. Lilljeborgii, Collett. 9. scorpius, L 10. Trigla gurnardus, L. 11. Triglops Murrayi, Gthr. 12. Agonus catapbractus, L. 13. Liparis liparis (A.) 14. Gobius Jeffreysii, Gthr. 15. minutus, Gm 16. Callionymus lyra, L 17. maculatus, Baf. 18. Ceutronotus gunellus (A.) 19. Stickieus lampetrieformis 20. Gadus seglefinus, A 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. Merluccius merluccius (A.) luscus, A ■ Esmarkii, Nilss. merlangas, A. ., minutus, A morrkua, A. Arran Basin. Brodick Basin. 70 15-30 80-90 50-60 27. Molva molva (A.) 28. Onus cimbrius (A.) 29. maculatus (Bisso) 30. Hippoglossoides limandoides (Bl.) 31. platessoides ( Fabr .) 32. Bkombus megasloma (JDonov.) 33. norvegicus, Gthr 34. puuctatus (Bl.) 35. Pleuronectes cynoglcssus, A. ... 90 50-60 30-90 30-60 lKil- brennan Inck- marnock Oumbrae Basin. Basin. Basin. 26 26 20 100 60 26^46 64 20-64 49-64 20-45 56 26 37 26 26 20 60 26 90 26-65 80 26-46 90 56 65 56 26 26 80 46 70-100 56 65 40 40 45-100 26-46 SO-lOO 40 45 60 46-70 80-100 Upper Loch Fyue. 37 38 50 37 37 30 FAUNA OF THE CLYDE SEA- ARE A. 447 Loch Striven. Dunoon Basin. Loch Goil. Upper Loch Long. Gare- loch. General Distribution. “ Seas of Europe, being common in the Mediterranean.” Temperate seas of Northern and Southern hemispheres. Around the seas of Europe, Medit. Western Europe, rare in Medit., Ma- deira. 30-40 European coasts to Medit.; Madeira. 30-40 Bare north of 60° N., Meclit. to Cape of Good Hope ; Newfoundland to Cape Hatteras. Arctic regions in both hemispheres ; Baltic, North Sea, France, Spain. Norway and Faeroes (new to Britain). 15-30 Arctic and N. Atlantic in both hemi- spheres ; Baltic, North Sea. Baltic; West Europe from Norway to Medit. New species ; an arctic genus. Iceland, JNorway, Baltic, German Ocean. 30-40 Polar Begions to Cape Cod, and to Scandinavia, Denmark, Holland, France. ? Alediterranean. 43 Shetland, Medit. 40 20-43 45 20 Scandinavia, Shetland, Channel, Medit. Norway, Denmark, German Ocean, very rare in Medit. Scandinavia, Denmark, Shetland, Medit. (new to Britain). 20 Greenland, Iceland, Shetland to France. 30-40 20 40 20 Iceland, Scandinavia. 30-40 40 Northern and Arctic Eui’ope, New- foundland to Cape Hatteras. Scandinavia to Medit. Scandinavia, Faeroes (new to Britain). 30-40 Scandinavia to Medit. Scandinavia to Medit. 40 Northern seas of Europe and America. 30-40 30-40 40 20 Scandinavia to Madeira and Medit., Greenland to Cape Hatteras. 30-40 Spitzbergen to Medit. 30-40 20-40 Coasts of Northern Europe. Coasts of Europe. 40-42 Coasts of Northern Europe. 30-40 20-40 40 40 20 North Atlantic. Northern seas to French coast. 43 Sweden and Norway. Northern Europe to France. 30-40 40 North Sea to France, American coast. 448 MR. W. E. HOYLE ON THE DEEP-WATER 36. Pleuronectes flesus, L. 37. limanda, L 38. microcephalus, Donov. 39. platessa, L 40. Solea variegata (Donov.) .... 41. Argentina sphyrsena, L 42. Conger vulgaris, Guv 42 species. Tunicata. 43. Cynthia echinata, Linn 44. Styela grossularia, V. Ben. . 45. rustica, Linn 46. Polycarpa pomaria, Sav 47. Corella parallelogramma, 0. F. Miill. 48. Ciona intestinalis, Linn 49. Ascidia mentula, 0. F. Miill 50. scabra, 0. F. Mull. . . . 51. virginea, 0. F. Miill. 9 species. Mollusca. 52. Eledone cirrosa, LamJc. . 53. Sepiola Rondeleti, Leach 54. Rossia Oweni, Ball 56. Scaphander lignarius ( L .) 57. Pleurotoma (Bela) turricula (Mont.) 58. Chrysodomus antiquus (L.) .. 60. Buccinum iradatum, L. ... 61. Aporrhais pes-pelecani (L.) 62. Turritella terebra (L.) 63. Bissoa ahyssicola, Forbes 64. Yelutina laevigata (Penn.) 65. Nat.ica Alderi, Forbes . 66. Montagui, Forbes. 67. sordida, Phil. 69. magus, L. 71. ( ) millegranus, 72. Einarginula crassa, Sow. Arran Basin. Upper Loch Fyne. Brodick Basin. Kil- brennan Basin. Incli- marnoch Basin. Cumbrae Basin. 20 50-60 40-60 26 65 56 ? ? 80-104 50-60 ? 80-104 70 80-100 70 ? ? ? ? 50 ? ? ? 50 ? 45-49 70 ? ? 45-104 ? ? 80-100 22 22-70 28-90 22-49 30-65 40-49 22 45-49 50 50-90 22-70 37-104 60-62 50 22 22 100 60-62 50 22-70 104 d 50-70 22 37-49 60-62 50-90 22 37-49 50 100 104 50 SO 60 104 60-62 90 22 37-104 d. 60-62 45-49, 50 30-75 104 d. 45-49 d. 40-64 40-49 104 30-35 d. 104 d. FAUNA OF TIIE CLYDE SEA-AREA. 449 Loch Striven. Dunoon Basin. Loch Goil. Tipper Loch Long. Gare- loch. General Distribution. 20 Iceland, Northern Europe to France. Iceland, Northern Europe to Bay of' Biscay. 40 20 Iceland to France ; Kamtschatka. 30-40 30 Iceland to France ; rare in Medit. Britain to France and Medit. 37 32 Norway to Medit. Europe, Medit., East Indies, Japan, Tasmania. [U.S.A. Greenland, Spitsbergen, to Britain ; 30 Arctic to Belgium ; U.S.A.(?) Arctic to Britain ; U.S.A. 40 35 Scandinavia to Medit. 35 Scandinavia to Britain. Arctic to Medit. ; Australia. 40 30-40 Greenland, Iceland, Scandinavia to Britain ; U.S.A. ? ; Medit. Scandinavia to Medit. Scandinavia to Medit. Scandinavia to Medit. 30-40 Greenland to Scandinavia and Medit. ; W. Africa, Canaries. 40 30-40 35-40 Scandinavia to Britain. Arctic. All European seas. 1-50 fins. 40 42 Arctic and Boreal Europe and U.S.A. [3-100 fms. 30-42 35-40 30 20 Arctic and Boreal t.o France. [5-30 fms. 30-44 30-40 35-40 30 Boreal Europe to Bay of Biscay, and U.S.A. 5-80 fms. 30-40 30-42 30-40 30 20 Celtic and Boreal Europe, Greenland and U.S.A. Low water to 100 fms. 30-40 30-40 20 All European coasts, Medit. [3-100 fms. 30-40 35 Boreal and Celtic. 7-100 fms. Scandinavia to Medit. Deep-water. Arctic and Boreal. Isle of Man. [Shallow water to 30 fms. Atlantic and Medit. 30-42 45 Celtic Region. 12-90 fms. Medit. and Atlantic. 20-60 fms. 30-40 40 30-35 30 Norway to Spain. Shallow water to [20 fms. Britain to Medit. 3-25 fms. N oi’way to Medit. Low water to 50 fms. 30-40 Norway to Medit. 15-100 fms. Norway. 20-25 fms. 450 MR. W. E. HOYLE ON THE DEEP-WATER Arran Basin. Upper Loch Fyne. 1 Brodick Basin. Kil- brennan Basin. Inch- marnoch Basin. C umbrae Basin. 73. Emarginula reticulata, Sow. ... 104 d. 74. Puncturella Noachina ( L .) 104 50 76. Chiton marginatus, Penn 104 50 90 37-104 70-75 78. Anomia ephippium, L 22-50 37 79. patelliformis, L 40-49 75 8(J. Lima elliptica, Jeffr 50-90 80 45-49 82. opercularis ( L .) 22 22-64 37-49 60-62 30-75 50-60 d. 70 84. septemradiatus, Mull. ... 50-90 22-70 37-104 60-62 30-80 80-90 37 60-62 45-49 87. Modiola modiolus ( L .) 40-49 70-75 89. Modiolariamarmorata (Forbes)* 90. Nucula nitida, Sow 50-60 40 45-104 50 50-60 S0-90 22-70 37-104 50 80-104 94. Leda minuta (Mull.) 22 45-104 , f. brevirostris, Jeffr. 95. Astarte compressa (Mont.) 36 96. elliptica, Brown 50-60 37 97. — — • sulcata (BaC.) 50-60 cl. 70 104 50 98. Cardium aculeatum, L 22 99. eehinatum, L 37 100. fasciatum, Mont 60-62 101. minimum, Phil. 104 102. Cyprina islandica (L.) 65 37 103. Isocardia cor (L.) 50-60 104. Dosiuia exoleta (L.) 45-49 d. 37, 45-49 d 106. Venus fasciata (BaC.) 40-49 37 107- ovata, Penn 50-60 37-49 108. Cryptodon ferruginosus (Forbes) 70 109. flexuosus (Mont.) 1 10. croulinensis (Jeffr.) 70 111. Solen pellucidus, Penn 112. Mactra elliptica, Brown 45-104 * This form is. of course, only found along with the Ascidian on which it is parasitic. FAUNA OF THE CLYDE SEA-ABEA. 451 Loch Striven. 40 30-40 30-40 30-40 Dunoon Basin. Loch Goil. Upper Loch Long. Gare- loch. General Distribution. All West Europe, Medit. 12-90 fms. Greenland, North Atlantic, U.S.A., and Japan. 20-100 fms. 20-30 Norway. 20-80 fms. Scandinavia, U.S.A., Aigo Bay. [Shallow. 35 Norway to Spain. 40-70 fms. 42 All European seas. Low water to [30 fms. Northern Europe to Medit. 45-50fms. 45 All European coasts. 15-20 fms. Norway to Gibraltar and Medit. [3-40 fms. 30-40 All European seas. 5-100 fms. All European seas. Low water to [90 fms. 30-40 35-45 Scandinavia, Medit. 20-100 fms. 30 Boreal, very rare in Medit. 12-60 fms. Atlantic and N. European seas. [12-60 fms. N. Atlantic. Low water to 70 fms. Lusitaniau Region, Medit. 3-10 fms. All European seas. Parasitic on As- ciclia mentula. Low water to 40 fms. 30-42 35 30 20 Sweden, Lusitania, Medit. Shallow [water to 34 fms. All European seas. Common. [7-90 fms. 30-42 45 Scandinavia to Medit. (deep). [30-100 fms. 30-40 Northern Europe, and U.S.A. [40-100 fms. 40 35-45 Arctic and Scandinavia. 10-100 fms. Norway. 7-70 fms. Greenland, Norway. 10-45 fms. All European seas. 8-80 fms. Scandinavia to Medit. Scandinavia to N. Atlantic. 7-80 fms. Atlantic. Arctic and Norway. 30-70 fms. Northern Europe. 5-80 fms. Scandinavia to Medit. 15-40 fms. All European seas. [Low water to SO fms. All European seas. [Low water to 60 fms. Norway to Medit. 4—60 fms. Norway to Medit. 3-100 fms. 25 Arctic to Medit. 20-100 fms. 40 Arctic to Medit. 3-80 fms. Arctic, Atlantic, and Medit. 20 Throughout European seas. 6-100 fms. Arctic and N. Atlantic. [Low water to 50 fms. 452 MR. W. E. HOYLE ON TILE BEEP-WATER Arran Basin. Upper Loch Fyne. Brodick Basin. Kil- brennan Basin. Inch- marnoch Basin. Oumbrae Basin. 113. Mya tnmcata, L 50 d. 50-60 22 50 36 50 45-49 117. Semele (Abra) alba (Hood) 90 37-80 50 36-50 SO 120. Cuspidaria abbreviata, Forbes... 30 70 species. Braciiiopoda. 122. Terebratulina caput -serpentis 80-104 50 (L.). 1 species. POLYZOA. 123. Scrupocellaria reptans (L.) 64 30-50 25-64 25-49 127. securifrons ( Pallas ) 65 128. Membranipora catenularia 50 (Jameson). 65 50 104 131. Microporella ciliata (Fall.) 50 50 133. Schizoporella unicornis (Johnst.) 25 134. Hippotboa carinata, Norman ... 50 135. Porella compressa (Sow.) 25 | 130. Smittia reticulata {Mae Gill.) . . . 25 1 137. Mucronella Peacbii (Johnst.) ... 25-64 50 139. Cellepora avicularis, Hincks ... 50-65 50 141. ramulosa, L 25-64 FAUNA OF THE CLYDE SEA-AREA. 453 Loch Striven. Dunoon Basin. Loch Goil. Upper Loch Long. Gare- loch. General Distribution. Arctic and Atlantic. [Shallow water to 34 fins. 40 40 30—35 30 All European seas. 7 to 80 fms. 20 Boreal and Celtic regions, N. Spain. [Shallow. Arctic. 53 ftns. 30-40 30-42 35-45 30 20 Scandinavia to Medit. [Common 1-40 fuis. Norway to Medit. 40 Britain to Medit. Norway, Medit. 40-200 fins. 30-40 Norway, Sweden, Medit. 12-185 fins. All European seas, U.S. A. 10-90 fms. Scandinavia to Medit., Red Sea(?). [To 100 fms. British only. Shallow. Scandinavia to Medit., U.S.A., Ma- deira, Indian Ocean, N. Zealand. [40-140 fms. Norway to Medit., S. Africa, China, Pacific. To 70 fms. Spitzbergen to Medit., Labrador. [10-300 fms. North Sea to Medit., U.S. A. [40-300 fms. Greenland to Medit. [“Tide-marks to deep water.” Greenland and Norway to Medit., U.S.A., Indian Ocean, N. Zealand. [Low water to 100 fms. Cosmopolitan. 0-145 fms. Norway to Medit. 30—40 fms. Greenland to Medit., U.S. A., S. Africa. Antrim, Birterbuy Bay. [30-170fms. Arc-tic to N. France. 40-170 fms. Norway to Medit., Falkland Is., N. Zealand. 40-80 fms. Greenland and Norway to Medit., U.S.A. Low water to 170 fms. Arctic, Norway to Medit., N. Zealand. [10-20 fms. Spitzbergen, Scandinavia, Medit., U.S A. Cosmopolitan. 5-50 fms. Norway to N. France, Madeira. [8-170 fms. 454 MTt. W. E. HOYLE ON THE DEEP-WATER Arran Basin. Upper Lock Eyne. Brodick Basin. Kil- brennan Basin. Inch- marnock Basin. Cumkrae Basin. 142. Crisia denticulata ( Lamh .) 64 143. eburnea (L.), var. aculeata 50 25 144. Stomatopora granulata (M.- 65 Edw.). 65 146. Diastopora obelia, Johnst 50-64 147. Lichenopora kispida ( Flem .) ... 25-64 65 148. verrucaria ( 0 . Fabr.) 50 50 50 1 51 . Cylindrcecium dilatat um, Hincks. 65 29 species. Crustacea. 152. Inachus dorsettensis, Penn. ... 37-104 50-60 50 153. dorynckus, Leach 25 50 155. coarctatus, Leach 60 49-65 45-49 60 75-80 156. Stenorkynchus longirostris, M- 40-49 37 50 Edw. 40-64 50 159. Portunus depurator, L 80-90 ? 104 50-60 45-49 104 163. Ebalia tuberosa, Penn 50 ? 37-49 70 165. Eupagurus bernhardus ( L .) ... 20-49, SO 37-104 50-60 35-70 50 50-60 20-65 60 168. excavatus, Miers 45-19 169. Anapagurus lasvis ( Thompson) ? 37-104 60 170. Galatkea dispersa, Sp. Bate ... 50-90 171. nexa, Embleton 50-60 49 80 173. Munida rugosa (Fabr.) 80-90 70 174. Calocaris Macandreae, Belt 50-90 80-104 50 175. Nephrops norvegicus ( L .) 80-90 40 37 176. Crangon Allmani, Kinahctn ... 25-90 20-70 37-80, 105 40-62 50-75 177. echinidatus, M. Sars 104 45-49 179. Nika edulis, Risso 93 104 180. Hippolyte Gaimardi, M.-Edw. . 45-104 50-75 181. pusiola, Kroi/er 182. securifrons, Norman 50-90 50-60 37-80 60-70 35-80 183. spinus, Sowb 65 FAUNA OF THE CLYDE SEA-ABEA. 455 Loch Striven . Dunoon Basin. Loch Goil. Upper Loch Long. Gare- loch. General Distribution. Arctic to Meclit., U.S.A., Madeira, S. Africa. [10-100 fins. All Britisli shores. 4-96 fms. Nova Zembla, Scandinavia, Norway to N. France. [Low water to 170 fins. Norway to Medit. [2 fms. to “ deep water.” Arctic and Norway to Medit., U.S.A, [2-20 fms. Greenland and Norway to S.W. France. To 170 fms. Shetland. 80-100 fms. Arctic, Norway, U.S.A. 10-150 fms. Arctic, Scandinavia, to Medit., New Zealand. Norway to N. France. Belgium to Medit. 8-? fms. 30-40 Norway, Medit., Atlantic. Norway, Medit., Atlantic. 30-40 Norway, Labrador, U.S.A. 30-42 30 20 Norway, Labrador, Arctic, U.S.A. Medit., Atlantic. Norway. Norway, Medit. 25-35 fms. 30-42 30 30 20 Norway, Medit. Norway, Medit. 20 N. Atlantic to Medit. Norway, Medit., Canaries. Norway, Medit. 40-45 30 Norway, U.S.A. Shallow. 40 30-42 30-40 30 20 Norway, Medit., U.S.A. 30-40 Norway, Medit., Cape Verde. Norway, Labrador, Arctic, U.S.A. Medit., Atlantic, Senegambia. Norway, Medit. Norway. 20-40 Norway, Medit. Norway, Medit. 40 30-40 30-40 Norway, Medit. 40 Norway, Medit., U.S.A. 40 30-42 45 20 Norway, Medit. 40 30-42 30-45 30 20 Norway. Norway. 42 N orway , Medit. Norway, Medit. 40 30-42 30-35 30 20 Norway, Labrador, Arctic, U.S.A. 20-35 20-35 Norway, U.S.A. 40 30-42 30-45 20 Norway, U.S.A. Norway, Labrador, Arctic, U S.A. 456 ME. W. E. IIOYLE ON THE DEEP-WATER Arran Basin. Upper Loch Fyne. Brodick Basin. Kil- brennan Basin. Inck- marnoch Basin. Cumbrae Basin. 1S4. Caridion Glordoni (Sp. Bate) ... 50-60 185. Pandalus annulicornis, Leach ... 45-90 20-70 45-100 46-70 60-70 186. brevirostris, Bathhe 37 50-90 49 10 A 188. Nyctiphanes norvegica (M.Sars) 50-90 80-100 60-75 189. Jtioreophausia inermis (Arbyer) ? 1 1)0 Raschi (31. Sea's) 60 191. Mysidopsis didelphys ( Norman ) 192. Mysis neglecta, G. 0. Seers 60 193. Cirolana hirtipes, M.-Edw 37-80 29 194. Conilera cylindracea (Mont.) ... 50 195. Munna whiteana, Sp. B. 4" W. . 35-40 40-60 197. Arcturus longicornis (Sowb.) ... 49 105 20 198- Idotea parallela, Sp. B. 4' W.... 50 199. Hipporaedon Holbolli (Kroyer) 80 201). Trypkosa longipes (Sp. Bate)... 66 201. Callisoma crenatum (Sp. Bate) so 30 202. Bathyporeia pilosa (Lindstr.) ... 20 203. Lysianax tumida (Kroyer) 40-60 204. Leucotboe spinicarpa (Abild.).. . 92 205. Stenothoe monoeuloides (Mont.) 401 206. Harpinia plumosa (Kroyer) ... so 207. Westwoodilla caecula, Sp. Bate 20 208. Monoculodes Stimpsoni, Sp. 105 Bate. 209. — — longimanus, Sp. B. 4' W. . 20 210. Epimeria cornigera (J. C. Fabr.) SO 80-100 60 25 211. Cbeirocratus Sundevalli (Bath.) 25 212. assimiiis (Lillieb.) 104 213. Grammarus locusta (L) 35 214. Maera Loveni (Brtiz.) SO 55-60 215. longimana ( Beach) 90 216. Amathilla homari (Fabr.) 65 217. Ampelisca macrocepbala, Ullj. so SO 35 219. Haploops tubicola, Lillj 60 220. setosa, Boech 100 221. Podoceropsis Sophia, Boech ... 222. undata, Sp.Bate 25 223. Cerapus abditus, Templet 80 224. Evadne JNordmanni, Bov 60-70 225. Calanus finmarcbicus, Gunner . 50-70 20^40 24-84 50 30-75 226. Euchajta norvegica, Boech 64-75 ! 227. Pseudocalanus elongatus, Boech 70 20-40 24-84 50 35-75 228. Temora longicornis, Mull 20-40 24-S4 35 229. Centropages hamatus, Billy. ... 70 20-40 24-84 50 35-70 230. Dias longiremis, IMJj 70 40 20-80 50 30-70 231. Oitbona spinifrons, Boech 50-70 20-40 24-84 50 30-35 ; 232. Ectinosoma atlanticum (Br. & 24 Bob.). 233. Scalpellum vulgare, Beach .... 40 234. Balanus bameri (Asc.) 104 d. 1 83 species. FATTSTA OF TilE CLYDE SEA-AREA. 457 Loch Striven. Dunoon Basin. Loch Goil. Upper Loch Long. Gare- loch. General Distribution. 42 Norway, U.S.A. 40 30-40 30-45 30 20 Norway. 20 Norway, Arctic, Medit. 40 Norway, Medit. 40 30-40 30-35 Norway, U.SA. 30 Norway, U.S.A. 40 40-45 30 Norway. 43 Norway. Norway. Medit. Firth of Clyde to S. of Britain. Firth of Clyde to S. of Britain. Norway. 39 Norway. Medit. Norway, Medit. Norway. Norway. Norway. 1 Norway to Medit* Norway. Norway. Moray Firth, Plymouth. Plymouth. 20 S. Norway to S.W. France. 39 Norway, Arctic, Medit. Norway to France. Norway to France. Norway, Labrador, Arctic, Medit. Greenland, Spitzbergen to Denmark. Norway. Norway, Arctic. Norway, Labrador. Norway. 35 20-25 Norway, Arctic. Norway, Arctic, U.S.A. 39 N orway. Northumberland. Medit., Atlantic. North Sea, Medit. 35 20-42 35 40 20 Arctic, Norway, N. Atlantic, Southern Seas, Medit. Scandinavia. 35 20-42 35 40 20 Scandinavia. 20-42 40 20 Norway. 20-42 40 North Sea, Medit. 35 20-42 35 40 20 Norway, North Sea, Medit. 35 20-12 50 20 Norway. 35 40 N. Atlantic. European seas, Medit. 1 Iceland, Norway, Faroes, U.S.A. * Carus (Prodr. faun. Medit. p. 409) states that this is confined to the Mediterranean. 458 ME. W. E. HOYLE ON THE DEEP-WAl'EE Vermes. 235. Pontobdella muricata, L 236. Aphrodite aculeata, L 237. Hyalinoecia tubicola ( 0 . F. Miill. ) 238. Eumenia Jeffrey si, M‘I. 239. Pectinaria belgica (Pall.) 240. Sabella pavonia (Sav.) 241. Filigrana implexa (Berk.) 242. Serpula vermicolaris (L.) 243. Leptoplana tremellaris 9 species. Echinodermata. 244. Cucumaria Hyndmanni (Thomps.) 245. Psolus pkantapus ( Strussenf. .)... 246. Tkyone fusus ( 0 . F. Mull.).. 247. Holotburia intestinalis, Asc Rath. 248. Echinus esculentus, L 249. miliaris, P. L. S. Mull. 250. Brissopsis lyrifera (Forbes) . . 251. Spatangus purpureus, O.F.Mull. Mull. 253. Porania pul villus (0. F. Mull. 254. Stichaster roseus ( 0. F. Miill.) 255. Crossaster papposus (Linck) .. 256. Solaster endeca (Gm.) 257. Cribrella oculata (Linck) 258. Asterias rubens, L 259. violacea, 0. F. Miill. 260. Ophioglypha afSnis (Ltk.) 261. 262. albida (Forbes) lacertosa (Penn.). 264. Ampkiura Ckiajei, Forbes 265. filiformis (0. F. Miill.) . 266. Opkiocoma nigra (0. F. Mull. 267. Opkiotkrix pentapkyllum (Penn.) 268. Anted on rosacea (Linck) 25 species. Arran Basin. Upper Brodick Basin. Kil- brennan Basin. Inch- marnoch Basin. C umbrae Basin. Lock Fyne. 37-104 65-75 80-90 40 104 65-75 80-90 37 90 80-90 22-70 37 50 50 80 75-80 40 75-80 50 37-80 30-80 50-90 f 22-40, 37-104 50 | 75-80 50 36 22-45 22 37 20-30 22 80 22-40 40-80 22 75-80 104 50-75 80 50 37-104 50 50-90 f 22-40, 1 75-80 25, 37-104 20-60 36-50 50-60 75-80 100 35-60 36 37 50 50-75 FAUNA OF THE CLYDE SEA-AREA. 459 Loch Striven. Dunoon Basin. Loch Goil. Upper Loch Long. Gare - loch. General Distribution. 40 North Sea, Meclit. 40 35-40 30 20 Scandinavia to Medit., U.S.A. 35-40 Scandinavia to Medit., Madeira. [30-80 fms. 40 40 35-40 British seas. 40 Scandinavia to Britain. 35-40 Scandinavia, Britain. 20-100 fms. Scandinavia to Medit. 20-300 fms. 35 Scandinavia to France. 15-80 fms. Scandinavia to Medit. Arctic, Scandinavia, U.S.A. Scandinavia to Medit. Arctic, Scandinavia. 40 30-40 30 30 20 Norway to English Channel. 45 Norway to English Channel. 30-42 Greenland and Norway to Medit., W. Indies, Florida, Cape of Good Hope. 0-2435 fms. 40 Norway to Medit., Azores, Bermuda, W. Indies. 0-45 fms. 30-^0 35 Norway to France, Cape of Good Hope, Carolina to Florida. [0-150 fms. Scandinavia. 15-106 fms. Scandinavia. 2-50 fms. 30-40 Arctic and Norway to France, U.S.A. [0-640 fms. 30-40 Arctic and Norway to France, U.S.A. [0-150 fms. Arctic to Britain, U.S.A. 0-1350 fms. 30-42 35 30 20 Only British. 0-53 fms. 30-40 45 Norway to Britain. 65 fms. Scandinavia to Medit., U.S.A. [To 192 fms. 35 Scandinavia and Faeroes to Azores, Medit. 5-458 fms. 30 20 Arctic North Atlantic, Medit., Madeira. 30-40 30 Arctic and Scandinavia. To 560 fms. 40 40 35 Scandinavia to Medit. To 555 fms. 39 Scandinavia to Medit. To 555 fms. 40 30 Arctic and Scandinavia. 7-87 fms. 40 30-40 30 France. 83 fms. 30-40 Hebrides to Madeira and Medit. [100 fms. LINN. JOURN. — ZOOLOGY, YOL. XX. 34 460 MB. W. E. HOYLE ON THE DEEP-WATER Brodick Basin. Arra Kil- brennan Basin. n Basin, Incb- marnock Basin. 0 umbrae Basin. Upper Loch Fyne. Ccelenterata. 269. Hydractinia echinata (Flem.) ... 54 37-104 50 270. Perigonimus repens ( Wright) ... 50 271. Dicoryne conferta ( Alder ) 65 50 273. Campanularia angulata, Hincks. 50-64 50-60 275. Lafoea dumosa {Flem.) 49-64 64 104 277. Calycella fastigiata {Alder) 49 278. Uaiecium Beanii, Johnst. 80 104 280. muricatum {Ell. Sf Sol.)... 49 281. Sertularella fusiformis, Hincks . 104 282. Gayi (Lamx.) 30-50 283. rugosa {L.) 64 284. Dipkasia attenuata, Hincks ... 30-64 285. fallax {Johnst.) 64 286. tamarisca {L.) 64 287. pinaster {Ell. Sol.) 64 288. Sertularia abietina, L 25 289. argentea, Ell. Sf Sol 25-64 290. Hydrallmania falcata ( L.) 25 291. Antennularia ramosa, Lamk. ... 64 292. Aglaopkenia tnbulifera, Hincks. 30-64 2yy. Plumularia Uatharina, Johnst. . 30-50 294. pinnata (A.) 49 295. Bolocera tuedise {Johnst.) 37-104 70 296. Virgularia mirabilis ( O.F.Mull.) 297. Pennatula pbo9])liorea, L 22-40 29 species. Porifera. 298. Suberites ficus {Johnst.) 50 45-49 60-75 299. suberea {Mont.) ? 20-45 70 300. Tragosia infundibuliforinis (Johnst.) 50-70 80-104 301. Ohalina, sp 302. Myxilla incrustans (Johnst.) ... 50-65 303. Iopbon Pattersoni (Bwk.) 64-65 80-100 304. Grantia ciliata, Flem 7 species. FAUNA OF THE CLYDE SEA-AEEA. 461 Loch Striven. Dunoon Basin. Loch Goil. Upper Loch Long. Gare- loch. General Distribution. 40 30 France, U.S.A., Medit. ? Medit. 40 Shetland, Northumberland. Greenland and Norway to Bay of Biscay, Medit. N. Ireland to Channel Is. Iceland, Norway, U.S.A., Medit. [20-100 fms. Norway, U.S.A., Medit. Tide-marks [to 145 fms. Iceland, Norway. 15-100 fms. Shetland to Cornwall. Medit. Greenland and Norway to Medit., U.S.A. 30-50 fms. Iceland, U.S.A. 30-50 fms. Medit. Normandy. 60 fms. Greenland, Norway, and Labrador. [30 fms. Fort Adelaide, Medit, Norway, U.S.A. 30 fms. Bay of Biscay, U.S.A., Medit. North Sea, Medit. 40-140 fms. Greenland and Norway to Medit., U.S.A. 30 fms. Greenland and Norway to Medit., U.S.A. 4-50 fms. Belgium, U.S.A., S. Africa. 35 fms. S. Africa. Algoa Bay. 15-30 fms. All British coasts. 40-60 fms. North Sea, Medit. 35 Scandinavia, U.S.A. 40 40 Norway, Scotland. European seas. 30-40 30 Hebrides, Northumberland, Mayo. British coasts. Shetland to Channel Is. 35 British seas. Shetland, Patagonia, Tristan da Cunha. 45 Bi'itish coasts. 462 ME. W. E. HOYLE ON THE DEEP-WATEE Discussion oe the Results. The above Table may be summarized in the more condensed one given below, in which the number of species of each group of animals from each basin is showu. Arran Basin. Upper Loch Fyne. Loch Striven. Dunoon Basin. Loch Goil. Upper Loch Long. Gareloch. Brodick Basin. Kilbrennan Basin. Inclimarnock Basin. Cum brae Basin. Total. Pisces 10 29 12 7 36 6 6 20 3 5 7 Tunicata 1 6 6 5 2 3 1 Mollusca 24 26 46 16 61 20 13 21 18 8 7 Brachiopoda 1 1 1 Polyzoa 31 1 31 Crustacea 24 29 46 34 75 20 16 31 14 16 15 Vermes 6 3 6 9 4 1 4 5 1 1 Echinodermata . . . 3 12 12 6 18 8 5 13 6 6 3 Ccelenterata 26 5 1 27 3 1 2 2 1 Porifera 7 4 8 2 3 1 Totals 68 163 139 64 to 1 1 ! 69 42 93 54 39 33 In dealing with these figures great caution must be observed, and it must always be borne in mind that no locality can ever be said to be really exhausted. The number of dredgings upon which the present inquiry is based will only suffice as a basis for very general conclusions. This has been abundantly evident during the progress of the work, for tables like the above have been drawn up several times, and it has been noticed that each successive addition of new data has increased the likeness of the faunas of the different basins to each other. Certain sources of error must also be avoided ; for instance, it was apparent, from an examination of the various lists, that the Polyzoa and ITydrozoa had only been exhaustively examined in FAUNA OF THE CLYDE SEA-AREA. 463 the case of the Kilbrennan Basin. These groups must there- fore he left out of account in comparing the different basins with each other. [Furthermore, the Worms and Sponges have been very incompletely studied. Many specimens I was only able to refer to their generic position, and hence it seems advi- sable to omit these groups also from consideration for the present. Deducting the figures corresponding to them, we have the following modified list of the total numbers of species from each basin : — Brodick Basin 62 Kilbrennan Basin 96 Inchmarnoch Basin 123 C umbrae Basin 63 Total from Arran Basin 197 Upper Loch Fyne 60 Loch Striven 40 Dunoon Basin 87 Loch Gfoil 44 Upper Loch Long 36 Gareloch 32 This revised series of totals proves beyond all doubt that the richest fauna is in those basins which are in closest proximity to the sea, and that it diminishes as we proceed into the more land- locked portions of the district. An exception, which is, however, more apparent than real, will be noticed in the fact that a larger number of species has been found in the Inchmarnoch Basin than in either the Brodick or Kilbrennan Basins. This is, I believe, to be explained partly by the fact that the Inchmarnoch Basin is much larger than either of the others, and descends to a greater depth, and partly by the circumstance that more dredgings have been carried out in it. If we take the Arran Basin as a whole the truth of the above proposition is obvious. It is, of course, just what might have been anticipated beforehand in view of the marine origin of the whole fauna, but it is satisfactory to have the matter established by actual investigation. It will be of some interest to consider the relationships of this fauna as a whole, and particularly to ascertain which of the neighbouring faunas it most closely resembles. 464 MR. W. E. HOYLE ON THE DEEP-WATER For this purpose use must be made of the distributional notes appended to each species in the list. According to this infor- mation the species fall into three categories. The first contains those which range from Scandinavia to the Mediterranean, or even more widely still ; these may be termed, for the present purpose, “ Wide-spread ” species. The second consists of those forms which are common to the Arctic and Scandinavian waters, and hence may be termed “ Northern whilst the third is made up of species which may be called “ Southern,” as they extend to the Mediterranean or the African coast. The following Table shows the numbers of species of the various classes of animals which belong to each of these cate- gories : — Wide-spread Species. Northern Species. Southern Species. Pisces 23 17 2 Tunicata 4 5 Mollusca and 1 Brachiopoda ... J zz o Polyzoa 20 5 1 Crustacea 32 41 5 Vermes 3 3 Echinodermata 10 13 2 Coelenterata 9 4 9 Totals 147 110 22 From these figures it appears that the major part of the fauna is composed of species which are dispersed more or less widely over the north temperate regions of the globe, whilst the smaller half is very unequally divided between the northern and southern species, the former being five times as numerous as the latter. In only one division of animals (the Coelenterata) do the southern forms predominate over the northern, and this subkingdom has been hitherto very inadequately investigated iu the Clyde area. The depth of 20 fathoms as limiting what might be considered the deep-water fauna iu the Clyde sea-area was selected not from any preconceived idea as to its significance, but because it Avas convenient for practical purposes, and because it was appli- cable to all the lochs, the extreme depth of the Gareloch, Avhich FAUNA OF THE CLYDE SEA-AEEA. 465 is the shallowest, being about 23 fathoms. In the case of some of the other basins, however, it is so far from marking out their limits that it does not touch the tops of the ridges which sepa- rate them. To Dr. Murray I owe the suggestion that it might be worth while to compare the faunas of the deepest parts of the basins, taking some other contour-line as the upper limit. I have therefore gone over the Table given above and selected from it those species which are found in proximity to the bottom of each basin. The depressions themselves vary so much in depth that I have thought it advisable to record both the forms wThich are found below the 50-fathom ; line and (in a separate column) those which are found within, say, 5 to 20 fathoms of the bottom of each basin. Furthermore I have excluded those free-swimming forms whose distribution in regard to depth cannot be regarded as absolutely fixed. On this ground I have omitted the Fishes, Cephalopoda, Amphipoda, and part of the Macrurous Crustacea (viz. the genera Hippolyte, Pandalus , and their allies) ; the Polyzoa, Hydroida, and Sponges have also been neglected because they have been insufficiently studied. In the subjoined Table the following symbols have been used : — * = occurring at the depth mentioned in the head of the column. t = occurring in the locality, but at a depth less than those under consideration in the table. ~W = Widely-spread species. N = Northern species. S = Southern species. 466 ME. TV. E. HOYLE ON THE DEEP-WATER & £ ^ ^ |3 ^ O O 10 * * * # * * 1-1 ® . a - - c3 *Q ce ^ iq g _ .9 a - o : Q ^ S3 =r .S “ P ,3 c3 s'! O 02 § .2 ^ S ^ ^ 3 TlJ c ^ Q S 3 ~S £ C3 J jo S Ms Q.J3 ”5 33 &, ” ,~.ra A ® g £b . p 2 S ® % •" -e -a a “ O O • o gs'SS d =s<5 2 .0 i 03 .9 in .ii g -rt =3 3 Q ^3 o ~ - ° 3.2 |32 § 3 2 5: s © i-h ei to -3 0 a: i>l 00 s>> ® c ■ o o .2 moo- iCqc0rHiO?Dt-00O5 FAUNA OF THE CLYDE SEA-AREA, 467 £ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ fc ® & fc: £ fc fc fc £ ^ ^ ^ fc ♦••••I;;;;;;;;*:;::;::::;:::::*: :** : • : • * j • * • j * • • * ■ * • * • • | • • • j +- * • • # • * : * : * : i : * i i * i * i i * i * * i i i i i i i i i i i i * i * • * * * sIcjIrH!::":::::*!**:*:*;:;;*;;;-;;;;*: *re'rt5 j * * if * • • * ; •* ; • * I*** j * • =}c • ; • • • • * ; ; if I -i_ j * i(c * * +- ; * -f- ; * 4- • if ;***+-* | * •(- ; -f— • • • * • ; *-(-*** : : .£ 51 g s Rh ■ ^ . j 5-s £ c - ✓— W)V- ” - a m a ,2 * a ^ ^ o pS 5-i tn ^ ci £ o, | ftO 2 -T t>a £> © ft* o^f>o I rfO G Gl,^2 &C o -Q .G ce -r * *sj ® c3 ci d m co -t m a n ao o o rn ci co 3; jo g n cc c o : LINN. JOURN. ZOOLOGY, VOL. XX. 35 468 ME. W. E. HOYLE ON THE DEEP-WATEE Distri- bution. w. w. s. w. & ^ ^ a ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ Upper Loch Long. © O CO CO * : : \ • • * :::*::** Loch Groil. *o o © CO +* * : * : . . . . . . -ft . • * 5jC Dunoon Basin. 0 0*0 * • • ; * * * Loch Striven. O OH CO ^ * : : * * P ® &£ CL, P 9 § a M o W a .a c3 m rj 03 w t • o-. • • cv« * pq1 fc. » § ^ § * *rS|. S e m H £ a -' © s* H c3 ' « ft S „ ® 3 m ft ^ ? jj d o 3 r1 •sn= S 2 u >0 CD O EH 5 >» , o ^ d •3 1 £?-? 1 do 1 co 1 PPM | cq CO rt< *o" © o O © © P PPM FAUNA. OF THE CLYDE SEA-ABEA, 409 £ fc £ fc ££ £ fc fci £ fc ft ® ft fc ® ^ £ fc* fc ^ 5k | 5jc 5jc 5k 5k | ; ; >k • • • sk • sk sk 5k 5k 5k ;**;••• * • • >k 5k : * * : : : * 5k 5k 5k sk >k • 5k j • | sk 4- 5k • 4- 5k • • sk • • • • 5k • 5k 3k 5k sk • Jk • • >k • sk ’ * * * ! i * • Ssk-Ij-Hc-f— sk5k3k 5k*5k«5k^j sk • sjc ^ — * ^k 5k • • ::::::: : ::::*:: • • • sk sk • :k sk sk sk • 5k Jk ; ; • • ; ; • • sk 5k sk sk • ; O • • 3k 3k | 3k 5k 5k 5k • 3k 3k sk sk sk 5k • • 470 MB. W. E. HOYLE ON THE DEEP-WATER Distri- bution. £ & ti ft & £ £ Jzi £ jz; £ £ ^ ft £ ^ ft ® Upper Loch Long. O o ^ CO ^ CO . . • * • • • •*•••* :): • • * * Loch Goil. 1C O o co P ^ : : : +- • i !:**::: :*:: : s s O olC^ o P i P 2 , p ® _P p-P p. P LP 0t^ ° C9J a pa S56 8 90 5k * * • 5jc * * >}c 5jc • • ;$c * * * <1 I p .g o o 9oS FAUNA. OF THE CLYDE SEA-AKEA. 471 If the preceding table be summed up in the same manner as the first one the result is found to be as follows : — Arran Basin. Upper © > • S c§ Lock G-oil. pd o o Brodick Basin. Kilbren- nan Basin. Inck- marnock Basin. Cum- brae Basin. Lock Fyne. m Pd o o Hi £ o O a s ft <£> O p 50 75 50 70 50 SO 50 50 65 35 40 35 30 to to to to to to to to to to to to to 92. 92. 85. 85. 104. 104. 62. 77. 77. 11. 55. 40. 34. 1 5 5 5 3 2 3 1 Mollusca 22 9 9 3 23 21 16 15 8 12 17 16 7 Brackiopoda 1 1 1 10 9 9 2 13 12 15 8 6 7 13 6 6 Vermes 4 4 1 1 3 3 4 2 1 3 4 1 Echinodermata 3 2 7 6 9 9 5 6 3 6 7 3 6 Totals 40 24 26 12 54 51 36 39 22 26 42 32 21 It is obvious at once that these numbers do not show so clearly as those previously obtained the gradual diminution in the number of species in the different basins. There is a slight tendency in this direction, but the exceptions are rather nume- rous, and if we take the bottom faunas of each basin instead of that below 50 fathoms the series of numbers is : — 24, 12, 51, 36, 22, 26, 42, 32, 21. This result is extremely interesting because it seems to show that the bottoms of the remoter basins have a fauna which approaches the more seaward basins in respect of variety more nearly than do their faunas taken as a whole. It suggests the possibility that we have in these basins, in addition to the fauna derived from the present outer seas, which seems to be gradually making its way into them, a fauna which has been in them for a much longer period. Regarding the range of distribution of the species which are confined to these depressions we find ; — LINN. JOURN. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XX. 36 472 DEEP-WATER FAUNA OF THE CLYDE SEA-AREA. Wide-spread Species. Northern Species. Southern Species. Tunicata 4 .5 Mollusca 30 15 2 Brachiopoda 1 Crustacea 15 12 2 Vermes 3 3 Eckinodermata 10 6 1 Totals 63 41 5 Here, curiously enough, the wide-spread forms preponderate oyer the others more than was the case in the previous list ; but it is noteworthy that the percentage of southern forms has diminished, which emphasizes still more strongly the Arctic aud Scandinavian affinities of the Clyde deep-water fauna. These results illustrate in a very interesting manner several of the generalizations of the late Edward Forbes. In conclusion, I may be allowed to express the hope that the facts recorded above may furnish the nucleus of more extended series of observations. I hope to continue the work as oppor- tunities arise, and I shall be extremely grateful to any naturalists who will furnish me with records of the occurrence, with the exact locality and depth, of any species in the Clyde sea-area or neighbouring seas. ON THE ZOOLOGY OF FERNANDO NORONHA. 473 Notes on the Zoology of Fernando Noronha. By H. N. Ridley, M.A., F.L.S. [Eeacl 7th June, 1888.] (Plate XXX.) Introduction. On July 9th, 1887, the writer, with Mr. Gr. A. Ramage, of Edinburgh, started for Brazil to thoroughly explore the island of Fernando Noronha, lying in long. 32° 25' 30” W. and lat. 3° 50' 10" S., at a distance of 194 miles N.E. from Cape San Roque, coast of Brazil. On arriving at Pernambuco we were joined by the Rev. T. S. Lea, who came as a volunteer at his own expense. The cost of the expedition was defrayed by the Royal Society. After some delay at Pernambuco we embarked in the ‘ Nasmyth ’ steamship, trading to Liverpool, which was permitted to land us at the island, as the regular steamer trading between Pernambuco and Fernando Noronha was detained for a long time just as she was due to start. We arrived at our destination on August 14th, and remained there till September 24th, when we returned by the little Brazilian steamer to the mainland. We occupied ourselves in exploring, and in collecting plants, animals, and rock-specimens in all parts of the main islands, and visited also most of the other islets which were accessible ; but owing to the absence of boats, which, on account of the convict-station, are not permitted on the island, we were unable to obtain much by dredging. The coral-reefs, however, at low tide afforded an abundant harvest of marine animals and plants. Having in the ‘Introduction’ to my “Notes on the Botany of Fernando Noronha,” printed in the ‘ Journal of the Linnean Society ’ (Botany, vol. xxvii.p. 1), given a detailed account of the group of islands of which this is the chief, as well as a history of its discovery by Amerigo Vespucci in 1503, it will be unnecessary to repeat what has there been stated. For the better under- standing, however, of the special reports on Zoology which are now furnished, the following extracts from the Introduction referred to may be found useful. Vespucci’s description of the trees and innumerable birds is evidently correct, though most of the trees are destroyed, and the birds far less abundant than they were then. The lizards with two tails may have been a confusion of the LIUN. JOURN. — ZOOLOGY, VOL. XX. 37 474 ME. H. N. EIDLEY ON THE very abundant and conspicuous G-ecko with the AmpTiisboena, which is often called the snake with two heads, or may have been suggested by finding an accidentally fork-tailed lizard, of which an example was obtained by our expedition. The “ serpents ” were doubtless the Amphisbcena. The large rats are much less easy to explain ; at present the only rats occurring on the island are Mus rattus , the common introduced black rat. It is impos- sible that the animals seen by Tespucci could have been this species, which could not at that time have been introduced. It is possible that there was formerly an indigenous rat-like mammal, which became exterminated by the black rat. We could find no tradition even of this big rat, and I fear it is quite extinct. The only hope of recovering its remains lies in an examination of the guano deposits of Eat Island, where its bones might be preserved. The number of insects belonging to the orders which are well known as plant-fertilizers is surprisingly limited. A few small species of moths haunted at night the bushes of Scoparia clulcis , Cassias, &c. on the open spaces. A single species of butterfly was very abundant on Eat Island and the main island, but we never saw it visiting flowers. The most important fertilizer was a small endemic hornet belonging to the genus Polistes , which gathered honey from the Leguminosse and Cucurbitacese ; and three small black species of Halictus were caught in the flowers of the melons, Momordica charantia , Oxalis Noronhce, and the mustard. The last plant was also haunted by Temnoceras vesiculosus, a pollen-eating Syrphid. The only other insects which could also be considered as possible fertilizers were Tacliytes inconspicuus, n. sp., and Monedula signata, two sand-wasps, Pompilus nesophila , n. sp. (Hymenoptera), and Psilopus metallifer (a Dipteron), but none of these were seen at or near flowers. A small black beetle also was found in the flowers of an Acacia in the Governor’s garden. Though the number of species of insects was not large, the individuals, especially of the Polistes and Halicti, were very numerous, but at the same time they seemed out of all propor- tion to the immense number of flowers to be fertilized. It is very probable, however, that the majority of the Leguminosse and some of the other plants were self-fertilized. The lake on the main island contained a species of Nitella and an alga, an aquatic beetle and an Hemipteron, a new species of ZOOLOGA OF FERNANDO NORONHA. 475 Planorbis, and an Ostracod, the latter also occurring in all the streams of any size. The remaining streams and puddles pro- duced dragouflies, a species of Gam-mams, and a few algee. One may compare this state of things with the freshwater fauna and flora of the other Atlantic islands. The absence of freshwater fish and amphibians is common to most small islands. Just as with plants, a considerable number of animals have been introduced by man into the islands intentionally and by accident : such, for instance, as the Gecko ( Hemidactylus mabouia), the American Cockroach ( Blatta americana ), and its curious parasite Evania, a spider, centipede, scorpion, rats and mice, and Sitoplidus oryzce. These, though usually plentiful on the main island around the houses, are markedly absent from the smaller islets. There are also many visitors which have arrived here by the aid of their wings, probably assisted by a suitable wind. They include a number of the peculiar terrestrial fauna, the land- birds and the insects. On looking over the lists of species taken here, we may note that the smaller birds are endemic, and a large proportion of the smaller insects. The small butterfly and almost all the moths are known from the mainland of South America, and the dragonflies are also widely distributed forms. All the winged fauna have a South-American facies, whether they are endemic or of wider distribution. There are other creatures unprovided with means of traversing the ocean and not introduced by man. They include the Amphisbcena, Skink, the freshwater and terrestrial Mollusca, and perhaps some of the feebler-winged and apterous insects, the endemic ostracod, Ac. The Planorbis, Gammarus, and Ostracod, all supposed to be endemic species, may possibly have been brought over on the feet of Wading birds, which migrate here. The presence of some others is more difficult to account for. The Mollusca are almost all peculiar, and the two that are not so are West-Indian. The Amphisbama and Skink are endemic, and allied not to Brazilian but to West-Indian forms. . It is commonly said that reptiles and terrestrial mollusks find their way across the ocean by secreting themselves, or their eggs, on floating trees, which are drifted to islands ; and though for several reasons this does not seem a satisfactory explanation of their distribution, yet the appearance of these animals here suggests this as the means by which they may have arrived. As 37* 476 MR. H. N. RIDLEY ON THE I Lave said, they are West-Indian in their affinities, and it is a striking fact that the marine fauna and flora are mainly West- Indian, while at least one of the plants ( Ipomosa Tuba) whose seeds are known to be constantly drifted about at sea, and thus carried from place to place, is also only known from the West Indies. Another fact of interest in connection with this sea-travelling fauna, if I may use the expression, is that almost all the species noted occur on all the islands suitable for their existence. Thus, on Rat Island the Bulimus Itidleyi , the Amphisbcena, and Skink are common on St. Michael’s Mount ; the Skink is a large species, but the island, being a mere rocky peak, is unsuited for the Amphisbcena. On Platform Island the lizard and several terrestrial Mollusca were found, while at the same time almost all the animals of more recent introduction were absent from these localities, just as is the case in the distribution of the plants. I believe, in fact, that this part of the fauna and flora was established on the island before it was broken up into the little archipelago of rocks and islets of which Fernando Noronha now consists*. Perhaps even this portion of the fauna and flora was introduced previously to the deposition of the basalt over the masses of phonolite which form as it were the skeleton outline of the island. MAMMALIA. No indigenous Mammals are to be found on these islands, and notwithstanding their proximity to the mainland, where Bats are abundant, no Bat of any species was observed by us, nor had the convicts ever seen any. Rats and Mice are exceed- ingly common. The Rat (Mus rattus) is here much paler than usual, and generally of a grey colour, while albinos are sometimes met with. It frequents the melon-fields and the tops of the cocoauut-trees, and is very destructive. The com- mon House-Mouse, JSI. musculus , is even more abundant, and has suggested the name Rat Island (Ilha do Ratta), where it is * On reference to A. Vespucci’s description of the place, it will be found that he speaks of it as one island, so the breaking-up into an archipelago can only have taken place within the last 400 years. ZOOLOGY OP FERNANDO NORONIIA. 477 as common as on the mainland. It swarms everywhere, and is so tame that it is often caught by the hand. I have seen one in the evening on the top of the inflorescence of a Crotalaria , apparently devouring the young seed-pods. Albinos are often seen. There being no birds or beasts of prey to keep these animals in check, and food being particularly abundant, they have increased enormously, and one of the employments of a convict is to capture a certain number of rats and mice once a month. At the monthly rat-hunt while we were on the island over 3900 were taken ; but we were assured that, in the dry season, when the herbage which covered the greater part of the island was dried up and burnt, the mice were compelled to leave their holes, and many more were taken. The hunts are then undertaken weekly, and 20,000 have been caught in a day. The bodies are piled up in the square after evening service, and the numbers counted. The Cat is said to have become feral on the main island ; and on Eat Island and one or two of the other islands we saw a large black Cat which had escaped from an Italian vessel wrecked there, and which had run wild. In Amerigo Vespucci's account of the island above quoted, he mentions “ Mures quam maximi .” What these were we cannot now determine, but it is highly improbable that they were Mas rattus. A species of Dolphin was constantly seen in San Antonio Bay and also off Eat Island. One was captured during our visit; its stomach contained many cuttlefish and prawns, the latter very similar to the common edible prawn of Pernambuco. Whales also passed within sight of the island on one occasion, but we did not see them. A V E S. By E. Bowdler Sharpe, F.L.S., &c., Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum. The birds of the island are not very numerous as regards species, and apparently there are only three indigenous Land- birds. The species of Sea-birds found by Mr. Eidley are precisely what one might have looked for, but it is a little remarkable that no Petrel was observed. 478 MR. H. N. RIDLEY ON THE Fam. YiREONiDiE. 1. VlREO GRACILIROSTRIS, Sp. n. V. similis V. magistro,Qt forsan proximus, sed forma graciliore, coloribus dilutioribus, facie laterali pallide flavicante, et rostro valde tenuiore et graciliore distinguendus. Long. tot. 5‘7, culmin. 0-6, alae 2‘5, caudae 225, tarsi 0‘8. Five specimens were procured, and after comparing them with the series of Vireoniclce in the British Museum, there is no doubt that the Fernando Noronha bird comes nearest to V. magister, of which species the Museum lias now a large series from the islands of the Bay of Honduras, presented by Messrs. Salviu and Bill of V. gracilirostris. Bill of V. magister. Gfodman. The yellow face and the slender bill distinguish it at a glance from V. magister. Fam. Tyrannid.e. 2. Elainea Bidleyana. Elainea Ridleyana, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 107. This species has been fully described by me ( l . c.). Dr. Sclater (Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiv. p. 139) does not consider it to be very different from JE. pagana, but the size of the bill is very marked in the insular birds. [This bird occurred only on the main island and Bat Island as far as we saw, and was very common in the gardens and in the woods. We saw only a few nests, and of these only one was finished and contained an egg, which was destroyed in an attempt to reach the nest. The egg was white with dark red spots. The nest, which was about three inches across, was made of the tendrils of Cucurbitaceae and a few fine twigs, but lined thickly (and in fact almost entirely constructed in soiUe cases) with the woolly down of the seeds of Gonololus micranthus. It was placed often in the bare branches of a Burra or Ergthrina tree, or in a C'ashewnut-tree. — H. N. i?.] ZOOLOGY OP PERN ANDO NORONHA. 479 Fam. Columbidje. 3. Zenaida maculata. Zenaida maculata (F.), Scl. Salv. Nomend. Av. Neotr. p. 132 (1873). Zenaida aurita, Gray, List Gallince etc. Brit. Mus. p. 14 (1855). Zenaida noronha, Gray, List Columbce, p. 47 (1856, deser. nulla). The bird from Fernando Noronha is merely a small race of the ordinary Z. maculata of the South- American continent, with a slightly shorter wing (5vl-5‘4 inches) and tail (2,75-3,2) ; but as some Brazilian specimens are of the same dimensions, I do not see how the idea of a small insular race can be maintained. [This little Dove is exceedingly common on all the islands where it can find food, and flies about from one island to the other, singly or in flocks of from 2 or 3 to 30. It is very tame, and even when fired at, or alarmed, usually goes but a short distance before settling. The nest is loose in texture, about 6 inches across, and built of small sticks of the Spermacoce, vetches, &c., and lined with roots. It is placed often in the bare branches of a Spondias or Burra, with no attempt at concealment. The eggs are two in number, white, blunt at both ends, and about 1J inch long. One bird shot offits nest proved to be a male. The convicts catch these birds both for eating and as pets, keeping them in wicker cages. They are fed on the seeds of Cassias and other Leguminosse and Cucurbitacese, and probably the fig and other succulent fruits. — II. N. Ah] Fam. Larid2e. 4. Anous melanogenys, Gray ; Sharpe, Phil. Trans, vol. 1G8. p. 467 (1879). Two adults and a young bird agreed perfectly with speci- mens obtained on St. Paul’s Eock by the 1 Challenger ’ Expedition and determined by Mr. Howard Saunders. The young bird is browner than the adult, and has the head sooty brown with some white on the forehead, eyebrows, and occipital region. [This Noddy was very common on the island, and is called “ Yiuva preta.” A specimen also flew on board the vessel as we were going to Pernambuco from Europe, about a day’s steam from Fernando Noronha. The species nests in small colonies on the rocks in various spots, and also in trees in the Sapate. An egg was obtained from a nest on St. Michael’s Mount ; it was 480 ME. H. N. EIDLEY ON THE oval and blunt at both ends, 2g inches long, and about 1 inch through in the thickest part, chalky-white in colour, marked somewhat sparingly with underlying ash-grey, and overlying sienna. A living young bird from the nest was brought to me, but soon died. — H. N. R.~\ 5. Gygis Candida ( Gm .) ; Sharpe, t. c. p. 465. One adult and two young birds. The latter are white like the old birds, but have much smaller bills. [This is a common bird in many parts of the island, nesting in trees, especially those of the Sapate, where there is a colony near that of the Anous. The bird is called “Viuva bianca.” — H. N. R.-] Pam. PELECANIDiE. 6. Phaethon .zethekeus ( L .) ; Scl. Salv. Nomencl. Av. p. 124. Of this Tropic-bird two specimens were procured. It is common on the island, nesting on the Peak and on other rocks and cliffs. An egg was obtained on St. Michael’s Mount. The birds were taken in snares by the convicts. 7. Sul a leucogastea. An adult and a young bird. This species of Gfannet, known as “ Mbebu,” is a common bird, nesting on cliffs on all the islands. The young are pure white. Besides these birds we saw several of which no specimens were procured. Tacliypetes a pail a was abundant, nesting on St. Michael’s Mount, and a small species of Albatros appeared several times round the island, but kept well out of gun-shot. Three species of Waders were seen : — One, a small Plover, of which we twice saw a flock at San Antonio Bay, and once or twice single birds flying along the coral-reefs ; a bird resembling a Yellow- shank, grey and white, of which a pair appeared at San Antonio at the end of our visit ; and a single specimen of a Sandpiper, at the same spot and time. These wading birds were all very shy, in marked contrast to the endemic species, which suggested that they were migrants, and had come from the mainland, where they are more cautious at the sight of man. The last two species appeared on the same day towards the end of our visit, which confirmed the view that they were migrating. ZOOLOGY OF FEIOTATSTDO NOKONHA. 481 REPTILXA. By G. A. Boulekger, F.Z.S., Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum. Only three species were found, viz. a Gecko ( Hemidactylus mabouia , Mor.), a Skink (Mabuia punctata. Gray), and an Amphis- bcena , described below. The Gecko is of a widely-distributed species, ranging over the greater part of Tropical America and Africa. The Skink was originally described from two specimens ob- tained on Fernando Noronha by H.M.S. c Chanticleer,’ but has since been recorded from Demerara. The specimens brought home by Mr. Bidley are 10 in number; two have 36 scales round the body, the others 38 ; in one specimen the frontonasal touches the rostral and in another the two shields form a narrow suture. AMPHISBiEFTA BlDLEYI, Sp. 11. Under this name I propose to designate an Amphisbcena of which a specimen, stated to be from Porto Bello, West Indies #, presented by Capt. Austin, B.N., has been in the British Museum for nearly 50 years, and was referred by Gray, Strauch, and myself to A. caeca, D. & B. The same species has been found by Air. Bidley on Fernando Noronha, and on re-examining the question I find, that A. caeca , which occurs on various West- Indian Islands, but which was unrepresented in the British Museum when I published my Catalogue, must be regarded as distinct from the one with which I have now the pleasure of connecting Air. Bidley’s name. 16 specimens were collected by Air. Bidley. One has 180 annuli on the body, one 181, one 182, three 183, two 185, two 186, one 187, one 188, one 189, one 190, one 195, and one 196 ; two have 18 annuli on the tail, eleven 19, and three 20. The “ Porto- Bello ” specimen has 189 annuli on the belly, and 19 on the tail. The number of annuli in five specimens of A. caeca (including the type) recorded by Strauch are respectively 212 + 15, 215 + 13, 227 + 18, 230 + 16, and 247 + 15. Dumeril and Bibron give 226-329 + 18. A specimen from Porto Bico, which I owe to the * I am unable to find such a place either in the West Indies or Northern Brazil, but as the other of the two specimens presented by Capt. Austin as from “ Porto Bello ” belongs to a North-Brazilian species (Amphisbcsna vermicularis), I entertain little doubt that both were obtained in Brazil. 482 MR. H. N. RIDLEY ON THE kindness of Prof. Liitken, has 228 + 19. Considering that tke number 247 + 15 given by Strauch is taken from a specimen in the Paris Museum, received from the Copenhagen Museum as from the island of St. Thomas, where only A. fenestrata (Cope) = antillensis, E. & L., is known to occur, as Prof. Liitken kindly informs me, it is clear to me that the specimen with 247 annuli belongs to A. fenestrata. The number of annuli would range, in A. caeca from 212 to 229, and in the present species from 180 to 196. According to Strauch, the length of the labial border of the first labial shield in A. caeca is about one half the length of that of the second; on Peters’s figure of the type specimen, as well as in the Porto Eico specimen before me, it is about two thirds ; in A. Midleyi both are equal, or the former is a little longer. The snout is longer and somewhat more pro- minent, the tail thicker and more obtuse in A. caeca than in A. Hidleyi. The ventral segments of the two median rows are broader than long in the former species, the coloration of which is also different. I have therefore no hesitation in establishing a new species, which may be characterized as follows : — Prsemaxillary teeth 5 or 7, maxillaries 5-5, mandibulars 8-8. Snout obtusely pointed, slightly prominent. Tail thinner than the body, tapering. Eostral small, triangular; nasals forming a short suture ; a pair of very large prgefrontals, followed by a pair of much smaller frontals ; eye hardly distinguishable through the ocular ; a postocular, no subocular ; three large upper labials, the second and third forming a suture with the ocular ; lower border of second labial as long as or a little longer than that of the first, in contact with the second lower labial only ; mental quadrangular, followed by a large seven-sided chin-shield, which is much longer than broad ; three lower labials, second very large. 180 to 196 annuli on the body and 18 to 20 on the tail ; the divisions of the aunuli longer than broad, nearly equilateral on the middle of the belly, but nowhere broader than long ; 16 to 18 divisions above, and 20 to 24 below the lateral line. Anal shields six or eight. Prseanal pores four. Uniform brown or dark purplish brown above, pale brown inferiorly. millim. Length to vent 250 Tail 24 Diameter of body 11 ZOOLOGY OF FERWAKDO NORONHA. 483 PISCES. By G. A. Boulenger, F.Z.S., Assistant in tlie Zoological Department, British Museum. The following marine species were obtained : — Apogon imberbis, \j.,Hcemulon cbrysargyreum, Gunther, Holocen- trum longipinne, C. & V., AcantTiarus chirurgus, Bl., Dactylopterus volitans , L., Gobius sopor citor, C. & V., Salctrias atlanticus , C. & V., Salarias vomerinus, C. & V., Clinus nuchipinnis, Q. & G., Olinus delalandii , C. & Y., Gobiesox cephalus, Lacep., Pomacentrus leucostictus, M. & T., Glyphidodon saxatilis, L., Rhomb oidichthys lunatus , L., Hemirhamphus unifasciatus, Banz., Clupea humeralis , C. & V., Murcena pavonina, Bich., Murama vicina , Cast., Murcenct catenata , Bl., and the new sjoecies described hereafter. JtJXIS NORONHANA, Sp. n. D. A. L. lat. 27. L. tr. y. Length of head one third of the total (without caudal), or a' little less; depth of the body one fourth. Dorsal spines shorter than the rays. The length of the ventrals is two thirds or three fifths that of the pectoral, which is shorter than the head. Caudalis truncate. Upper half of body and caudal blackish, lower half yellowish white (in spirit) ; a whitish streak along each side of the back, just above the lateral line ; dorsal, anal, pectoral, and ventral fins transparent, immaculate; a black spot between the first aud third dorsal rays. Several young specimens, the largest of which measures GO millim. The nearest ally of this species appears to be J. lucasona. MOLLUSCA. By Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S., Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum. The total number of Mollusca now known from Fernando Noronha is 80, of which 72 are marine forms, 7 terrestrial, and 1 freshwater. Previous to this expedition no land or fluviatile species had been collected, and only 28 marine forms, all obtained by the ‘ Challenger,’ have been recorded from this locality. Ten of 484 ME. H. N. RIDLEY ON THE these were also collected by Mr. Kidley, who has now added 44 additional species to the list. The general facies of the marine Molluscan fauna is quite of a West-Indian type, as a perusal of the following pages will show; and it will also be observed that some of the species have a much wider and in some instances a very peculiar range. Of the land- shells two are known West-Indian species, one has been recorded from Brazil, Peru, and the island of Opara, and the remaining four, up to the present, appear to be peculiar to the island. One of these, however, Bulimus Bamagei, suggests a faunistic similarity to Brazil, as the section of Bulimus to which it belongs ( Tomigerus ), with one exception, occurs only in that country. The single freshwater species suggests no relationship with any particular region, and might exist anywhere, similar forms being found both in the Old and New Worlds. The following pages contain an account of the species obtained by Mr. H. N. Bidley and his colleagues, after which is appended a list of those recorded in the ‘ Challenger ’ Beports. I. MABINE SPECIES. 1. Octopus rugosus, Bose. Bab. Mediterranean, Cape Verde Islands, West Indies, Bio Janeiro, &c. This species is common in pools at low water. After being dried in the sun the arms are made into soup and eaten by the natives. Mr. Bidley, however, informs me that it is comparatively tasteless and of a soft gelatinous consistency. 2. Conus nebulosus, Solander. Bab. West Indies : Barbados, Cuba, Martinique, Sta. Lucia. The operculum of a shell 65 millim. in length is 17 long and only 4g wide. It is thickened and carinate along the middle beneath, the muscular scar occupying more than half the entire length, and the nucleus is not terminal as stated by Messrs. Adams * and Tryon t in their respective Manuals of Conchology, but situated three millim. from the extremity. The growth at first is regularly concentric, but subsequently, to suit the nar- rowness of the aperture of the shell, the layers of increase are * ‘ Genera of Recent Mollnsca,’ vol. i. p. 246. t ‘ Structural and Systematic Conchology,’ vol. ii. p. 187. ZOOLOGY OF FERNANDO NORONHA. 485 added at one end only, thus producing a long narrow operculum- MM. Cross and Marie * have also noticed, in respect of C. impe- rialism C. lividus, and C. rattus, that the nucleus of the operculum is subapical, and doubtless it lias a similar position in other species. The description of the operculum therefore as usually given in manuals and other works requires modification, and the nucleus should be termed apical or subapical. 3. Conus daucus, Hwass. Hab. Barbados (Mas. Cuming) ; St. Domingo and Guadaloupe ( Kiister ) ; Cuba and Martinique id' Orbigny). The single beach-rolled specimen has a very strongly marked double zone of brown spots upon the middle of the bocly-whorl. With this species I unite C. mammillaris , Green, C. castus, Reeve (not C. castus of WeinkaufF), C. archetypus , Crosse, and C. san- guinolentus of Reeve. C. Reevei, Kiener, placed by WeinkaufF f in the synonymy of this species, is quite a distinct shell, which I regard as the same as C. piperatus , Dillwyn, not C. piperatus, Reeve, which, as stated by WeinkaufF, is the same as C. erytlirceensis of Beck. 4. Pleurotoma (Crassispira) euscescens, Gray. 1843. Pleurotoma fuscescens, Gi'ay, Reeve, Con. Icon. fig. 125. 1845. Pleurotoma nigrescens, Gray, Reeve, l. c. fig. 235. 1845. Pleurotoma paxillus. Reeve, fig. 285. 1850. Pleurotoma solida, C. B. Adams, Contrib. Conch, vol. i. p. 61. Hab. Cuba (d' Orbigny) ; Jamaica (C. B. Ad. for solida)-, St. Vincent ( Reeve for nigrescens) . PI. nigrescens and PI. paxillus differ from the typical form of the species in being very much smaller, PI. solida being inter- mediate in size. In his ‘ Manual of Conchology ’ (vol. vi. p. 193) Tryon states that PI. nigrescens of C. B. Adams and PI. nigrescens of Gray are the same species. Having types of the former received from Adams and Gray’s types also for comparison, I can state that beyond a doubt they are distinct. PI. cuprea, Reeve, is rather an unsatisfactory species at present, and I am rather inclined to believe that, as suggested by Tryon, it will prove to belong to this species also. * Journ. cle Couch. 1874, pp. 333-359. t Conch. -Cab. p. 312, uo. 53. 486 ME. H. N. ETDLEY ON THE 5. Mueex (Ocinebea) alveatus, Kiener. Hab. Panama {Reeve, Kobelt, Sowerby ); West Indies ( Tryon ). As suggested by Tryon *, I think there must be some mistake with regard to the locality “ Panama ” which has been assigned to this species first of all by Reeve and afterwards by others. I have never seen a specimen from that locality, and Mr. G. B. Sowerby informs me that he has frequently received it with collections from the West Indies, but never from the Pacific side of Central America. M. erosus , Broderip, M. obeliscus , A. Adams, Triton Cantrainei, Recluz, and probably M. pauper cuius, C. B. Adams, are perfectly distinct from the present species and from one another. This is another example of Tryon’s rash and indis- criminate “ lumping” of species, which detracts so much from whatever value may be attached to his work. 6. Pisania pusio ( Linne ). Buccinum pusio, Reeve, Con. Icon. fig. 43. Hab. Honduras and St. Thomas (Coll. Cuming ); Sta. Lucia (d' Orbigny as Purpura accincta) ; Ascension I. (Cowry). The specimens from Fernando Noronha are rather small, and much more distinctly striated than certain examples from the West Indies. 7. PiTKPUEA hjemastoma, Linne. The specimens obtained by Mr. Ridley constitute a well-marked variety of this well-known species, both as regards form and colour. They have the spire more elevated in proportion to the length of the aperture, and only the two uppermost of the four series of nodules on the body-whorl are distinct. The interior of the aperture is greenish blue, reddish near the labrum, which is bordered within with black-browm, upon which the fine orange or yellowish lirae are very distinct. The exterior of the shell is purplish black, streaked and spotted with greenish white. P. hcemastoma is known from the West Indies, West Africa, Mediterranean, Atlantic coasts of France, Spain, and Portugal. 8. COLUMBELLA MEECATOEIA, Linne. Hab. St. Yincent, Grenada, Nevis, Cuba, Martinique, and Sta. Lucia (Brit. Musi). With one exception the eleven Fernando Noronha shells are Man. Conch, vol. ii. p. 128. ZOOLOGY OE FERNANDO NORONHA. 487 white, variegated with very dark brown or black. The single specimen, ivhich differs from the rest, is of a pinkish tint sparingly marked with rich brown. 9. Oliya literata, Lamarck. Hab. West Indies, Gulf of Florida. Two beach-rolled shells are all that were obtained. They have the transverse lirse on the inner lip extending over nearly the entire length of the columella. 10. Oliya (Oliyella) niyea ( Gmelin ). Hab. St. Vincent and other islands of the West Indies, Venezuela, and Brazil. The shell named by Mr. Watson * Oliva fulgida, Reeve, from Fernando Noronha, does not belong to that species, but is a prettily coloured example of O. nivea. O. fulgida differs from Gmelin’s species in the form of the columella and basal cauda. The columella of O. nivea is very peculiarly excavated, and this may be seen by looking as far within the aperture as possible. No such excavation occurs in O. fulgida, which also does not exhibit the numerous oblique folds or lirse on the columellar margin of the aperture which distinguish O. nivea. A second species is quoted with doubt by Watson from Fer- nando Noronha, namely O . pulchella, Duclos. The two fragments referred to this species seem to me to bear little resemblance to Du'clos’s figure ; but 1 have no hesitation in considering them specifically identical with tbe other specimen from the same spot which I refer to O. nivea. 11. Leycozonia cingulifera {Lamarck). Hab. West Indies, Honduras, West Africa. L. rudis , Reeve, is I consider quite distinct from this species. With this exception I agree with Tryon in his synonymy, and would even suggest the propriety of maintaining L. leucozonalis , Lamk., as a variety of this species. The specimens from Fernando Noronha have stout rounded ribs, exhibit a distinct submedian white zone on the body-whorl, and have the aperture inclining to orange. Tryon questions the West- African habitat of this species, but I am inclined to think it correct, as in the British Museum there are three specimens from that locality presented some years ago * Gasteropoda of the ‘ Challenger ’ Exped. p. 224. 488 MR. H. N. KIDLET ON THE by a, Mr. Lewis, together with other species which are undoubtedly West- African forms. 12. Leucozo^ia ocellata ( Gindin ). Sab. West Indies. The specimens obtained offer no differences from ordinary West-lndian examples. 13. Latirtjs spadiceus (Reeve). A single young shell seems to belong to this species. L. concentricus , Reeve, L.brevicauda , Reeve, L. gracilis, Reeve, and the present species are very closely related. 14. Mitra barbadensis ( Gmelin ). Sab. West Indies, Barbados, St. Vincent, &c. M. tessellata, Kiener, which Reeve named M.picta, is perfectly distinct from the present species, and well known as a South - African shell. Tryon not possessing or not having seen the species, at once concludes, from their general superficial resem- blance, that it must be the same as M. barbadensis. The sculpture of the two is quite different. _/LT. barbadensis is ornamented with raised spiral lines, whilst M. picta exhibits transverse punctured strife. The character of the outer lip also is quite different. 15. Mitra (Pusia) ansulata, Sowerby. Mitra ansulata, Sowerby, Thes. Conch, vol. iv. p. 26, pi. 373. fig. 471. Mitra microzonias, Reeve (non Lamarck), Con. Icon. figs. 185, 202; Sowerby, l. c. fig. 635 ; Kiener, Coq. Viv. pi. 28. fig. 89 (probably) ; Tryon, Man. Conch, iv. p. 183, pi. 54. figs. 568, 569. Sab. St. Thomas (Mus. Cuming ) ; “ West Indies, Morch, Krebs, and Swift,” fide Tryon. This species is said to occur in Polynesia, but the British Museum Collection affords no evidence in proof of this statement. The shell from Fernando Noronha belongs to that form of the species as figured by Reeve (fig. 185). This is usually considered the M. microzonias of Lamarck, but if it be compared with the figure of that sjiecies in the ‘ Ency- clopedic Methodique’ (pi. 374. fig. 8), it will be seen that it is a much more slender shell. The true M. microzonias has also been figured by Kiister (Con. -Cab. pi. 17. figs. 12, 13), and Reeve also correctly depicts it (Con. Icon. pi. xxx. fig. 242 on left) under the name of M. leucodesma. Sowerby in his description of * Man. Conch, vol. iv. p. 118. ZOOLOGY OF FERNANDO NORONHA. 489 M. ansulata does not mention the presence of a second white zone on the body-whorl as represented in his figure, hut this does occasionally exist. Try on places this species in the synonymy of M. dermestina , Lamk., together with M. cavea, Eeeve, M. Adamsi, Dohrn, M. pulchella, Eeeve, M. pisolina, Lamk., M. histrio, Eeeve, and M. conscinguineci, Eeeve. A more ridiculous instance than this of the “lumping” of species I have never seen. Tryon never could have examined examples of these various forms, for if he had he would not have united them ; he must have been misled by the figures, or perhaps a little jealousy of non- possession may have influenced him. Eeeve’s JSI. leucodesma he says is beyond a doubt the same as M. pardalis, Kiister. From this it is, in my judgment, perfectly distinct ; and the statement that “ Eeeve’s figure of J\I. pardalis is a Columbella'n is sheer guess-work. The shell figured by Eeeve is in the British Museum, and not only is it a Mitra, but correctly identified by Eeeve as M. pardalis, Kiister. What right had Tryon to make such a statement in the face of Eeeve’s description, in which he properly characterizes the shell as a Mitra with four plaits on the columella? Numbers of similar absurdities occur throughout this work of Tryon’s, which might have been avoided if more judgment had been used and the love of “ lumping ” been overcome. 16. Marginella sagittata, Hinds. Hal. Bahamas to Brazil. M. fluotuata, C. B. Adams, from Jamaica, appears to be the same as this species. 17. Triton Eidleyi, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 1.) Testa late fusiformis, albida, obsolete trizonata, zonis supra varices aurantiis ; anfractus uormales, superne declives et leviter concavi, ad medium biangulati, interne constricti, costis longitu- dinalibus circiter 7(in anfract. ultimo subtuberculiformibus interne evanescentibus) iustructi, liris spiralibus tenuibus (in anfr. pen- ultimo 7-8) aliisque longitudinalibus tenuioribus concinne can- cellati ; apertura ovalis, alba ; canalis brevis, dextrorsum versus ; columella alba, superne arcuata, vix tortuosa, tuberculis vel liris transversis supra callum tenuem munita ; labrum compresse varicosum, intus liris duodecim in paribus ordinatis iustructum. Longit. 19 millim., diam. 10. LINN. JOURN. — ZOOLOGY, YOL. XX. 38 490 MR. H. N. RIDLEY ON THE This species belongs to the same group as T. gallinago , Reeve (Con. Icon. fig. 5), and 'T. testudinarius, Adams & Reeve, and some others. Although possibly not adult, the single shell at hand is in excellent condition, and affords all the necessary characters distinctive of the species. The last whorl has two varices, namely the labrum and one on the opposite side. The nuclear whorls are broken off ; but, judging from the top of the first normal whorl, the apex would be comparatively small. The uppermost of thelirse on the columella is rather conspicuous, and, together with the uppermost of those within the labrum, forms a semicircular sinus above. 18. Triton pilearis, Lamarck. Hab. West Indies, Red Sea, Ceylon, Philippine Islands, island of Anna, &c. (Brit. Mus.). This, like some other species of Triton, occurs at the West Indies and in the Indian and Pacific Oceans. 19. Triton (Epidromus) testaceus, Morch. Sab. West Indies (Morch) . This species is very like T. obscurus , Reeve, but differs in having more convex whorls, a granulated columellar callus, and a narrower labral varix which is also hollowed out behind. 20. CYPRiEA oinerea, Gmelin, var. Sab. West Indies. With this species I unite C. clara of Graskoin, with which the specimens from Eernando Noronha agree. This variety is of a longer and more cylindrical form than the type, has only traces of the black dotting around the base, and no purplish stain between the teeth. Sowerby’s figure (Thes. Conch, pi. 307. f. 91*), badly copied by Tryou (Man. Conch. vol. vii. pi. 1. f. 8), does not represent the variety clara ; but a fair representation of it is given by Sowerby on pi. 316, figure 222. The colour, however, is not pinkish, and no dotting occurs along the sides in the types de- scribed by Graskoin. 21. Cyprjsa (Trivia) pedicures, Linne. Sab. West Indies. One of the specimens from Fernando Noronha is remarkably small, measuring only 7 millim. in length. ZOOLOGY OP FERNANDO NORONHA. 491 22. Littorina trochiformis, var. ? (Plate XXX. fig. 2.) Littorina trochiformis, Dillwyn, Philippi, Ahbild. vol. ii. p. 143, pi. ii. ff. 12, 14, 15. Littorina nodulosa, Watson ( non Gmelin), ‘ Challenger ’ Gasteropoda, p. 577- Testa parva, fusiformi-ovata, grisea vei nigrescens, albo-nodosa ; aufractus 6-7, convexiusculi, superiores granorum seriebus tribus ornati, striisque spiralibus elevatis paucis sculpti, ultimus in medio obtuse angulatus, seriebus quatuor ciuctus, ad basim albo punctatus ; apertura nigra, fascia basali pallida ornata, iuferne subacumiuata ; columella lata, purpurea, superne macula lutes - centi notata. Longit. 19 mill., diam. 10. Apertura 7 longa, 6 lata. 55 11 55 55 9. ,, 62" ,, 5 „ The above measurements of two specimens from Fernando Noronha show tbe variation in the form of this variety. The white tubercles are rather acute in some specimens, whilst in others they are scarcely raised above the surface. On the body- whorl there are two approximated series at the periphery and two qbove, and at the base is a tesselation of white and dark spots. The shells quoted by Mr. Watson from Fernando Noronha are certainly specifically the same as those obtained by Mr. Bidley, and are, I think, almost specifically distinct from the L. nodulosa of d’Orbigny. They have less angular whorls and less acute nodules, of which there are two series on the body -whorl above the two principal series at the periphery, whilst in L. trochiformis (—nodulosa, d’Orb.) there is only a single series. The aperture, also, of the Fernando shells is darker and none of them exhibit a second pale zone at the upper part, which is nearly always visible in the West-Indian species. 23. Littorina angulifera {Lamarck'). Litorina angulifera, Philippi, Abbild. vol. ii. p. 223, pi. v. ff. 12-15. JELab. West Indies, West Africa and Pacific (Phil.). Only a single young specimen was obtained by Mr. Eidley ; it agrees in all particulars with West-Indian' specimens. 24. Torinia jethiops (Menke) . TIab. West Indies. Both Philippi and Hanley, in their respective monographs, admit this as a distinct species, but I am inclined to think with the 38* 492 MR. H. N. RIDLEY ON THE former * that T. cyclostoma , T. nubila , T. cylindracea , and the present species are mere varieties of one and the same form. 25. Ianthina eragilis, Lamarck. Of the various species figured by Reeve, that which he has identified as Lamarck’s I.frayilis (Conch. Icon. pi. ii. ff. Ga, 6 b) closely resembles the shells from Fernando Noronha. They have the same perpendicular columella and the same division of colour, the “ deep-violet ” tint of the base terminating abruptly at the periphery. 26. Cerithium atratum {Born). Hab. "West Indies, Pernambuco, and Rio Janeiro {Brit. Mus.). I regard the G. caudatum of Sowerby as undoubtedly belonging to this species. “ Sicily,” the locality assigned by Sowerby in the ‘ Thesaurus Conchyliorum ’ and in Reeve’s ‘ Conchologia Iconica ’ to G. atratum , is evidently incorrect. 27. Mitrularia alveolata {A. Adams). Calyptrsea alveolata, A. Adams, Reeve, Con. Icon. vol. xi. pi. 3. ff. 8 a-b. Hab. Galapagos Islands {Beeve) ; St. Kitts, West Indies {Brit. Mus.). The single shell from Fernando Noronha possesses all the characteristics of the type from the Galapagos Islands. The specimens from Fernando Noronha, assigned with doubt to M. uncinata , Reeve, by Watson t, in all probability belong to the same species as that collected by Mr. Ridley. They are, how- ever, only young specimens, so that their determination is all the more difficult. 28. Hipponyx antiquatus {Linne). Hipponyx antiquatus (L.), Fischer, Journ.de Conch, vol. x. p. 5, pi. ii. ff. 1-9 (anatomy); Crosse, Journ. de Conch, vol. x. p. 20; Morch, Malak. Bldtt. vol. xxiv. p. 98. Hab. West Indies ; islands of Ascension, St. Helena, and Trinidad in the South Atlantic, Peru and California ( Brit. Mus.). The single specimen from Fernando Noronha has the spire more recurved than any other specimen I have seen and it is inclined to the left. * Conch.-Cab., Solarium, p. 26. t ‘Challenger’ Gastropoda, p. 461. ZOOLOGY OF FERNANDO NORONHA. 493 29. Hipponyx Gray anus, var. Hipponyx Grayanus, Menke, Carpenter, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1856, p. 4; Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1862, vol. x. p. 23. The distribution of this species appears to be very extensive. Carpenter quotes it from Galapagos, Sandwich Islands, Panama, S.W. Mexico, Mazatlan, and St. Vincent (W. Africa). Some specimens in the British Museum from St. Helena, wrongly named H. radiatus, Quoy & Gaimard, by Jeffreys*, and two specimens from Fernando Noronha agree in all respects with this species except in the more excentric position of the apex, which gives them a more capuliform appearance. 30. Nerita ascensionis, G-melin. In his monograph of Nerita in the Conchylien-Cabinet, Dr. von Martens mentions only the island of Ascension and Guinea as localities for this species. I had previously noted f the fact of its occurrence at the island of Trinidad off the Brazilian coast, and now I record its presence at Fernando Noronha, where it was also obtained by the ‘ Challenger ’ Expedition. 31. Turbo (Calcar) Olfersi, Troschel. Ti’ochus Olfersi, Troschel, Philippi, Conch.-Cah. ed. 2, p. 126, pi. 22. f. 1. Calcar Olfersi, Fischer in Kiener’s Coq. Viv. p. 18, pi. 77 ■ f. 1. Troclius digitatus, Reeve ( non Deshayes ), Conch. Icon. pi. 5. f. 24 ; Sowerby, Thes. vol. v. pi. 504. fig. 135. Had. Brazil ( Philippi . 990, n. 8 (185/ ). Described by Walker from Jamaica and St. Domingo ; the specimens from Fernando Noronha most nearly resemble that obtained in the former locality. Taken on tlie wing at night. Main Island. 36. Anthophila flammtcincta, Walk. Anthopliila flammicincta, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxxii. p. 801 (1865). The types are from St. Domingo. 37. Bolina bivittata, Walk. Bolina bivittata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xiii. p. 1156, n. 23 (1857). A common species. The specimens in the British Museum are from Honduras, Venezuela, St. Domingo, and Jamaica. The single specimen from Fernando Noronha has a narrower band than any of the others ; but it would require a series to show whether this character is constant in the locality, or a mere individual variation. 38. Thebmesia gemmatalis {Hiibn.). Antisarsia gemmatalis, Hahn. Zutr. e.r. Schmett, i. p. 26, n. 77, ff. 153, 154 (1818). Common among the wild beans on Main and Bat Islands (August 17-25). 39. Nemobia denticulabia, Walk. Nemoria (?) denticularia, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxii. p. 536, n. 20 (1861). The locality of the type specimen is unknown ; but it is pro- bably a wide-ranging species, as there are specimens in the British Museum from Corrientes and Goya. 40. Acidalia Faba, n. sp. Exp. ah 16 millim. Male. Grey, thickly dusted with brown, the flrst line com- mencing at about one third of the length of the wing with a dark shade curving to a conspicuous black spot, thence curving sharply inwardly till it terminates in a more conspicuous dark acute angle projecting outwardly just above the inner margin; it is not ZOOLOGY OF FEIGSTAjSTDO NOBONHA. 545 continued on the hind wings. The second line commences at two thirds of the length of the wing in another dark shade on the costa, which runs obliquely to another black spot, below which it is continued in grey festoons across both pairs of wings, forming more than a half-circle on the basal side of a conspicuous black spot on the hind wings. The third line is the most conspicuous, and is formed of a series of black spots connected by a grey line on the fore wings, which curves inwards twice, a little above the middle, and again above the inner margin. On the hind wings it forms a nearly continuous black line, curving outwards at one fourth of the distance from the costa, and again, in a wider and more regular curve, below the middle. At the base of the fringes runs a row of black dashes, and between these and the third line are a series of indistinct greyish markings. Underside grey-white, with the central spots indicated, but not conspicuous. Head black above; body and legs grey; abdomen rather indistinctly banded with black above, and with a blackish space at the base of the anal tuft; femora tawny beneath, front femora and tibiae blackish above; antennae tawny, alternating with whitish above. Allied to A. retractaria from Florida, but darker and more distinctly marked. 41. PrBALIS MANIHOTALIS, Gueil. Pyralis manihotalis, Gue'n. Spec. Gen. et Lep., Belt, el Pyr. p. 121 (1854). Described by G uenee from Cayenne. 42. Samea castellalis, Gue’n. Samea castellalis, Guen. Spec. Gen. Lep., Belt, et Pyrnl. p. 195 (1854). A widely distributed species throughout America, 43. IIymenia pebspectalis ( Hiibn .). Pyralis perspeetalis, Hiibn. Eur. Schmett ., Pyr. f. 101. A widely ••distributed species. 44. Phakelluba iiyalinata (Linn.). Phalsena-Geometra hyalinata, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. (2) p. 874, n. 279 (1767). This little moth was very common on the Main Island, especially about the Peak, among the wild melons, &c. (August 17-20). A cosmopolitan species. 45. Mabgabonia jaibusalis, Walk. Margaronia jairusalis, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xviii. p. 524, n. 15 (1859). Originally described from Venezuela. 546 ME. H. N. RIDLEY ON THE 46. Achaeana ph^opteealis ( Guen .). Botys phaeopteralis, Guen. Spec. Gen. Lep.,Delt. et Pyr. p. 349 (1854). A common and widely-distributed species in Tropical America. 47. Pachyzancla deteitalis (Guen.). Botys detritalis, Guen. Spec. Gen. Lep., Gelt. &; Pyr. p. 347 (1854). Widely distributed in South America. 48. Opsibotts flavtdissimalis ( Grote ). Botis flavidissimalis, Grote, Canad. Ent. ix. p. 105(1877). Described by Grote from Texas ; but there are also specimens from South America in the British Museum. 49. Mella zinckenella (Treitschke). Phyeis zinckenella, Treitschke, Schmett. Eur. ix. (l)p. 201 (1832). Many specimens. A cosmopolitan species. There are spe- cimens in the British Museum from S. Europe, S. Africa, and Australia. It is a somewhat variable insect, but is easily recognized by the broad pale costa and the huge palpi. 50. Pentatoma testacea, Dali. Pentatoma testacea, Dali. Cat. Hern. p. 250, n. 43 (1851). Several specimens were met with in various spots in the Main and Rat Islands. 51. Lyg^us eueoculis, n. sp. Long. corp. 9-11 millim Bright red, including the eyes and ocelli ; head above, between and in front of ocelli, blackish ; antennae and legs blackish and setose ; coxae reddish at base, corium more or less varied with blackish, outer edge narrowly black, membrane brown, blackish in $ . Head and thorax rugose, the former truncate and bicarinate in front. Rostrum black, extending to the extremity of the posterior coxae. Corium fully developed in B ; in 5 aibout half as long as the abdomen, and rather pointed. An extremely common species, allied to L. anticus , Walk., in which, however, the head and thorax are unicolorous red, and the tegmina are reddish brown. This highly -coloured Bug occurred in large numbers upon the ground in the Sapate under bushes of Jacquinia ; but was local, only found in a few spots. ZOOLOGY OF FERNANDO NORONHA. 547 52. HERiEUS VARIEGATES, 11. Sp. Long. corp. 7 millim. Head and front of pronotum dull red ; posterior lobe of pro- notum testaceous, with, very large separated punctures. Coriurn blackish, with rows of punctures ; outer edge of coriuni testaceous, with two black spots, one at its extremity, the other a little before ; the veins, a large triangular spot on the inside, and three smaller spots between this and the margins are also testaceous ; scutellum with a converging testaceous line on each side ; mem- brane blackish, with a testaceous blotch at base and tip. Antennae finely pubescent, the two basal joints testaceous, the third blackish, the fourth black, with the base white. Legs testaceous, front and hind femora and all the tibiae strongly spined. Body red beneath, pectus darker. Bostrum testaceous, extending to the base of the hind coxae. Allied to H. percultus , Hist. Taken at light. 53. Ligyrocoris balteatus, Stal. Ligyrocoris balteatus, Stal, Vet.-Akad. Hand!. (2) xii. p. 146, no. 4 (1874). Blew into light. 54. Ligyrocoris bipunctatus, n. sp. Long. corp. 4 millim. Head, pronotum, and scutellum black ; hinder lobe of pronotum with two short, reddish, longitudinal stripes in the middle, a red- dish spot on each side in front and one at each angle behind ; antennae testaceous, the last joint black. Coriurn testaceous, with rows of black depressed punctures in the middle; the veins on the inner edge black, running into a large irrregular apical black border ; the outermost vein broadens out just before reach- ing it and encloses a very conspicuous oval white spot ; membrane greenish, with two brown, diverging, curving lines in the middle, two brown spots at the base, and one on each side of the curve. Under surface of the body apparently black ; legs testaceous, femora more or less black ; but the specimen is carded in such a manner as not to allow of a proper examination of the under surface or of the legs and rostrum. J \ 548 ME. H. 1ST. RIDLEY ON THE 55. Rhagovelia incerta, n. sp. Long. corp. 2| millim., lat. 1 millim. Blackish brown ; the orbits, front of prothorax, whitish, slightly tawny; abdomen with a whitish pile on the sides and less con- spicuous beneath ; base of antennae, femora above, and legs beneath tawny ; closed hemilytra whitish (or slightly tawny) at the base between the nervures, but with no other pale markings except the conspicuous long-oval white spot before the tip. A shorter and broader species than any at present represented in the British Museum ; hut with most general resemblance to Microvelia vagans, White. It is possibly a variety of the widely distributed and variable Vella collaris , Burm. On grasses in the lake. 56. PsiLOPUS METALLTFER, Walk. Psilopus metallifer. Walk. List Dipt. B. M. iii. p. 647 (1849). Flying over Cucurbitaceae on the Peak. 57. Temnocera vesiculosa (Fair.). Syrphus vesiculosus, Fabr. Syst. Anil. p. 226, n. 11 (1805). L1 Wj? over herbage in the sun, and also taken on the flowers ut the cabbage in the garden. 58. Sarcophaga calida, Wiedem. Sarcophaga calida, Wiedem. Aussereurop. zweijl. Ins. ii. p. 366, n. 24 (1830) ; Walk. Ins. Saund. Dipt. p. 326 (1856). C0LE0PTERA. By Chas. 0. Waterhouse, F.E.S., Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum. The number of species obtained was 24. As might naturally be expected, many of them are Brazilian species or are species with a wide geographical range. One of the Heteromerous genera, which I have named JEsthetxis, is almost certainly indigenous. Perhaps the most interesting species is a Longieorn of the genus Acantlioderes. At first sight I took it to be a pale ZOOLOGY or FERNANDO NORONHA. 549 variety of A. jaspidea, a common Brazilian species, but on closer examination the apex of the elytra was found to be different. If this species should hereafter prove to be peculiar to the island, it will be a somewhat remarkable fact. A few of the species the determination of which would have been attended with great labour, I have left unnamed, as I feel sure they are introduced species. Brachely t r a. Belonucuius, sp. A single specimen, closely resembling B.formosus, G-rav., of Brazil, but smaller, 2\ lines in length. It was found in a decom- posing rat. TrOGOPHLCEUS, sp. A single example, closely resembling T. pusillus, Gfrav., of Eu- rope, but a trifle larger, with the two basal impressions of the thorax strongly marked. NeCROI’HAGA. Dermestes eelinus, Fabr. A widely-distributed species. Epuraea F A single specimen of a very small species (If millim.) somewhat resembling Fpurcea limbed a, but a little narrower, with the mar- gins not expanded, light brown, finely pubescent, closely and very finely punctured ; each elytron having two fine, widely separated, impressed striae. Abdomen covered by the elytra. Palpicornia. Philhydrus marginellus, Fabr. A widely-distributed species. Dactylosternum abdominale, Fabr. A widely distributed species. Lamellicornia. Ataenius, sp. Three examples belonging to two species. No doubt intro- duced. 550 MR. H. N. RIDLEY ON THE StRATEGUS ANTJ3US, Fab)’. The prothorax and elytra of this North and Central- American species. [Its larvte were found under rubbish in the Sapate with the fragments of the perfect insect, which we did not succeed in taking alive. — H. N. R.] S E R R I C 0 R N I A. Hyporrhagus margtnatus, Fair. A single example of this West-Indian species in the flowers of au acacia iu the garden. Malacodermata. Xylopertha, sp. Three specimens. Probably an introduced species. Four milli- metres in length ; reddish yellow, shining, with the rough ante- rior part of the thorax brown and the apex of the elytra pitchy. The elytra finely punctured at the base, strongly punctured pos- teriorly ; the posterior declivity also strongly punctured, with three nodes on its upper margin on each elytron. [These came to light in our rooms. — H. N. R.] PI E T E R O M E R A. Epitragus Batesii, Maklin. Elongatus, ellipticus, modice convexus, parum nitidus, parce flavo-pubescens, crebre punctatus ; elytris striato-punctatis, striis postice obsoletis. Long. 7 ^ millim. The head is closely and rather strongly punctured. The thorax two fifths broader than long, broadest a little behind the middle, very slightly narrowed behind, a little more in front; distinctly and moderately strongly punctured ; the punctures on the disk separated from eacli other by one or one and a half times the diameter of the punctures ; the punctures towards the sides larger and closer together, giving a slight rough appearance ; the punctures at the anterior margin are finer. The elytra are at the base a little wider than the base of the thorax, very slightly widened to rather behind the middle and then arcuately narrowed to the apex ; moderately finely but distinctly punctured, the ZOOLOGY OF FERNANDO NORONHA. 551 punctures not very close together ; with several short lines of rather larger punctures, which are most distinct towards the margin. Antennae and legs pitchy. Numerous examples of this species from the Amazons are labelled in Mr. F. Bates’s collection with the name “ B. Batesii, Makh,” but the species does not appear to be described. Blapstintts Ridley j, n. sp. Elongatus, oblongo-ovatus, parum nitidus, fusco-brunueus, liavo-pubescens ; thorace crebre evidenter puuctato ; elytris punctato-striatis, iuterstitiis lateralibus et ad apicem convexius- culis, subtiliter vix crebre punctatis ; autennis, tibiis tarsisque piceis. Long. 5 millin'!. Antennae with the third joint elongate, about one fourth longer than the second, the fourth a trifle shorter than the third, the fifth, sixth, aud seventh about as long as broad, the eighth, ninth, and*tenth slightly transverse. The head is moderately strongly punctured, but the punctures are not very close together; the epistome is moderately emarginate, rather more closely punctured than the head. The thorax is evenly convex, broadest at posterior angles, scarcely sinuate at the sides, narrowed at the anterior third ; moderately strongly punctured, the intervals between the punctures about equal to the diameter of the punctures ; the anterior angles moderately prominent aud acute ; the base rather strongly bisinuate. The elytra a little broader thau the thorax ; somewhat strongly punctate-striate ; the striae near the suture scarcely impressed at the base ; the punctures in the striae mode- rately large and close together ; the punctures on the interstices are fine but distinct, the spaces between them being about once and a half the diameter of the punctures. I have ventured to describe this species as it appears to be new, although probably introduced. Blapstinus, sp. Several specimens of a species closely resembling B. pulveru - lentus, Esch., but with the striae of the elytra more impressed. There are several North-American species closely allied to this with which I am unacquainted, and it is not improbable that it is referable to one of them. MR. H. N. RIDLEY OH THE JEstiietus, h. gen. General characters of Cyrtosoma. Mentum small, narrowed at the base, truncate in front ; ligula somewhat round ; labial palpi short and stout, the apical joint rather large, ovate. Labrum nearly twice as broad as long, nearly straight in front, the angles rounded. Head transversely impressed between the eyes. Epi- stome not separated from the forehead by a distinct line, consider- ably advanced in front of tbe insertion of the antennae, obliquely narrowed in front. Thorax evenly convex, the sides gently arcuate. Scutellum very small, short triangular. Elytra oblong-ovate, very convex, but somewhat flattened dorsally ; their epipleura very broad and flat, gradually narrowed to the apex of tbe elytra. Wings absent. Prosternal process considerably produced pos- teriorly, acuminate, horizontal. Mesosternum sloping, slightly concave. Metasternum very short ; intermediate and posterior coxal cavities separated by a very narroiv space. Antenme mo- derately long and slender, the third to seventh joints elongate, the apical joints a trifle broader. All the tibiee slightly curved. TEsthetus tuberculatus, n. sp. Piceo-niger, nitidus ; capite crebre sat fortiter punctato, epi- stoino convexo, subti liter punctulato ; labro piceo-flavo ; thorace creberrime punctato, latera versus tenuiter ruguloso ; elytris opacis, fortiter striatis, striis impunctatis, interstitiis sat convexis, singulis serie tuberculorum minutorum instructis ; antennis, palpis tarsisque piceis, tibiarum apice intus, tarsisque subtus fulvo- pilosis. Long. 9-11 millim. The antenme are somewhat slender ; the second joint scarcely longer than broad, the third three times as long as the second ; the fourth to seventh joints elongate, each a trifle shorter and broader at its apex than the previous one ; the eighth, ninth, and tenth joints pilose, broader and shorter than the seventh, but not transverse ; the eleventh oval. The thorax is evenly convex, very gently arcuate at the base, emarginate in front, moderately rounded at the sides, finely margined all round (except at the middle of the front margin), the posterior angles are very slightly projecting, the anterior angles slightly obtuse. The punctures on the disk are close and distinct, at the base and at the sides they are very fine and obscure. On each side of the disk the surface ZOOLOGY OF FERNANDO NORONHA. 553 is finely longitudinally rugulose, but this is very slight in the larger examples. The interstices of the elytra are closely and very finely punctured, each interstice having a line of rather closely placed, minute, shining tubercles. Epipleura of the elytra dull. Under flanks of the prothorax dull and closely longitudi- nally striated. Sterna and abdomen shining, finely punctured. The two smaller examples have the thorax relatively narrower than in the larger examples, and the rugulose surface more marked and more extended. These differences are no doubt sexual. These were found under stones and bark in the woods of the Sapate. Copidita, sp. Several examples of a species which I am unable to determine. Yellowish, usually with slight grey shade on the elytra. Length 6-7 mi Him. Those captured were attracted by a light. Bruchida. Br,uchus porosus, Sharp. Two imperfect male specimens, which may be referable to B. porosus , Sharp (Biol. Cent.-Amer., Coleopt. v. p. 490), from Ghiate- mala, the type of which (unique) is a female. The brown colour is rather more suffused over the elytra, and the punctures are not quite so large. The pectinations of the antennae are very long. Ehynchophora. SlTOPHILUS ORYZA3, L. Introduced. [It is very destructive to the maize-grains, so that in the store-rooms the maize is covered with a thick layer of sand to prevent their attacks. — H. N. -ZL] Xylophaga. Tomicus ? Two immature specimens belonging to this or an allied genus. Very pale yellow ; lg millim. in length. Pycnarthruh ? setulosum, n. sp. Qblongo-ovatum, brunneum, sat nitidum, convexum ; thorace latitudine paulo breviore, convexo, postice paulo angustiore, ante LINN. JOURN. — ZOOLOOY, VOL. XX. 42 554 MR. H. N. RIDLEY ON THE medium oblique angustato, creberrime subtiliter puuctulato ; elytris thoracis basi perparum latioribus, subtiliter striato-punc- tatis, interstitiis parce subtilius punctatis, parce pubescentibus, seriatim squamulato-setosis ; autennis perlib usque sordide tes- taceis. Long. 2 millim. Head distinctly visible from above ; concave in front in one sex. Eyes coarsely granular, widely separated above, but very slightly separated below. Antennae testaceous ; funiculus 6-jointed (or possibly 7)*; the first large, subglobose ; the following joints very short and transverse, gradually increasing in width ; club large, 3-jointed, oval, pubescent. The thorax has a well-defined margin separating the under flanks. The surface (seen through a microscope) is finely coriaceous, moderately finely punctured, the intervals between the punctures about equal to the diameter of the punctures ; sparsely pubescent, the hairs at the front margin slightly thickened. The striae of the elytra are lightly impressed, but scarcely so on the disk ; the punctures in the striae moderately fine and close together, the .punctures on the inter- stices rather smaller and moderately widely separated. Anterior tibiae rather broad, writh four or five small obtuse teeth on the outer side, and two larger ones, one at one third from the apex, the other apical. Tarsi slender. This insect agrees in the majority of its characters with Pyc- nartlirum gracile , Eichh. (Mem. Soc. R. d. Sci. Liege, viii. 1878, p. 104). The anterior tibiae are, however, evidently different : “ tibiae anteriores apice extus rotundatae.” The structure of the antennae appears to be the same, but the club is ovate and not acuminate. The elytra are punctate-striate and not crenate- striate, and the punctures are round and not subquadrate, &c. It appears to be related to Cnesinus , Horn, but the anterior coxae are not so widely separated. [It was bred from the bark of the endemic fig-tree, from a specimen out of the garden of the Residency. — H. Ab P.J Platypus parallelus, F. Two examples of this Brazilian species. * The joints after the first are so confused that even with the antenna mounted in balsam I am not quite certain of their number. ZOOLOGY OF FERNANDO NORONHA. 555 Longicornia. Acanthoderes Kidleyi, n. sp. Latus, depressus, omnino albo-griseo-pubescens ; elytris poue medium macula laterali inconspicua ornatis ; apice mucro brevi instructo. Long. 11|-16 millim. Form and general appearance of A. jaspicea, Germ., but a little more depressed and with the elytra rather more obtuse at the apex. The colour is pale whitish grey, generally with some sandy- yellow shade on the base of the antennae, disk of the thorax, and on parts of the elytra. The front of the head, is paler, with some conspicuous black punctures, especially between the eyes. The thorax has the usual median raised line and slight swelling on each side of the disk ; there is no black at the sides ; there is a line of very distinct black punctures along the basal margin, and a similar (but less regular) line along the front margin, and there are some other punctures scattered over the surface. The elytra have the usual costa distinct, slightly sinuous as in A . jcispiclea. On the shoulder a few small tubercles may be traced through the pubescence. Some examples have scarcely any trace of spots, but most have a not very conspicuous pale fuscous spot behind the middle near the side, and behind this there are generally numerous black punctures which are surrounded by a brown shade ; usually a short oblique brown line may be seen at the apex of the costa. Apical mucro shorter and less acute than in A. jaspidea. Abdomen with a slight grey shade in the middle, and a line of black dots on each side. Tibiae unicolorous, or with a very slight pale brown spot near the apex. Some examples have a slight oblique brown spot on the disk, rather before the middle. [These flew into light in the evening, and were very plentiful. They made a loud squeaking noise when caught. — H. N. A.] Trypanidiijs isolattts, n. sp. Dense pallide griseo-pubescens ; thorace guttis minutis non- nullis ornato ; elytris nigro-punctatis. Long. 13-15 millim. Closely allied to rl\ dimidiates, Th., but relatively a little nar- ' rower and quite differently coloured. The pubescence is very 42* 556 MR. H. N. RIDLEY ON THE pale grey, some parts being a trifle paler than others ; and there is a slight mixture of pale yellowish-brown pubescence, especially on the elytra. On the underside the pubescence is more sandy yellow, leaving the middle of the sterna and abdomen dark. The thorax has the usual line of large punctures at the base; a very slight raised line behind the middle of the disk ; the lateral tooth small and acute. The elytra have the very slight costa near the suture a little less raised at the base than in T. dimidiatm , and the apical truncature of each elytron is not straight but has the angles rouuded. The black punctures are arranged as in T. di- midiatus , but extend to the apex. There is a small pale spot at the base close to the scutellum, and a scarcely noticeable brown spot near the suture a little way from the base. One example has a slight whitish mark on the suture just before the middle, and a moderately broad whitish band near the apex, somewhat similar to the band in T. dimidiatus, but broader nearer the apex and less angular near the suture, where it is only carried up to a level with its origin on the margin. This species is, in many respects, intermediate between T. di- midiatus and T. melancholicus. [These also came to light with the preceding, but were rarer, only two being taken. — H. _ZV. R.~] Pseudotrim era. ScYMNUS, Sp. Two examples of a species resembling the Indian S. xeranipe- linus, Muls., but a trifle smaller (1^ millim.) : uniform brownish yellow, with golden pubescence ; punctuation of the elytra close, fine but distinct ; metasternum very strongly punctured. THYSANUEA and COLLEMBOLA. By H. N. Bidley, M.A., F.L.S. Iapyx Saussurii, j Humbert, Rev. et Mag. Zool. Sept. 186S, p. 351, pi. ii. figs. 1-5. A single 'specimen of what I believe to be a young example of this little animal was obtained under a stone in the Sapate woods. ZOOLOGY or FERNANDO NORONIIA, 557 It corresponds closely to the figure given by Humbert, excepting that it is only 10 millim. in length instead of 22 millim., and that the antennae are as hispid as those of I. solifuga, Halliday. In Humbert’s figure the antennae are quite glabrous, hut as he does not mention this among the differences between his species and I. solifuga , it is possibly an error of the draughtsman. The number of joints in the antennae is almost equal to that of I. Saussurii , and more than that of I. solifuga • but the animal is but little larger than the type specimens of I. solifuga in the British Museum. Another point of difference, though very slight, is in the forceps. In both the above quoted species there is a secondary tooth on the inner edge of each chela, besides several smaller rounded papillae ; now in the specimen from Bern an do Noronha this secondary tooth is nearer the apex of the chela than is either of the others. Distribution. The distribution of the whole genus is very little known at present, as specimens are not often collected. I. soli- fuga occurs in South Europe, Algeria, and Madeira (the var. WoTlastoni). I. Saussurii was obtained in Mexico at Orizaba. Species are also recorded, but not described, from the United States and Calcutta. Dr. Grassi, in p. 1 of “ Progenitori degli Insetti e dei Miria- podi,” gives I. Saussurii as from Brazil ; but does not say whether he has seen Brazilian specimens ; and in his list of species mentions it merely from Mexico, evidently using “ Brasili ” as a synonym for Mexico. It is more than probable that, if sought fox’, it will be found to occur also on the mainland of Brazil. Lepisma Leal, n. sp. Though it was to be expected that house-inhabiting Lepismas would occur here, I sought for them in vain until just as we were leaving, when a single large Lepisma , perhaps distui’bed by the packing-operations, appeared. The specimen was somewhat damaged in eaptui’ing it ; but as it seems to be undescribed, and is a very curious animal, I describe it as it is. Corpus 19 millim. longum (setis exclusis), griseum. Caput parvum, subrotundatum. Antennse filiformes (fractae). Oculi minimi, nigri, poixe basin antennarum positi. Pi’othorax 3 mm. longus, margine supeinore recto, iufei'iore excavato, marginibus lateralibus productis ; mesothorax et metathoi’ax similes sed breviores. Pedes coxis valde crassis, brevibus, oblongo-ovali bus, 558 MU, IT. N. RIDLEY ON THE subtus duabus setis lougis ; articulis secundis longioribus multo tenuioribus pubescentibus, supra spina crassa armatis ; tertiis tenuioribus, sequilongis, subtus setiferis ; tarsis multo brevioribus setiferis, uncis parvis duobus terminalis. Inter coxas tres squamae, ovales, obtusse, quam coxas minores. Abdominis segmenta subaequalia, glabra. Segmentum ultimum breve. In medio penultimi segmenti appendices duae breves, complanatae, acutae ; post eas duae laterales, breves, teretes, bispidae, tunc duae longae multo longiores et tenues bispidae, tunc duae longae graeiles bispidae, et in medio appendix longissima unica, crassior, setosa, articulata et annulata. Tbe abdomen was filled witb some bright green substance, which was emitted from the mouth when touched — apparently green paint nibbled off the shutters. The most nearly allied species to this which I have seen was obtained in Socotra, and is now in the British Museum. The breadth of the thorax is greater than in L. saccliarina , but the head is not concealed as in some species. Leptsha corticola, n. sp. Parva, 1 cm. longa, angusta, metallica plumbea, dorso arcuato nec complanato. Caput parvum, rotundatum ; oculi ad basin an- tennarum, rubri. Antennae graeiles, annulatae, bispidae; artieulus basalis maximus, reliqui breves, plurimi, crassiusculi. Palpi maxillares 5-articulati, articulis breviusculis. Palpi labiales breves, clavati ; artieulus basalis brevis sectus, secundus longior, tertius brevissimus conicus, quartus rotundatus brevis. Thorax angustus, quam abdomen vix latior. Prothorax quam meso- tliorax longior, metathorax brevier, marginibus omnium ciliis rigidis munitis. Pedes longiusculi, hispidi ; coxae breves, latae nec crassae ; secundo paullo angustior et brevior ; tarsi longius- culi, triunguiculati ; squama inter coxas prothoracis ovata acuta magna, alterae minores. Abdomen breviusculum ; appendices segmenti ultimi graeiles, bispidae, breviusculae, subaequales. Iu rotten wood and under stones in the Sapate and tbe base of the Peak. It also occurred on the mainland at Pernambuco iu similar localities. The chief peculiarity of this Lepisma is its very rounded back, resembling that of a Macliilis rather than that of a typical Lepisma. It is a small active species occurring singly, of a dark leaden-grey colour. The scales resemble those of L. saccliarina in outline, but are more notched at the upper edge, and seem ZOOLOGY OF FERNANDO NOEONHA. 559 also to have more numerous ridges. The thorax is not much broader than the abdomen, and the margin does not extend much beyond the feet. Machilis, sp. A single specimen of a very small brown Machilis was taken under a stone at the base of the Peak ; but, by an accident, the specimen was destroyed, and we met with no others. SfilRA HTJSARITM, n. Sp. Minuta, gregaria, in vita metallica, 1 mm. longa. Caput rotun- datum, hispidum ; oculi in maculis nigris fascia obscura ssepe connectente. Antennae broviusculae, violaceae, hispidse ; articulo basali brevissimo, secundo et tertio subsequali basali duplo longi- oribus ; articulo quarto triunciali, longissimo. Collum distinc- tum. Segmentum secundum corporis (prothorax) latum, mar- ginibus rotundatum ; tertium brevius, quartum multo brevius, quintum longius, sextum quinto subrequale, septimum sexto triplo longius, terminalia brevia. Corpus in speciem ferine glabrum, insquamosum, flavescens, segmentorum basibus et marginibus cseruleo-purpureis. Pedes hispidi, primi breviusculi, secundi longiores, tertii longissimi, graciles. Very abundant between the wet bases of the petioles of the bananas, at the base of the Peak. It is very nearly allied to S. BusJcii, Lubb., which was de- scribed from specimens found in a hot-house in England, and pro- bably introduced with tropical plants. It differs in the absence of hairs round the neck and on the body, longer hind legs, and also in coloration. The spring resembles that of 8. BusJcii, and is rather hispid. The neck is very distinct. These small Col- lembola have been much neglected bv collectors, and it is most probable that this species was introduced in the bananas. ECHIHQDERMATA*. There were not many species of Echinoderms found on the island, but the following were obtained: — ClDAEIS TRIEULOIDES, LamJc. Very plentiful on the north side of the island in coral-reef pools, near Sambaquichaba and Morro do Chapeo. * The species were determined for me by Prof. Jeffrey Bell. 560 MR. H. N. RIDLEV ON THE Diadem a. saxatile, L. Two specimens from pools at Morro do Chapeo. Tripeehstes esculentus, Leslie. Very plentiful in rock-pools in Sponge Day, sometimes almost filling a small pool. Ophiura cinerea, M. Tr. Common under stones, north side. Ophiacantha sp. A very small specimen with the preceding. Ophiocoma pumila, Lutk. Young specimens. Ophiocoma echinata, Ag. A single specimen from Portuguese Pay. Quite unknown to our guide, so it is probably rare here. OLIGOCHiETA. By W. Blaxland Benham, D.Sc. On Pebruary 2, 1889, I received a tube of small worms, which had been collected by Mr. H. N. Ilidley in the island of Fer- nando Noronha, with the request that I would identify them. I gladly undertook to do so, and obtained permission to open the worms, if necessary ; for it is now admitted that in most cases it is almost impossible to pronounce with certainty on the genus of an Earthworm from external characters alone ; and although in some cases external characters may point to some particular genus, yet it is not always safe to rest content with such an indication, and we must examine the internal anatomy in order to be sure of the point. The tube which I received contained six small, ill -preserved worms, one of which was a Polycbaete, which I did not further examine. Of the remaining five, the first (which I will call A) was of rather an earthy-brown colour and measured 4 inches in length ; the second and third were similar in colour and general appearance, but were only about 2 inches long; the fourth (B) was of a much darker tint, and was reddish brown in ZOOLOGY OP FERNANDO NORONHA. 561 colour, somewhat like that of Lumbricus terrestris ; it measured 5| inches ; the fifth turned out to be merely the anterior portion of a similar specimen. The Worm A. — The first feature which struck me was the quincuncial arrangement of the setae in the posterior region of the body ; anteriorly the setae are in couples. The body-wall, being somewhat transparent, allowed me to distinguish through it paired light-coloured bodies, or “pyriform sacs,” lying in the ventral region posteriorly. The most anterior somite of the body is very elongate, and carries the mouth terminally, the prostomium being absent. These features recalled the genus Urochceta of Perrier ; but somewhat similar characters are found in other Earthworms : thus the pyriform sacs have been described by myself in TJrobenus * ; and the scat- tered condition of the setae, though not identical with the arrange- ment noticed, closely resembled, and might easily be confounded with, what obtains in Diachceta (Beuhani). Turning then to the clitellum, I found it to cover the somites xiv. to xxii. or xxm. ; it is not complete on the ventral surface ; and both anteriorly and posteriorly is* as is often the case, more feebly developed. One peculiar feature, however, about the clitellum, which therefore recalled Urochceta, is the fact that the intersegmental grooves are deep and noticeable ; the glandular structure not being continuous from somite to somite, as is the case in most other Earthworms. I could see no pores, or external apertures, of the genital ducts or nephridia ; I therefore opened the worm, in the ordinary way, by a median dorsal incision, in order to satisfy my suspicion as to its belonging to the genus Urochceta. The septa are thin, with the exception of four situated anteriorly, which are greatly thickened, namely those forming the posterior wall of somites vi.,vii., viii., and x. (the septum between ix. and x. is absent). Such thickened muscular septa are not unusual in Earthworms ; but whether their position is constant in a given species is by no means certain. Perrier has not helped us to settle the matter, since in his figure he represents only four such septa, whereas in the text he speaks of five of them. Hohvever, Beddard t, in a species of this genus from Australia, describes four, having the same position as in the worm under consideration. * Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. vol. xxvii. t Proc. Roy. Soc. Eclinb. xiv. 1887, p. 160. 562 ME. IT. N. EIDLET ON THE The alimentary tract, the vascular system, the nephridia, all exhibit the characters peculiar to or present in Urochcetci. There is but a single pair of seminal reservoirs, which have a greater extent than in U. corethrura (F. Miiller #) ; for in the present specimen that lying on the left side passes through eight somites, that of the right side passes through twelve somites, commencing in somite xir., where are situated also the ciliated rosettes. I was unable to trace the sperm-ducts ; I could find no ovary ; I did not look for testes, as this would have necessitated some damage to the worm, which I was anxious to injure as little as possible. There are three pairs of spermathecse ; each is a very elongate, thin-walled sac, enlarged distally, and lying respectively in somites vii. , viii., ix. The chief difference between the two species of JJrochceta that have received names lies in the different position of the spermathecse. In U. coretlirur.a they lie in somites viii. , ix., x. ; in Z7. dubia (Horst) they are fouad in somites vi., vii., viii. ; in Beddard’s specimen from Australia they have the same position as in the present specimen. Such is a brief sketch of the anatomy of the worm A, from Fernando Noronha; it is sufficient, however, to identify it as belonging to the genus TJrochaeta ; but as to the species— whether it belongs to any of those already described or requires a new name — I feel rather diffident of expressing an opinion. In most points it agrees closely with Z7. corethrura ; but in the position of the gizzard (in somite vi. instead of vii.), in the position of the spermathecse, and in the fact that the setse are not bifid, the two forms differ. On this last point I think no great stress can be laid, as Beddard recognizes no bifidity in his Australian specimen ; and I agree with him so far as the present specimen is concerned, which differs also from Horst’s species, U. dubia, in the position of the spermathecse ; in fact, with regard to these organs, the present and Beddard’s specimen are intermediate between Horst’s and Perrier’s species. But are we justified in establishing a new species on such slender grounds, and from an examination of a single speci- men ? I think not, and prefer to leave the specimen unnamed, and to regard it as belonging to Perrier’s species, of which it may be a variety ; for we are at present ignorant as to how far * See Perrier, Arch. d. Zool. exper. et g6n. iii. 1874. ZOOLOG-T OF FEENANDO NOEONHA. 563 variation may occur in Earthworms ; since with the exception of Beddard’s paper on Peri onyx (Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. 1886, p. 308), we know absolutely nothing of the subject, and the present specimen forms a step between Z7. cordihrura and D. dubia. The two small worms resemble the specimen A in colour and in external characters ; the clitellum is, however, undeveloped, so that they are probably young specimens of the same worm. The worm B is longer than A, and of a somewhat different colour, being of a rather more reddish or viclet-brown tint. The body-wall is transparent, and showed white pyriform sacs through it much more distinctly than is the case with A. The worm is, however, so soft that no setae protrude, and I was unable to satisfy myself as to their exact arrangement posteriorly; anteriorly they are paired; posteriorly they are scattered, but whether regularly or not I cannot be positive. The clitellum occupies somites xiv. to xxix., and is thus rather more extensive than in A ; but the worm is so soft that it’ is difficult to count with accuracy the somites, as some of the rings may be merely annuli. Thus far, then, we have no indication as to its genus ; but on opening it, the arrangement of the septa, seminal reservoirs, and spermathecse are seen to agree with what is found in A. This second worm is therefore TJrocJiceta, and doubtless the same species as the preceding. It will be seen that I have made no morphological studies of these worms, nor sought to do more than identify them. Indeed, they were too badly preserved to be of any use histologically, and I should not have felt justified in sectionizing them even if they had been in good condition. The fact that these worms belong to the genus Urochceta , which has been already described from Brazil and some of the neighbouring islands, lends considerable support to Mr. Kidley’s supposition that they have been imported from the mainland in the mould in which cultivated plants were brought to the island. In conclusion I must express my best thanks to Air. Bidley for allowing me to examine and identify them. 564 ME. H. 1ST. EIDLEY ON TITE POEIFEEA. By H. J. Caeteb, F.R.S. Dry Specimens. These were all too much beach- worn for specific distinction. The Nos. correspond with those on the Specimens. 1. Pouythebsks, Duchassainy et Mich.* 2. Hiecinia. 3. Ciialina. — Spicules fine, slender, acerate. 4. Hiecinia. — Fine structure. 5. Euspongia (“ best Turkey Sponge ” of commerce). 6. Euspongia. — Bearing Polytrema miniaceum. 7. Hiecinia. — Skeletal structure partially filled with the filaments of Sponyiophaya communis. Wet Specimens. Most of these are too fragmentary for specific distinction, although possessing the natural characters which they pre- sented when taken from tlieir habitat. 8. Polytherses. — Two coarse pieces alone; the rest on pieces of a fine JELircinia. 9. Euspongia (“best Turkey Sponge” of commerce”). — Three or four discoloured pieces. 10. Chondeilla nucula, Sdt. 11. Geodia. — P G. Tumulosa, Die. — Siliceous balls spherical. Zone-spicule trifid; arms simple, undivided, extending upwards, outwards, and lastly horizontally. Bearing Polytrema. 12. Chondeopsis aeenifeea, Cart. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 18S6, yoI. xvii. p. 122). — Acuate spicules, sometimes blunt at each end. * It should be remembered that “ Polytherses ” is a Hcrcinia in which the soft parts have been replaced by a structure composed of the filaments of Spongiophaga communis, Cart., which is of world-wide occurrence, but of which the nature is still unknown. ZOOLOGY OF FERNANDO NORONHA. 565 13. Chalina P species. — Dark, dirty ; fragments still bearing traces of their natural red-purple colour. Extending hori- zontally ; throwing up thick ridges ; scattered over with short, erect, tubular vents of different lengths. Eibre tough, charged abundantly with comparatively large, acerate spicules. Several pieces, some accompanied by a portion of Cliondropsis arenifera. 14. Euspongia (“fine Turkey sponge” of commerce). — Typically good, but small specimen ; presenting the charac- teristic, crinkled surface. Colour black above, light sponge- yellow below. Bearing Polytrema. 15. Chondrilla nucula, Sdt. — Typically good specimen, growing over sand-detritus mixed with Polytrema. 16. Chondrilla phyllodes, Sdt. — Antilles. Spicules of two kinds, viz., pin-like skeletal, and spinispirular flesh-spicule. Closely allied in this respect to Spirastrella cunctatrix , Sdt. Colour grey or violet. Consistence gelatinous, firm. Three typically good specimens growing over sand-detritus mixed with Polytrema covered with white Melobesia. 17. Chondropsis arenifera.— Black on the surface from a layer of brown pigmental cells. Growing over a black Stellettci (? species), also bearing a cortical layer of dark brown-black pigmental cells mixed with small stellates. Zone-spicule trifid. Arms simple, straight, extended upwards and outwards. — Eour large pieces. IS. Chondrilla nucula, Sdt.— Small, but typically good specimen. 19. Synascidia. — Common form. Globular, radiated cal- careous spicule. Colour purple-white. Two pieces. 20. Chalina P species. — Same as No. 13. One piece bearing a bit of PLircinia. 21. Euspongia (“ best Turkey sponge ” of commerce). — Three small pieces. 22. P Alcyonium or Hydroid Zoophyte. — Digitate, reptant ; colour yellowish ; consistence soft. 23. Actinia ? sp. — Now lead-colour. 566 ME. H. N. EIDLET ON THE 24. Alcyonium. — Congregated, short, columnar individuals ; constricted circularly tlirougliout the column. 25. Etispongia (“Honeycomb sponge” of commerce). — Coarse cavernous structure. 26. Euspongia. — Ditto. 27. Geodia, same as No. 11. — Fragments of skin and body- substance only. 28. Donmtia lyncueium. — Four specimens j tlie largest | in. in diameter. 29. Polytheeses, with skeletal structure of Hircinia pro- truding. 30. Euspongia (“ Honeycomb sponge ” of commerce).- — Coarse cavernous structure. 31. Subeeites massa, Sdt. — Spicule of one form only, simply pin-like, with subglobular head. Eight fragments. Surface warty. Colour yellowish. 32. Axinella P species. — Form of specimen globular, about an inch in diameter, composed of radiating, erect, tough fibre, charged throughout with projecting tufts of simply acuate curved spicules ; of one form only. 33. Tethya ceanium. — Two small, discoloured, black frag- ments. 34. Chondeopsis aeenifeea. — Specimen triangular, elongate ; 4 inches long. Bearing Polytrema and JSLelobesia. 35. Euspongia (“ Honeycomb sponge ” of commerce). — Coarse, cavernous structure. Three pieces. Colour black above, light sponge-yellow below. 36. Chondeopsis aeenieeea. — Good, but small typical speci- men. 37. ? Hymeniacidon sanguinea, Bh— Small insignificant specimen. Spicule of one from only, viz. pin-like and slightly curved. Colour now yellowish. 38. Leuconia saccitlata, n. sp. (Calcisponge). — Form of specimen sacculated, consisting of four or more inflations ZOOLO&Y OF FERNANDO NORONHA. 587 projecting from a common cavity. Colour white. Entire speci- men about an inch long, and f of an inch in diameter (lxf xf inch) ; broken out on one side, if not the point of attachment. The uppermost or principal division ending in a peristomatous mouth, which can only he seen with a microscope, hence to the unassisted eye looks “ naked ” ; in. in diameter. The same on the summit of each inflation, hut reduced to the size of a pin’s head. Surface of the body smooth, composed of intercrossing arms of quadriradiate spicules only, between which are the pores. Vents as just described, leading into a general eloacal cavity corresponding in its inflations with those of the body. Surface of the cloaca scattered over with holes of very different sizes, very irregularly situated in a layer of minute quadriradiates whose fourth arm is much smaller than the rest, curved towards the oral orifice and projecting plentifully above the surface of the cloaca. The spicules of three kinds, viz. 3-radiate, 4- radiate, and linear cylindrical acerate. Wall of the body about y1^ in. in diameter, composed of three layers of spicules, viz. : — 1, consisting of comparatively large qua'driradiates whose shaft projects inwards and whose other three arms are spread out horizontally over the surface; arm about -4]y by y-jLy in. in its greatest diameters ; 2 (the middle substance of the wall), consisting of 3- and 4-radiates mixed irregularly, whose arms are about the same size as that of the quadriradiates of the first or external layer ; 3, or internal layer, forming the surface of the cloaca, and consisting of minute or infinitely smaller quadriradiates, whose shafts are directed outwards ; the other two arms horizontal, and the fourth, or “ spine ” as it has been called, which is much the smallest, pro- jecting above the surface in the way mentioned. Peristome con- sisting of palisading spicules about yj-y in. long, very fine and straight with abruptly pointed ends', crossed and kept in position by the spreading arms of the quadriradiates of the third, or eloacal, layer, here much enlarged. Wall permeated by branched canals, which commencing on the pores on the surface end in the holes or apertures on that of the cloaca. Loc. Island of Eernando Noronha. 39. GrEODiA. — Fragments of skin and body-substance. Same as No. 11, &c. 568 MR. H. N. RIDLEY ON THE Summary of Specimens, arranged according to the Author's Classification (Ann. Mag. N. H. 1875, vol. xvi. p. 43). Order I. Caruosa. Family Gumminia. Chondrilla nuctjla, Sdt. 10, 15, 18. Chondrilla phyllodes, Sdt. 16. Order II. Ceratina. None. Order III. Psammonemata. Euspongia (“ fine Turkey sponge ” of commerce). 5, 6, 9, 14, 21. Euspongia (“Honeycomb sponge” of commerce). 25, 26, 30, 35. Htrcinia. 2, 4, 7. POLYTHERSES. 1, 8, 29. Order IV. Ehaphidonemata. Ohalina. 3, 13, 20. Order V. Echinonemata. Axinella. 32. Order YI. Hoiorhaphidota. IIemeniacidon sanguinea, BJc. 37. Sdberites massa, Sdt. 31. Donatia lyncurium. 28. Chondropsis arenifera, Cart. 12, 17, 34, 36. Geodia, 11, 27, 39. Tethya cranium. 33. Order YII. Hexactinellida. None. Order YIII. Calcarea. Leuconia sacculata, n. sp. 38. ZOOLOGY OF FERNANDO NORONHA. 569 Remarks. Of the present collection, it may be stated that the facies is West-Indian. Chondrilla phyllodes, Sdt., has as yet only been chronicled by that author, and that, too, from the “ Antilles ” (Gtrundziige Spong.-F. atlantisch. Gebietes, p. 26). “ Poly- therses ” was the name given by Duchassaing and Michelotti to this transformed, sponge-like body which they dredged in the Caribbean Sea, and whose constituent parts have been above noticed. Both sorts of the Officinal Sponge, viz. the “Best Turkey ” and the “ Honeycomb ” of Commerce, are plentiful, as they are in the West Indies generally. The Calcisponge, Leuconia sacculata , is a new species. MADREPORARIA. By Prof. P. Martin Duncan, M.B. (Lond.), F.B.S., &e. Section MADREPORARIA APOROSA. Family Astejidj, Ed. ., 112, 117. dentata, M.-Edw., 112. marginatus, Stimps., 513, 515. Phaethon aethereus, Linn., 480. Phakellura hyalinata, Linn., 531, 545. Phalcena-Geometra hyalinata, Linn., Phalaenoptilus, 322, 334, 349. 350, 351, 384. INDEX. 587 Phalrenoptilus Nuttalli, 302, 339, 348, 349, 351,384, 393. Phanopteridse, 530. Pharomacrus mocinno, 321. Phasianella, sp., 503. Pheidole omnivora, Kirb., 531, 539. pusilla, Heer, 539. Pkilhydrus marginellus, Fabr., 549. Pkiline scabra, 40. Pkilyra pisum, Be, Haan, 111. Pliolas crispata, 46. Phycididae, 531. Fhycis zinckenella, Treitschke, 546. Phylactolaematous Polyzoa, 61. Plyyllodromia poststriga, Walk., 530, 532. Physiological Selection and Segregate Fecundity (G-ulick), 197-202. Phytophaga, 156. Picariae, 388. Picidse. 330. Pilumnus de Haanii, Miers, 110. labyrinthicus, Miers, 110. vespertilio, Fabr., 110. Pimpinella saxifrage, 82. Pinnotheres obesus, Dana, 111. Pinnotkeridae, 'll!. Pisa bicornuta, Latr., 507. Pisania pusio, Linn., 486. Pisces, 446, 462, 464. Pisces of Fernando Noronka, by G. A. Boulenger, 483. Pisum sativum, 237, 265. Plagusia, Latr., 513. depressa, Fabr., 513. Planorbis, 475. fragilis, Brazier, 502. Gilberti, Bunker, 502. noronhensis, Smith, 502, 503. Platalea ajaja, 380. Platyartbrus, Experiments with (Sir J. Lubbock) 124. Platyartbrus Hoffman9eggii, 136. Platypus parallelus, F., 554. Platyxantha, Ball/, 158. clypeata, Baly, 158-187. Plecotrema, 501. Plesiofungidas, Dime., 570. Pleuromma abdom inale, Claus. 148. Pleuronectes cynoglossus, Linn., 44, 446. flesus, Linn., 448. limanda, Linn., 448. microcepbalus, Bonov., 448. platessa, Linn., 448. Pleurotoma cuprea, Reeve, 485. fuscescens, Gray, 485. nebula, 395. nigrescens, Gray, 485. paxillus, Reeve, 4S5. Pleurotoma solida, C. B. Adams, 485. turricula, Mont., 46. (Bela) turricula, Mont., 448, 466. (Crassispira) fuscescens, Gray, 485. (Mangelia) Brionre, G. B. Sowerb., 395, 400. Plumatella, 61, 62. Aplini, MacgilL, 64. repens, var. a, Alim., 64. Plumularia Catharina, Johnst., 460. pinnata, Linn., 460. Pocock, R. I., Crustacea of Fernando Noronka, 506. , Myriopoda of Fernando Noronka, 526. Podargus, 299, 339, 351, 388. gigas, 340. Podoceropsis Sophia, Boeck, 456. undata, Spence Bate, 456. Podophtkalmia, 109, 113. Podopktkalmus vigil, Fabr., 110. Polistes, 474. instabilis, Sauss., 541. Ridleyi, Kirb., 531, 541. called Marimboudo in Fernando Noronka, 541. Pollen, Darwin on the influence of Po- tency in (Gulick), 242. Polycarpa pomaria, Sav., 448, 466. Polycrenmus ocktodes, Herbst, 110. Polyergus rufescens, 118, 120. Polyonyx cometes, Walk., 112, 116, 117. obesulus, White, 112. Polyplacophora, 503. Polytherses, Duchass. et Mich., 564, 566, 568, 569. Polytrema, 564, 565. miniaceum, 564. Polytrichum, 44. Polyzoa of Fernando Noronha, by R. Kirkpatrick, 504. Polyzoa, 61, 452, 462, 464, 465, 504. Pomacentrus leucostictus, M. $ T, 483. Pompilidaj, 531. Pompilus nesophilus, Kirb., 474, 531, 540. sobrinus, Blanch., 540. Pontobdella muricata, Linn., 458 Porania pulvillus, O. F. Midi., 45, 458. Porcellanella picta, Stimps., 112, 117. (Petrolistkes) corail icola, var., Hasw., 113. Porcellanidce, 1 12, 513. Porcellanidea, 513. Porcellidium viride, Philippi , 152. Porella compressa, Sow., 452. 588 INDEX. Porifera of Fernando Noronha, by II. J. Carter, 564. Porifera, 460, 462. Portunidse, 110. Portunus, 45. depurator, Linn ., 45, 454, 468. holsatus, Fabr., 45, 454. marmoreus, Leach, 454. pusillus, Leach, 45, 454, 468. Prairie-hen, 139. Priapulus caudatus, 45, 47. Pristiurue melanostouius, Bonap., 446. Progne, 352-366. subis, 301, 304, 352, 355, 358, 365, 393. Proto, Dutrochet, 94, 103. Psalurus, 299, 351, 388. Psammobia Ferroensis, 46. Psammonemata, 568. Pseudocalanus elongatus, BoecJc, 148, 456. Pseudocophora, Jacoby, 29, 168. arobusta, Erichs., 169, 170, 172, 174, 175, 188. bicolor, Jacoby, 169. brunnea, Paly, 26, 169, 170, 173, 174, 188. Buquetii, Guer., 169, 170, 171, 172, 188. distincta, Paly, 169, 171. 188. Ericbsoni, Paly, 169, 171, 188. flaveola, Paly, 169, 173, 188. pectoralis, Paly, 169, 174, 188. perplexa, Paly, 170, 175, 188. uniplagiata, Jacoby, 169, 173, 174, 188. Wallacei, Paly, 169, 173, 174, 188. Pseudotrimera, 556. Psilogaster, Planch., 30, 33. cupreus, Planch , 30. pallipes, Bridle, 30. Psilopns metallifer, Walk., 474, 532, 548. Psclus phantapus, Strussenf., 458. Pterylographical tracts of Antrostomus and Chorcleiles, on the (Dr. R. W. Shufeldt), 339-343. Puncturella Noachina, Linn., 450, 467. Pupa pellucida, Pfeiffer, 501. solitaria, Smith, 501, 503. Purpura accincta, d’Orb., 486. kremastoma, Linn., 486. Pycnartbrum gracile, Eichh., 554. setulosum, Waterh., 553. Pycnogonum littorale, 46. Pygidicrana notigera, St?d, 530, 532. Pyrales, 531. Pyralis manihotalis, Guen. , 531, 545. Pyralis perspectalis, Hiibn., 545. Pytliia inflata, Pfeiffer, 501. Rae, Dr. J., Notes on some of the Birds and Mammals of the Hudson’s Bay Company’s Territory, and of the Arctic Coast of America, 136. Raja clavata, Linn., 446. fullonica, Linn., 446. maculata, Montag., 446. Ranunculus aquatalis, 82. Recognition of Friends in Ants, Bees, and Wasps (Lubbock), 128. Relation between Formica san guinea and its slaves, 118. Remips, Lem., 515. cubensis, de Sauss., 515. scutellatus, Fabr., 515. Reptilia of Fernando Noronha, by G. A. Boulenger, 481. Researches into the Life-histories of Glyciphagus domesticus and G. spi- nipes, by A. D. Michael, 285. Rhagovelia incerta, Kirb., 532, 54S. Rhaphidonemata, 568. Rhincalanus cornutus, Dana, 148. gigas, Brady, 148. Rhipipallus, W. F. Kirb., 31, 33, 37. Cameroni, W. F. Kirb., 37. volusus, Walk., 31, 37. Rhizopidse, 110. Rhomboidichthys lunatus, Linn., 483. Rhombus megastoma, Bonov., 446. norvegicus, Gunther, 446. punctatus, PL, 446. Rhopalocera, 531. Rhynchopkora, 553. Rbynchopora bispinosa, Johnst., 504. Ridley, H. N., Notes on the Zoology of Fernando Noronha, 473. , Tkysanura and Collembola of Fernando Noronha, 556. Ridley, S. O., On the Characters of the Genus Lophojms, with description of a new species from Australia, 61. Rissoa, sp., 503. abyssicola, Forbes, 448, 466. Rock-grouse, 140. Romanes, G. J., Experiments on the Sense of Smell in Dogs, 65. Rossia Oweni, Pall, 448. Rotifera, 97. Eusticus adolescens Hanno, Hiibn., 543. Sabella pavonia, Sa v. , 458, 469. Saccharissa, W. F. Kirb., 37. contingens, Walk., 37. Salai'ias atlanticus, C. V., 4S3. vomerinus, C. d' / ’., 483. Salmacis, 58. INDEX. 559 Salmo albus, 90. csecifer, Parnell, 71. Cumberland, Lacep., 74. fat'io, 71, 75, 70, 79, 86, 90. ferox, ftnote 84, 86. iridens, ftnoD, 87. lemanus, 75, 90. levenensis, Walk., 71, 72, 76. salar, ftnote, 71. taurinus, Walk., 71, 72. Salmon-trout, ftnote, 71. Samea castellalis, Guer., 531, 545. Sand-wasps, 474. Sapphirina insequalis, Dana, 153. metallina, 153. serrata, Brady , 153. Sarcophaga calida, Wiedem., 532, 518. carnaria, 420. Sarcoptidse, 401, 405. Saxicava rugosa, Linn., 452, 467. Sayornis, 313. Scalaria hellenica, Forbes, 503. Scalpellum vulgare, Leach, 456. Scaphander lignarius, Linn., 448. Scapteriscus abbreviatus, Sciidd., 530, 533. Scliizaspidia, Westw., 31, 33. furcifera ,' Westw., 31. maculata, Westw., 29. Murrayi, Kirb., 37. plagiata, Walk., 31. Schizophrys aspera, A. M.-Eclw., 109, 113. , var. spinifrons, A. M.-Edw., 113. Schizoporella unicornis, Johnst., 452, 504. Scolecithrix Danse, Lubbock, 148. minor, Bracly, 148. Scolopendra morsitans, Linn., 526. Scoparia dulcis, 474. Scrobicularia prismatica, 46. Scrupocellaria, 504. frondis, Kirkp., 504, woodcut, 505. rep tans, Linn. , 452. Scutellidum tisboides, Claus, 153. Scyllaridai, 1 12. Scyinus, sp., 556. xeranipelinus, Muls., 556. Scytlirops, 338. Sea-pen, 44. Segregate breeding (Gulick), 192-195. Segregation, Causes of Cumulative (Gulick), 222-274. , Cumulative divergence through Cumulative (Gulick), 212-222. , Spencer’s Law of (Gulick), 195. Seira Buskii, Lubb., 559. musarum, Ridley, 559. Selandria meridionalis, W. F. Kirb., 34, 37. Selandriinse, 34. Selection, effects of, and independent generation contrasted (Gulick), 202- 212. Semele cbinensis, Sowerb., 498. cordiformis, Chemnitz, 498. lenticularis, Sowerb., 498. luteola, Reeve, 498. luteola, A. Adams, 498. modesta, Reeve, 498. modesta, A. Adams, 498. nitida, Mull., 452, 468. reticulata, Sowerb., 498. sinensis, A. Adams, 498. subtruncata, Reeve, 498. tenuis, Mont., 452, 468. (Abra) alba, Wood, 452, 468. Separation and Variation of species (Gulick), 191. Sepiola Rondeleti, Leach, 448. Serpula vermicolaris, Linn., 458, 469. Serricornia, 550. Sertularella fusiformis, Hincks, 460. Gayi, Lamx., 460. rugosa, Linn., 460. Sertularia abietina, Linn., 44, 460. argentea, Ell. Sp Sol., 460. Sesarma Bocourti, A. M.-Edw., 1 10, 117. Sessile-eyed Crustacea, 46, 74, 83. Setella gracilis, Dana, 151. Sharpe, B.. Bowdler, Aves of Fernando Noronha, 477. Shells, descriptions of fourteen new species of, by G. B. Sowerby, 395. Shufeldt, Dr. R. W., Studies- of the Macrochires, Morphological and otherwise, with the view of indi- cating their Relationships and de- fining their several Positions in the System, 299. Siderastrgea siderea, Ellis <$• Soland., 570. stellata, Verrill, 570. Silpha, 126. thoracica, 126. Silver-grey trout, 72. Sim, Geo., Occurrence of Lumpenus lampetriformis on the North Coast of Scotland ; with Notes on its Habits, Food, and the Ground it frequents, 38. Siphonaria brunnea, Hanley, 497. hispida, Gould, 497. lineolata, d’ Orbigny, 497. picta, var., Smith, 497, 503. Siphonodentalium tetraschistum, Wat- son, 503. 590 INDEX. Sitophilus oryzre, Linn., 553. Sitoplidus oryztB, 475. Skink, 475, 470, 481. Sladen, W. Percy, and Prof. P. M. Duncan, On the Anatomy of the Perignathic Girdle and of other Parts of the Test of Discoidea cylin- drica, Lamk., sp., 48. Slavina, ftnote, 98. Smell in Ants, Bees, and Wasps (Lub- bock), 125. Smith, E. A., Mollusca of Fernando Noronha, 483. Smittia reticulata, MacGill., 452. Smittipora antiqua, Busk, 504. Snow-goose, 138, Solarium, sp., 503- Solaster endeca, Gm., 458. Solea variegata, Donov., 448. Solen pellucidus, Penn., 46, 450. Sowerby, G. B., Descriptions of four- teen new species of Shells, 395. Spatangus purpureus, A. F. Mull., 45, 458, 470. Spencer, H., Law of Segregation (Gu- lick), 195. Speotyto, 323. Spermacoce, 479. Sphagnum, 44. Spirastrella cunctatrix, Sdt., 565. Spirobolus, 526. noronhensis, Pocock, 528. paraensis, Humb. f Sauss., 529. Spondylus, sp., 500. Sponges, 465. Spongillidse, 64. Spongiophaga communis, 564. Spotted Gunnel, 39. Squilla chiragra, Fabr., 526. nepa, Fabr., 113. Stalk-eyed Crustacea, 45. Steatornis, 299, 339, 351. 352, 388. Steganoporella Smittii, Hincks, 504. Stelgidopteryx serripennis, 305, 362. Stelletta, 565. Stenogyra (Opeas) Beckiana, var., Smith, 502. ( ) octonoides, C. B. Adams, 502. ( ) subula, Pfeiffer, 502. Stenopola dorsalis, Thunb., 530, 536. Stenopusculus, Bichtcrs, 506, 523. crassimanus, Richters, 523, 525; spinosus, Kir kg., 506, 523. Stenorhynchus longirostris, M.-Edw., 454, 468. Stenorhynchus rostratus, Linn., 454, 468. Stenothoe monoculoides, Mont., 456. Stichseus lampetraeforinis, 446. Stichaster roseus, 0. F. Mull., 45, 458. Stilbula, Spin., 31, 33. cynipiformis, Ttossi, 31, 37. Stomatella nigra, Quoy $ G., 503. Stomatoceras, 36. diversicornis, W. F. Kirb., 36, 37. Magrettii, W. F. Kirb., 35, 36, 37. Stomatopoda, 113, 526. Stomatopora granulata, M.-Edw., 454. Strategus antrnus, Fabr., 550. Strongylocentrotus, 58. Studies of the Macrochires, Morpholo- gical and otherwise, with the view of indicating their Relationships and delining their several Positions in the System, by Dr. R. W. Shufeldt, 299. Sturnella, 310. Styela grossularia, V. Ben., 448, 466. rustica, Linn., 448, 466. Stylaria, ftnote, 99. Suberites ficus, Johnst., 460. massa, Sdt. , 566, 568. suberea, Mont., 460. Sula leucogastra, 480. Survival of the fittest (Gulick), 189. Symbiotes, 401, 402. setiferus, 404. tripilis, Mich., 403, 406 ; para- sitic on hedgehog ( Erinaceus europeeus), 404. Synascidia, 565. Synnotum aviculare, Picper, 504. Syrphidaa, 532. Syrphus vesiculosus, Fabr., 548. Tachycineta, 361, 362, 364. bicolor, 305, 354, 361. thalassina, 305, 354, 361, 362, 364, 394. Tachypetes aquila, 480. Tachytes inconspicuus, Kirb., 474, 531, 540. iridipennis, Smith , 540. Tapinoma, 129. erraticum, 121. Tarucus Hanno, Stoll, 531 , 543. monops, Zell., 543. Tcctura fulva, Midi., 450. Teleophrys cristulipe s, Stimps., 508, 509. Tellina cordiformis, Chemnitz, 498. decussata, Wood, 498. fabula, 46. reticulata, Linn., 498. sordida, 452. Temnocera vesiculosa, Fabr., 474, 532, 548. INDEX. 591 Temnopleurus, 58. Temora cl ubia, Lubbock, 150. longicornis, Mull., 456. Tenthredinidas and Chalciclid®, On Genera and Species of, by W. F. Kirby, 28, 34. Tenthredininse, 34. Terebrantia, 531. Terebratulina caput-serpentis, Linn., • 452, 468. _ Tethya cranium, 566, 568. Tetragonaspis flavicollis, Mayr, 538. gracilieornis, Mayr, 538. Tetramelia, W. F. Kirb., 31, 33. plagiata, Walk., 31. Tetrao niutus, ftnote, 140. rupestris, 140. saliceti, 139, 140. Thalamita sima, M.-Edw.. 110. Tlialassina anomala, Herbst, 112. Thalassinidse, 112. Tbalassinidea, 515. Thalestris Mysis, Glaus, 152. rufocincta. Norm., 152. ' Tha'lotia Wilkin;, G. B. Sowerb., 397, 400. Thenus orient? lia, Herbst, 112. Thermesia gemmatalis, Hubn., 531, 544. Thompson, J. C., Copepoda of Madeira and the Canary Islands, with De- scriptions of new Genera and Species, 145. Thoracantha, Latr., 32, 33. atrata, Walk., 32. coleopteroides, Waterh., 32. furcata, Haliday, 32. Latreillii, Guer., 32. striata, Perty, 33. Thuiaria thuia, 44. Thyone fusus, O. F. Mull., 458, 470. Thysanura and Collembola of Fernan- do Noronha, by H. N. Ridley, 556. Tlos muriger, Adams White, 111. Tomicus, 553. Tomigerns, 484, 501 . Torinia sethiops, Mcnke, 491. cyclostoma, 492. cylinclracea, 492. nnbila, 492. Tornatella fasciata, 46. Trachea, Visceral Anatomy, and other ■ parts, On the (Dr. R. W. Shufeldt), 358. Tragosia infundibuliformis, Johnst., 460. Tramea basalis, Burm., 531, 537. Trapezia cymodoce, Herbst, 1 10. Trematodes, 437, 438, 439. Trichoxenia cineraria, Walk., 35, 37. Tricoryna, W. F. Kirb., 29, 33. Trigla gurnarclus, Linn., 446. Triglops Murrayi, Gunther, 446. Tringa alpina pacifica, 140. Tripneustes esculentus, Leske, 560. Triton, 490. Cantrainei, Reeluz, 486. gallinago, Reeve, 490. obscurns, Reeve, 490. pilearis, Lamk., 490. Ridleyi, Smith, 489, 503. testudinarius, Adams Sr Reeve, 490. (Epidromus) testaceus, March, 490. Trochili and Cypseli, A Critical Com- parison of the Pectoral Limbs of cer- tain (Dr. R. W. Shufeldt), 369. , Notes on the Anatomy of the Pelvic Limb in certain (Dr. R. W. Shufeldt), 373. , Morphology of certain (Dr. R. W. Shufeldt), 365-387. Trochilidre, 299, 301, 306. Trochilus, Anatomical Notes upon the' Nestling of (Dr. R. W. Shufeldt), 385. Trochilus, 365-392. Alexandri, 303, 377. Anna, 303. Calliope, 304, 382, 394. colubris, 303, 380, 3S1. moschitus, 366, 368. platycerus, 303, 365,368, 370, 374, 381 394 rufus, 304, 375, 377, 378, 394. Trochus digitatus, Reeve, 493. magus, Linn., 448. nobilis, Philippi, 494. Olfersi, Trosehel, 493. (Eutrochus) jujubiuus, Gmelin, 493, 494. ( ) gemmosus, Reeve, 494. (Gibbula) cinerarius, Linn., 448, 467. (Infundibulum) baccatus, G. B. Sowerb., 397, 400. (Zizyphinus) millegranus, Phil., 448, 467. ( ) zizyphinus, Linn., 448, 467. Trogon, 300-338. Alexandri, 333. ambiguus, 318. mexicanus, 302,306, 318-338, 387, 393. puella, 302, 306, 318, 321-327, 333, 387, 388. j Trogon mexicanus and T. puella, Oste- ology of (Dr. R. W. Shufeldt), 318- 338. 592 INDEX. Trogonidte, ftnote 300. Trogophloeus pusillus, Grav., 549. Trout, bill, ftnote 71, 72. grey, ftnote 71, 72. Loch-Leven, 71-90. salmon-, ftnote 71. silver-grey, 72. Truxalis dorsalis, Thunb., 536. Trypanidius dimidiatus, Th., 555, 556. isolatus, Waterh., 555. melancholicus, 556. Tryphosa longipes, Spence Bate, 456. Tubifex, ftnote, 99. Tubularia indivisa, Linn., 44, 460. Tunicata, 444, 448, 462, 464, 466, 471, 472. Turbo digitatus, Deshayes, 493. imbricatus, Sowerb., 493. unguis, Wood, 493. (Calcar) Olfersi, Troschel, 493. Turricula, 396. Turritella terebra ,' Linn., 448, 466. Typlilocarcinus villosus, Stimps., 110, ‘117. Tyranuidse, 301, 309, 310, 311, 312, 313, 316, 478. Tyrannus, 316. tyrannus, 356. verticalis, 309, 314, 315, 392. Tyrant Flycatcher, 310. Tyroglyphida:, 296. Tyroglyphus, 286, 287, 295, 296, 297. siro, Linn., 287. Unicavea californica, D’Orb., 282. Urobenus, 561. Urochasta, Perrier, 561, 562, 563. corethrura, F. Muller, 562, 563. dubia, Horst, 562, 563. Uromelia, W. F. Kirb., 33. striata, 33. Tlrona'is, 94. Utriculus canaliculatus, Say, 503. Variation and Separation of Species (Gulick), 191. Velia collaris, Burm., 548. Veliidre, 532. Velutina laevigata, Penn., 448, 466. Venus fasciata, I)aC., 450. Venus lincta, 46. ovata, Penn., 450, 467. (Anaitis) paphia, Linn., 497. Vermes,. 458, 462-472. Vesicularia spinosa, Linn., 454. Vespa signata, Linn., 540. Vespidae, 531. Vireo gracilirostris, Sharpe, 478. magister, 478. Vireonidae, 478. Virgularia mirabilis, O. F. Mull., 460. bianca, 4S0. preta, 479. Viuva preta, 479. Viviparous Blenny, 41. Wagner, Moritz, On the Law of the Migration of Organisms (Gulick). 193. Walker, A. O., Notes on a Collection of Crustacea from Singapore, 107. Wasps, Ants, and Bees, Observations on, by Sir John Lubbock, 118-136. Waterhouse, Chas. O., Coleoptera of Fernando Noronha, 548. Waters, A. W., On some Ovicells of Cyclostomatous Bryozoa, 275. , On the Ovicells of some Licheno- porae, 280. Waxwings. 301. Westwoodia nobilis, Baird, 152. Westwoodilla caecula, Spence Bate, 456. Willow-grouse, 139. Witch-sole, 44, 45, 46. Xantho, Dutroch., 93, 103. decapoda, 93. hexapoda, 93. scaberrimus. Walk., 109, 115. 117. Xenopbora corrugata, Reeve, 503. Xylopertha, sp., 550. Xylophaga, 553. Zenaida aurita , Gray, 479. maculata ( V.), Scl. Salv., 479. noronha, Gray, 479. Zoarces (Viviparous Blenny), differen- tiative characters in, 41, 42. Zoarces, 41, 42. viviparus, 39, 41. Zoophyta, 44. END OE THE TtVENTIETlI VOLUME. TRUSTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. W.P.ffip'by Linn. Soc. Jouen. Zool Lql .XX.Pl.I . Kammo tui del efc iiRi SPECIES OF CHALCIDID#' A'ND TENTHREDINID/E . Be-jeasi jj§}. E&Iey sc. LCPHO.FUS LEInJDENFELDT. Eid^ sp. RIDLEY. -Fig . 3 . l-'im-r Socf Jouri-t ZooE.V:a.jDCP1.2 Linn. Soc. Journ. Zool.Vol.XX.Pl 3 E.G.80USFIELD Hammond litH . DERO OBTUSA . Haitharb imp. Linn. Soc. Journ. Zool .Vol.XX.Pl.4. E.C.BOUSFI ELD XT 25 Hammond, lit'! \ . 4-7 D. PERRIERI. 8 D. LAT1SS1MA llarihart imp 9,10D.MULLERI . E.C.BOUSFIELD Ltnn. Soc. Journ. Zool Ycr. XX . l. 5. namiaonci lith . 11-16 DERO LIMOSA . 17,18 D. FURC ATA . A. 0. Walker. Linn. Soc.Journ. Zool.Vol.XX. Pl. G. Michael litK 1-3,. MALA. MIERSLcf. 4-8x.D0CLEA TETRAPIERA lfixtemimp. Linn.Soc. Joukn. Zool.Vol.XX.. Pl.7. XANTHO SCABERRIMUS.d1. A. 0. Walker. Linn. Soc. Journ. Zool.Vol.X5C. Pl.8. Michael libh ^ i c, j unur.bannLLbn 1 i u in. Minternimp. 3, ONYCHOMORPHA LAMELL1GERA 4, GORIOSOMA IN/EQIJALE . 5 , PETROLISTHES CORALLICOLAvar 6-7, DIOGENES AVARUS ■ A.O.WaJker. LmN.Soc. Jouhn. Zool .Vol.XX Pi. 9, Crowther lith. 6-8 1-3, POLYONYX COMETES. 4-5, CAPHYRA ARCHERI . , TYPHLOCARC1NUS VILLOSUS. 9, SESARM4.B0C0URTI Miniern , imp. Copepoda Madeira Linn. Soc. Jqukn. Zool.Vol.XX. Pl.X. I C Thomson del. 'M intern imp . 1-6 . CANDACE NJ GRO Cl N C TA,n. sp . 7 8 CANDACE BREV1C.0RN JS,n sp. Copepoda Madeira Lnsnsr.Soc. Jo urn. Zoox.Vol.XX. Pl.XI . Mint em imp I C . Thompson del 1-4. MECYNOCERA CLAUSI ,n sp Copepoda Madeira LlNJM.SoC . JoURN . ZoOL . Voi. "XX . ?L .XU. I C TV.oiiLSon. del. 1-5 . MACHAI.RDPUS SAN CTi£-CRUCIS,n.ap <6-1. . ACON T L OPH ORU S AN GU LATU S , n . sp . Min tern. Copepoda. 'Madeira. . Lnsnsr.Soc. Journ. Zool. Vol.XX. Pl.ML I. C. ITiompsort del. 1- 4. CYMBASOMA RIGIDUM.n.sp. M intern. Bros . imp . 5-6. ACONTIOPHORUS AN GUI AT U 5 . n sp. A.W. Waters Linn. Soc. Journ. Zool.Vol XX. PI. 14 H oil i ck . lith A.W.Waters del Camb. Sci. tnst.Co. OVICELLS OF BRYOZOA A. W. Waters. Linn . Soc . Jotjrn . Zool . Vol .XX . Pl . 15. x 85 A.W Waters del Michael lith. 0V1CELLS OF LICHENOPOEjE Mintern. Bros . unp .AD.lfich.ail. Linjn. Soc. Jotjkn. Zocl.A/ql.XX.PI.IS. LIFE HISTORIES OF GLYCIPHAGUS DOMESTICUS AN D AI)IMjicha.el ai tll£. del. IE. Carter so. G-. SPINIPES. IVCmtemBrcs rare. Skufeldt . Linn . Soc . Joufust. Zool .Vol . XX. Pi_ . 17. H..W. Sliufeldt a-cLnaX . del STUDIES OF THE MACROCH1RES M’rtern Bros . litti. Shufelcit Linn . Doc . cJoupiN . Lool . VoL.ffi.PL.iS ILW. Shufeldt ad.nai del. Mint era. bro. 71 W. Shiifeldt ai.nat del . STUDIES OF THE MAGROCH|RES Mint ern Bros . lith Shufeldt . Linn. Soc . Joubn. Zool .Yol.XK. Pl. 20. R.W. Shufeldi audira! cLel Mir.i.err. Bros . litK. STUDIES OF THE MACRO CTU H.E5 . Mirctern. Bros . lit>. . B "W. Shufe.l dLt aincLt . del. :udj: ju' OF THE MACRO CHIRES . SFufeldi Lin-n.Soc. Joxjkn. Zdol .Vox, .XX. Pl . 22 Mintem Bros . lith. R.W. Shufeldt aina-t.del STUDIES OF THE MACRO CHIRES .XNN.SoC. JoiJHN.ZoOL VoJL.IX. Pi, . 23 ihufeici H.W. SKu.fen.dt acLria.t.del. THE MACRO CHJRES Hini. erxx "Bros lit"h . SKufelcLt Linn. Soc. Journ. Zool .Vcxl.H. Pl.24. R.W. SRofeLdt, a.d.nat del. Llintern Bros . litR. STUDIES OE THE MACRO CHIRE S . Sowerby, I&tn.Soc. Journ. ZoolYol.XX.pl 25 . ■msm'Jii Hanharb imt> HEW SHELLS . Linn. Soc. Joukn. ZoolYol.XX.PI26, M. aii\nt d.el“ 3-Carltr sc. NEW PARASITIC ACARJ. Miniera. Eros, imp RETINA ©F BLOWFLY. Lowrv&-. B .1 . L • del . ad. xiat . BerjeaTL &i OVARIES OF BLOWFLY Linh.Soc.Joutr.it. Zool Von, .LX. PI. 28. -0.LL cj-hley lith. . HIE THEIR APP END AGES We at , IT emaa imp . XoWTUS-. BT.L del . ad riat . Beiyca-a Zc Hujiley lith. We2t.Nevraiaii nap OVARIES OF BLO’WFiiY ART) THE.TR APPEND AGE S . * Hoyle Linn.Soc Journ. Zooi- .Vol.XX Pl 29 5° 30VV (iax-elooU liiipi ■ *$(,1 Trail Dunoon Lhxch- 'inai-iioo Basin. CrnulM'.it: Basin. rinma.n .sin . IVroiiiirk Basin. BAT HYGRAP H1CAL CHART OF THE CLYDE SEA AREA ^ | ?j J/10 ( ) f IhJ .jj E . A . Smith Likjkt.Soc. Journ. Zool.Vol.XX. Pl.30 M.Fi slier del. Mintem imp MOLLUSCA OF FERNANDO NORONHA. October 27. THE JOURNAL Price 3.?. OE THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. I. Descriptions of a new G-enus and of some new Species of Galerucince, also Diagnostic Notes on some of the older described Species of Aulacophora. By Joseph S. Balt, F.L.S 1 II. A Synopsis of the Genera of Cbalcididse, Subfamily JEucharince ; with Descriptions of several new Genera and Species of Chalcididce and Tentkredin idee. By "W". F. Kirby, Assistant in the Zoological Depart- ment, British Museum. (Communicated by Dr. J. Murie, F.L.S.) (Plate I.) 28 III. Occurrence of Lumpenus lamp etr if or mis on the North Coast of Scotland; with Notes on its Habits, Food, and the Ground it frequents. By George Sim:. (Communicated by Dr, Francis Day, F.L.S.) (With 5 woodcuts.) 38 IV . On the Anatomy of the Perignathic Girdle and of other Parts of the Test of Discoidea cylindrica , Lamarck, sp. By Prof. P. Martin Duncan, F.B.S., F.L.S., and W. Percy Slaben, F.G.S., Sec. Linn. Soc. (With .10 woodcuts.) 48 LONDON: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE ; PICCADILLY, W., AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., AND WILLIAMS AND NORGATE, 1886. LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL. Elected 24th May, 1886. PRESIDENT. William Carruthers, F.R.S. VICE-PRESIDENTS. Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. I Prof. W. H. Flovyer, LL.D., F.R.S. W. T. Thiselton Dyer, C.M.G., F.B.S. | bir John Lubbock, Bart., LL.D., F.R.S. TREASURER. Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. SECRETARIES. B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. | W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S. Arthur Bennett, Esq. William Carruthers, F.R.S. Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. W. T. Thiselton Dyer, O.M.G., F.R.S. Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S. B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. Sir J. Lubbock, Bart., LL D„ F.R.S. Albert D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S. Prof. St. George J. Mivart, F.R.S. Prof. H. 1ST Moseley, F.R.S. Dukinfield H. Scott, Esq. W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S. Francis Blackwell Forbes, Esq. James Edmund Harting, F.Z.S. Henry Trimen, M.B. COUNCIL. ASSISTANT SECRETARY AND LIBRARIAN. James Murie, M.D., LL.D. LIBRARY COMMITTEE. This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The Members for 1886-87, in addition to the officers, are : — Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S. John C. Galton, M.A. Frederick Du Cane Godman, F.R.S. Frederick Janson Hanbury, Esq. Dukinfield H Prof. E. Ray Lankester. M.A., F.R.S. A. D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S. Daniel Morris, M.A. George R. M. Murray, Esq. Scott, Esq. The Library Catalogue, in 3 vols., price Gs., may be had at the Society’s Apartments. Note. — The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society7, as amended up to the 21st April, 1831, have been reprinted, and can be had on application. June 30. THE JOURNAL Price 3s. OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. I. On the Characters of the Genus Lophopus , with a De- scription of a New Species from Australia. By Stuart O. "Ridley, M.A., F.L.S. (Plate II.) 61 O. "Ridley, M.A., F.L.S. (Plate II.) 61 II. Experiments on the Sense of Smell in Dogs. By George J. Romanes, LL.D., E.R.S., F.L.S 65 III. On the Loch-Leven Trout ( Sal-mo levenensis) . By Francis Day, C.I.E., F.L.S 71 IYT. The Natural History of the Genus Hero. By Edward C. Bousfield, L.R.C.P. Loncl. (Communicated by Dr. Murie, F.L.S.) (Plates III.-Y.) 91 See Notices on last page of Wrapper. LONDON: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W., AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., AND WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. 1887. LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL. Elected 24t.h May, 1887. PRESIDENT. William Carruthers, F.R.S. VICE-PRESIDENTS. John Anderson, M.D., F.R.S. I Maxwell T. Masters, M.D., F.R.S. Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. | Prof. St. George Mivart, F.R.S. TREASURER. Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. SECRETARIES. B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. | W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S. COUNCIL. John Anderson, M.D., F.R.S. Arthur Bennett, Esq. William Carruthers, F.R.S. Charles Baron Clarke, M.A., F.R.S. Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. James Edmund Harting, F.Z.S. Prof. George Bond Howes. B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. Maxwell T. Masters, M.D., F.R.S. Albert D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S. Prof. St. George J. Mivart, F.R.S. Dukinfield H. Scott, Esq. Henry Seebohm, F.Z.S. W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S. Prof. Henry Marshall Ward, M.A. ASSISTANT SECRETARY AND LI3RARIAN. James Murie, M.D., LL.D. LIBRARY COMMITTEE. This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually ) and of the four officers ex officio , in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The Members for 1S87-8S, in addition to the officers, are : — James Britten, Esq. Philip Herbert Carpenter, D.Sc., F.R.S. William Sweetland Dallas, Esq. Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S. Dukinfield H Frederick Du Cane Godman, F.R.S. Frederick Janson H anbury, Esq. Daniel Morris, M.A George R. M. Murray, Esq. Scott, Esq. The LiBitARY Catalogue, in 3 vols., price 6s., may be had at the Society’s Apartments. Note. — The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Societ}’-, as amended up to the 21st April, 1881, have been reprinted, and can be had on application. OCTOBER 29. F rice 3s. THE JOURNAL OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. Vol. XX. ZOOLOGY. Xo. 118. CONTENTS. Page Notes on a Collection of Crustacea from Singapore. By Alfred Q. Walker, E.L.S. (Plates VI.-IX.) 107 See Notice on last page of Wrapper. AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., AND WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. 1887. LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL. Elected 24th May, 1887. PRESIDENT. William Carruthers, F.R.S. VICE-PRESIDENTS. John Anderson, M.D., F.R.S. I Maxwell T. Masters, M.D., F.R.S. Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. | Prof. St. George Miyart, F.R.S. TREASURER. Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. SECRETARIES. B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. | W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S. COUNCIL. John Anderson, M.D., F.R.S. Arthur Bennett, Esq. William Carruthers, F.R.S. Charles Baron Clarke, M.A., F.R.S. Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. James Edmund Harting, F.Z.S. Prof. George Bond Howes. Prof. Henry M B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. Maxwell T. Masters, M.D., F.K.S. Albert D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S, Prof. St. George J. Mirart, F.R.S. Dukinfield H. Scott, Ph.D., M.A. Henry Seebohm, F.Z.S. W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S. all Ward, M.A. ASSISTANT SECRETARY AND LIBRARIAN. James Murie, M.D., LL.D. LIBRARY COMMITTEE. This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The Members for 1887-88, in addition to the officers, are : — James Britten, Esq. Philip Herbert Carpenter, D.Sc., F.R.S. William Sweetland Dallas, Esq. Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S. Dukinfield H. Sc Frederick Du Cane Godman, F.R.S. Frederick Janson Hanbury, Esq. Daniel Morris, M.A George R. M. Murray, Esq. t, Ph.D., M.A. The Library Catalogue, in 3 vols., price 6s., may be had at the Society’s Apartments. Note. — The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended up to the 21st April, 1881, have been reprinted, and can be had on application. November 1. Price 4s. THE JOURNAL OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. Vol. XX. ZOOLOGY. No. 119. CONTENTS. Page I. Observations on Ants, Bees, and Wasps. — Part XI. By Sir John Lubbock, Bart., M.P., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S. (With 2 illustrations.) 11S II. Notes on some of the Birds and Mammals of the Hud- son’s Bay Company’s Territory, and of the Arctic Coast of America. By John Rae, M.D., LL.D., F.B.S. (Communicated by G. J. Romanes, F.L.S.) 136 III. Copepoda of Madeira and the Canary Islands, with Descriptions of New Genera and Species. By Isaac C. Thompson, F.R.M.S. (Communicated by Prof. TIebdman, F.L.S.) (Plates X.-XIII.) 145 IV. Descriptions of some Genera and Species of Galerucince. By Joseph S. Balt, F.L.S 156 See BJotice on last page of Wrapper. LONDON: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLIN' PICCADILLY, W., AND BT LONGMANS, GREEN, M AND WILLIAMS AND NORGATE, HOUSE. ' 1888. LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON LIST OF THE OFFICERS AXD COUNCIL. Elected 24th May, 1SSS. PRESIDENT. William Carruthers, F.E.S. VICE-PRESIDENTS. -John Anderson, M.D., F.E.S. i Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. Charles Baron Clarke, M.A., F.E.S. | Maxwell T. Masters, M.D., F.E.S. TREASURER. Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. SECRETARIES. B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. | W. Percy Sladen, F.G-.S. COUNCIL. John Anderson. M.D.. F.E.S. William Carruthers. F.E.S. Charles Earon Clarke. M.A., F.E.S. Frank Crisp, LL.B.. B.A. Bev. W. E. Dallinger, M.A.. F.E.S. Prof. George Bond Howes, F.Z.S. B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. Maxwell T. Masters, M.D., F.R.S. H. A. Bidley, M.A. Lord Arthur Bussell, M.P. W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S. Prof. H. Marshall Ward, M.A., F.E.S. Francis Darwin, M.B., F.E.S. Prof. P. Martin Duncan, M.B.. F.E.S. John Jenner Weir, F.Z.S. LIBRARIAN AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY. James Edmund Harting, F.Z.S. LLBEAEY COMMITTEE. This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually' and of the four officers or officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The Members for 1888-89, in addition to the officers, are : — Alfred W. Bennett, M.A. G. S. BouLger, F.G.S. James Britten, Esq. P. Herbert Carpenter, D. Sc., F.E.S. F. P. William Sweetland Dallas, Esq. Prof.W. H. Flower.C.B.. LED., F.R.S. Frederick Janson Hanbury, Esq. Daniel Morris, MA. Pascoe, F.E.S. Note. — The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended up to the 21st April, 1881, have been reprinted, and can be had on application. Septembers 15. Price 3s. THE JOURNAL or THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. Vol. XX. ZOOLOGY. Xo. 120. CONTEXTS. Page Divergent Evolution through Cumulative Segregation. By Kev. John Thoalis G-uxick. (Communicated hy Alfred Russel Wallace, E.L.S.) .• 1S9 See Notice on last page of Wrapper. AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., AND WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. 1SSS. LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. LIST OF THE OFFICEHS AND COUNCIL. Elected 24th May, 1888. PRESIDENT. William Carruthers, F.R.S. VICE-PRESIDENTS. John Anderson, M.JD., F.R.S. I Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. Charles Baron Clarke, M.A., F.R.S. j Maxwell T. Masters, M.D., F.R.S. TREASURER. Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. SECRETARIES. B. Davdon Jackson, Esq. | W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S. COUNCIL. John Anderson, M.D., F.R.S. William Carruthers, F.R.S. Charles Baron Clarke, M.A., F.R.S. Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. Rev. W. H. Dallinger, M.A., F.R.S. Francis Darwin, M.B., F.R.S. Prof. P. Martin Duncan, M.B., F.R.S. John Jenne: Prof. George Bond Howes, F.Z.S. B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. Maxwell T. Masters, M.D., F.R.S. H. N. Ridley, M.A. Lord Arthur Russell, M.P. W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S. Prof. H. Marshall Ward, M.A., F.R.S. Weir, F.Z.S. LIBRARIAN AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY. James Edmund Harting, F.Z.S. LIBRARY COMMITTEE. This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually by the Council in June, and Berve till the succeeding Anniversary. The .Members for 1888-89, in addition to the officers, are : — Alfred W. Bennett, M.A. G. S. Boulger, F.G.S. James Britten, Esq. P. Herbert Carpenter, D. Sc., F.R.S. F. P. William Sweetland Dallas, Esq. Prof.W. H. Flower.C.B.. LL.D., F.R.S. Frederick Janson Hanbury, Esq. Daniel Morris, M.A. Pascoe, F.E.S. Note. — The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Societ}', as amended up to the 21st April, 1881, have been reprinted, and can be had on application. January 31. Price 3?. THE JOUR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. Vol. XX. ZOOLOGY. CONTENTS. I. On some Ovicells of Cyclostomatous Bryozoa. By Arthur Wm. Waters, F.L.S., F.G.S. (Plate XIV.) 275 II. On the Ovicells of some Lichenoporce. By Arthur Wm. Waters, F.L.S., F.Z.S. (Plate XV.) 2S0 111. llesearches into the Life-histories of Glyciphagus do- mesticus and G. spinipes. By A. D. Michael, E.L.S., LONDON: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOCSE: PICCADILLY, W., E.Z.S., E.B.M.S. (Plate XVI.) See Kotice on last page of Wrapper. AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL. Elected 24th May, 1889. PRESIDENT. William Carruthers, F.E.S. VICE-PRESIDENTS. .John Anderson, M.D., F.E.S. I Frank Crisp, LL.B.. B.A. J. G. Baker, F.E.S. | Eobert Braith waite, M.D. TREASURER. Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. SECRETARIES. B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. | W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S. COUNCIL. John Anderson. M.D., F.E.S. •J. G. Baker. F.E.S. - A. W. Bennett, M.A., B.Sc. E. Braithwaite, M.D. William Carruthers, F.E.S. Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. Rev. W. H.Dallinger, M.A.. F.E.S. Prof. P. Martin Duncan, M.B. F.E.S. 1 Prof. George Bond Howes, F.Z.S. B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. George R. Murray, Esq. Lord Arthur Eussell, M.P. D. H. Scott, M.A., Ph.D. W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S. John Jenner Weir, F.Z.S. LIBRARIAN AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY. James Edmund Harting, F.Z.S. LIBEAEY COMMITTEE. This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually hr the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The Members for 1888-89, in addition to the officers, are : — Alfred W. Bennett, M.A G. S. Boulger, F.G.S. James Britten, Esq. P. Herbert Carpenter, D.Sc., F.E.S Ernest Clarke, F.S.S. William Sweetland Dallas, Esq. Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.S. F. W. Oliver, B.A., D.Sc. Francis P. Pascoe, F.E.S. r Note. — The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended to the 21st April, 1861, have been reprinted, and maybe had on application. December 31. Price 5s. THE JOURNAL OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. Yol. XX. ZOOLOGY. No. 123. CONTENTS. I. Descriptions of fourteen new Species of Shells. G. B. Sowerby, F.L.S., E.Z.S. (Plate XXY.) ... Page By .... 39-5 II. On some unrecorded Parasitic Acari found in Great Britain. By A. D. Michael, E.L.S., F.Z.S., E.B.M.S. (Plate XXYI.) 400 III. On the Structure of the Retina of the Blowfly ( Calliphora erythrocephala) . By Benjamin Thompson Lowne, P.R.C.S., E.L.S., Hunterian Professor of Comparative Anatomy, Royal College of Surgeons. (Plate XXMTL) 40G IV. On the Structure and Development of the Ovaries aud their Appendages in the Blowfly ( Calliphora erythro- cepliala). By Benjamin Thompson Lowne, F.R.C.S., F.L.S., Hunterian Professor of Comparative Anatomy, Royal College of Surgeons. (Plate XXVIII.) 418 Y. On the Deep-water Fauna of the Clyde Sea-area. By \V. E. Hoyle, M.A. (Oxon.), E.R.S.E., Keeper of the Manchester Museum. (Communicated by John Murray, LL.D., F.L.S., &c.) (With Map : Plate XXIX.) 442 See Notice on last page of Wrapper. LONDON: SOLI) AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W., AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., AND WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. 1889. LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL. Elected 24th May, 1889. PRESIDENT. William Carruthers, F.R.S., F.G.S. VICE-PRESIDENTS. John Anderson, M.D., E.R.S. I Robert Braithwaite, M.D. J. G. Baker, F.R.S. | Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. TREASURER. Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. SECRETARIES. B. Davdon Jackson, Esq. | W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S. COUNCIL. John Anderson, M.D., F.R.S J. G. Baker, F.R.S. A. W. Bennett, M.A., B.Sc. Robert Braithwaite, M.D. William Carruthers, F.R.S. Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. Rev. W. H. Dallinger, M.A., F.R.S. Prof. P. Martin Duncan, M.B., F.R.S. Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.S. B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. George R. Murray, Esq. Lord Arthur Russell, M.P. D. H. Scott, M.A., Ph.D. W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S. John Jenner Weir, F.Z.S. LIBRARIAN AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY. James Edmund Harting, F.Z.S. LIBRARY COMMITTEE. This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four officers ex officio , in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The Committee meet at 4 p.m., at intervals during the Session. The Members for 1889-90, in addition to the officers, are Alfred W. Bennett, M.A. G. S. Boulger, F.G.S. James Britten, Esq. P. Herbert Carpenter, D.Sc., F.R.S. Ernest Clarke, F.S.S. William Sweetland Dallas, Esq. Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.S. F. WT. Oliver, B.A., D.Sc. Francis P. Pascoe, F.E.S. Note. The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended to the 21st April, 1881, have been reprinted, and may be had on application. July 31. Price 5s. THE JOURNAL OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. Vol. XX. ZOOLOGY. Nos. 124-125. CONTENTS. Notes on the Zoology of Fernando Noronha. Ridley, M.A., F.L.S. (Plate XXX.) Page By H. N. 473 Titlepage, Contents, and Index to Volume. See Notice on last page of Wrapper. V- LONDON: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W., AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., AND WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. 1890, LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL. Elected 24th May, 1890. PRESIDENT. Professor Charles Stewart, M.R.C.S. VICE-PRESIDENTS. J. G. Baker, F.R.S. I William Carruthers, F.R.S. Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. | Prof. P. Martin Duncan, F.R.S. TREASURER. Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. SECRETARIES. B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. | W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S. COUNCIL. John Gilbert Baker, F.R.S. | B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. Alfred William Bennett, M.A., B.Sc. Robert Braithwaite, M.D., M.R.C.S. P. Herbert Carpenter, D.Sc., F.R.S. William Carruthers, F.R.S., F.G.S. Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. P. Martin Duncan, F.R.S., F.G.S. Charles S John W. S. Meiklejohn, M.D. George R. N. Murray, Esq. Edward B. Poulton, M.A., F.R.S. Dukinfield H. Scott, M.A., Ph.D. David Sharp, M.B., F.Z.S., F.E.S. 1 W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S. wart, M.R.C.S. LIBRARIAN AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY. James Edmund Harting, F.Z.S. LIBRARY COMMITTEE. This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four officers ex officio , in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The Committee meet at 4 p.m., at intervals during the Session. The Members for 1890-91, in addition to the officers, are Alfred William Bennett, M.A., B.Sc. George S. Boulger, F.G.S. Ernest Clarke, Esq. George Bond Howes, F.Z.S. H. Marshall St. George Mivart, M.D., F.R.S. Francis Wall Oliver, B.A. Francis P. Pascoe, Esq. Henry Seebohm, F.Z.S. Ward, M.A. Note. — The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended to the 21st April, 1881, have been reprinted, and may be had on application. Anniversary Meeting, May 24th, 1890.) o o <1 H P5 P 23 •< w H ^ ci t- cc c cp ci - Ci LC 1-h 4- co O 03 PH s sc « p tDrp .S s • • o £ >> o .S § PPM Cl, d Jg R d » OOO HpPoaihP Ph _ °S£' J.Es 03 S- ■ — i 2 Ph S rf ] ^•rtCJOC Tt< ] Ci r-H «COhOW Tfl 1C 1 GO CO ^ CO © o o O o 1 co ci i— *n 04 : 00 1 o „ cL, fi 3 (H ~P3 _g © I*.,® P-) 53 o CO sJNhOCCO :t«^0C30 t- o t- o ^ ^ CO CC OT t~ iO Cl (M CO O) rH CM lO Cl Cfcj d O Cl o oeo hMG Cl 1 Ph : S S p ^ S'o *ts co co o ci m ci o o U N CO “O 1 r~^. cr, irH ' g ^ dj £ j; d ‘S C3 o 03 d PPPhPh d d ® § Sm ■4J P -g _3 j si rt <3 Ph teg NOTICE. ' The seeming irregularity in the issue of Numbers of the Journals is due to the fact that separate Volumes are issued concurrently, in order to expedite the publication of papers. * Journal of Zoology. Vol. XX. is completed with the issue of the present number, and contains Nos. 116 to 125 inclusive, with Title and Index to the Volume. Vol. XXI.— Devoted to the Fauna of the Mergui Archi- pelago, comprises Nos. 126 to 135 inclusive, all of which have been published, with Title and Index to the Volume. Vol. XXII., devoted to Dr. De Man’s Report on the Crustacea of the Mergui Archipelago, comprises Nos. 136 to 110 inclusive, all of which have been published, with Title and Index to the V olume. Fellows are requested to compare these statements with their own copies before applying to the Libbabiajx for apparently missing Parts. For issues of Botany, see Notice on back of the Botanical Journals. The Meetings of the next Session, commencing in November, will be duly announced.